716 10 13309 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/16f80a18b080af767c33f9ee8f80b406.pdf 1e92d581052997f731e85a67aab3b54f PDF Text Text .., ... ....., ':,,,, -,' ..-4, ... . . ~ ~-. ... ' .. , \, ... _..,. .,_:: . . .. cu lty of ~ i Ed ... ...,. l . _;' uc at io n r La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa Parts One and Two In Severn Dialect Tam Be■rdf �Introductory Ojibwe: Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect By Tom Beardy ©1996, Native Language Instructors’ Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE: of cu lty ity Audio tape production and coordination of the binder and cover artwork was produced by Studio One Productions. The audio tapes were mastered using Studio One Productions Digital Facility. Toll Free: 1-800-354-8952 Fax (807) 767-9234 ni ve rs ( Tom Beardy Laura James John O'Meara Sonya Bruyere-Matson Bruce Beardy Fa Editor: Assistant: Verification and Editing: Typing and Graphics: Graphic Artist: Ed uc at io n PARTS ONE AND TWO IN SEVERN DIALECT La k eh ea d U Produced by: Ken James English Voice: Ken James Native Language Voice: Tom Beardy Licensed Music: Studio One Productions Library Duplication Coordination: John Somers Binder Coordination: John Somers Binder Cover and Spine Art Work: Matt Williams A special thanks to Lena Odjig White for all of her help in making this book a reality and for all of her devotion to the preservation of Native languages. L �DLIB IT 97.3 ~TR03 cu lty of Ed uc at io n 0 This book is based partly on material contained in the following publications: ni ve Printed and distributed by: 0 rs ity Fa Introductory Ojibwe (Severn dialect) by Mary L. Mitchell, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario and SS 509 Conversational Ojibwe (In the Severn Dialect) Confederation College of Applied Arts and Technology, P.O. Box 398, Thunder Bay, Ontario U Lakehead University Thunder Bay. Ontario P7B 5El ea d Not to be sold for profit. La k eh © 1996 by the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. All rights reserved. No part of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means without written permission from the Native Language Instructors' Program, Lakehead University. Some illustrations © 1994, RT Graphics, NM. 0 ISBN 0-88663-018-5 �Course Uescdotioo Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n This is the beginning of a journey in Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) which will introduce students to the language and culture of the indigenous people of Nonhcm Ontario. Students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, ieading, and writing in Ojibwe. Students will develop basic communication skills in Ojibwe through study and practice. They will also become familiar with the traditional values and culture, which arc vital when working with indigenous people. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( LET'S BEGIN OUR JOURNEY UP THE RIVER TO DISCO VER SEVERN OJIBW E i �What is Severn Ojibwe? Severn Ojibwe is a dialect of the Ojibwe and Cree language. It is spoken mostly around the Severn River in Northwestern Ontario and areas around it. 0 It is different from Ojibwe spoken in communities south, east, and west of the Severn River uc at io n area. Some people call it an Oji-Cree, an Ojibwe, or even a Cree language. In some ways, Severn Ojibwe is similar to Cree. Today, as many as 5,000 people speak Severn Ojibwe. What is in this subject? Ed There are two units of study, which are used along with cassette tapes. cu lty of In these units, you will be given instructions in English and guided through exercises that go along with the tapes to continue learning basic vocabulary in Severn Ojibwe. You will be studying the one dialect of Severn Ojibwe and will learn through conversa tion both vocabulary and the structure of the language. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa At the end of the course of studies, you will be able to carry on a short conversa tion in Severn Ojibwe. 0 ii �SUBJECT OUTLINE Subject Name: Introductory Ojibwe (Severn dialect) Subject Number: OJ 1010 Part One and OJ 1012 Part Two Subject Description: uc at io n The aim of this subject is to provide students with the skills necessary to speak Severn Ojibwe. In this functional and conversational program, students will learn basic vocabulary through listening, speaking, writing and understanding and optional laboratory facilities. Objectives: cu lty of Ed - to understand through conversation the structure of the Severn Ojibwe. - to listen with understanding and to converse at a basic level in the Severn dialect of the Native language. - to pronounce words accurately - to demonstrate effective use of the Severn Ojibwe dialect in culturally appropriate contexts. What is this subject about? Fa This is an introductory Severn Ojibwe subject for students who wish to learn to speak the Severn Ojibwe dialect. It is designed to give practice in conversation using everyday situations that students might encounter as they live and work in a Native community. It can be used to practice Native language by students of Native ancestry or by students from other backgrounds. Leaming a Native language can lead to a better appreciation and understanding of the whole society who uses it. Both Native and non-Native learners can gain a sense of the traditions, the customs, and both the historical and modem view of Native life. What is dialect? ni ve rs ity ( U Generally speaking, dialect means the difference in how words are formed and said. La k eh ea d Linguists, or people skilled in the science of languages, believe dialect shows what area people come from because of the special way that they use a language. Although there are differences in dialect or the way people speak, the root or basic language is still the same. It may be that because of the way Native people once travelled easiest...up and down the river systems ...that areas shared a river system for transportation, the dialect is different. How do these dialects affect how Native people can communicate with one another? Many Native language speakers claim that they can understand most of what speakers of a different dialect are saying. Sometimes misunderstanding does occur. L But most Native language speakers also say that they quickly become familiar with the differences in vocabulary when they need to frequently communicate with speakers of another dialect. iii �Indeed, there are many dialects in the Native language. There is no standard dialect that can be learned and used everywhere. Q uc at io n Two students at Lakehead University, Richard Jourdain and Judith Petch, wrote a paper about how people in different geographical areas say words. Look at the chart below. Then consider how these words might be used in your community. OJIBWE TRANSLATION FROM ENGLISH AREA COMMUNITY Two Water Sun nipi piihsim Big Trout Lake Peshik niishin nihsin Northwestern Ontario Macdiarmid bazik nihsin nihshin nibi kiiziis Savant Lake bejik nijzhin niso nibi kiiziis Lake Helen bejik Longlac bezhik Manitoulin Island bezhik nibi gissis niinzhin niswi nisib kiiziis sweh nipi keesiim gissis Fa niswe ity niish bejik neesh niswei nebi neesh swehi beesheh geesus niizh neswi nipi Spanish River bashique ni ve Walpole Island nijin rs Southern Ontario Ed Severn of Three cu lty One Cape Croker bashig 0 geezis ea d U Adapted from an unpublished paper An Elementacy Comparative Study of Mor.phological and Phonological Features of Several Ontario Dialects of Oiibwe. R. Jourdain and J. Petch, NL 2711 North American Linguistics course, Lakehead University, November 1988. eh Where should the learning begin? La k There is no right or wrong dialect. What is important is to keep the Native language alive and growing in use. Perhaps then, it is Important to become familiar with one dialect of the language to start, and it would be simple from there to learn the differences in sounds of words to learn other dialects. Appreciating the dialects of other communiti es takes a trained ear and a curiosity to understand one another. Perhaps this first step will help to bring a stronger unity among our Native communiti es to keep alive the Native culture. Although people in their own communities must be the ones to decide how to carry on their language through the generations, this advanced course of studies uses Severn Ojibwe. IV 0 �Writing Anihshininilmowin (Severn Ojibwe) In this section we discuss the writing system which is used in all three books in this series. First there is a discussion of the basic letters and combinations of letters which are used to write Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe). Following this there is a discussion of some issues which arise uc at io n in writing and reading Severn Ojibwe. You do not need to read all the information at once. You may find it helpful to read it over from time to time as you progress through the courses. Some of the topics discussed here will become more understandable to you after you have been exposed to the Ed language for some time. of The Writing System cu lty In this book Severn Ojibwe is written with Roman (alphabetic) letters. Severn Ojibwe uses some of the letters used in writing English. However Severn Ojibwe is written in a way that is more consistent than English writing. Although English writing is basically fairly regular, there are enough writing. When we use letters or combinations of letters in Severn, these consistently represent the ity ( Fa irregularities found in English writing that we would not want to import them into Severn Ojibwe ni ve represent that sound. rs same sound or combination of sounds. Each letter corresponds to a certain sound, and is only used to U Sounds in Severn Ojibwe are divided into two basic types: vowels and consonants. d Vowels ea There are seven vowel sounds in Severn Ojibwe. Vowels are divided into two types: long vowels eh and short vowels. Long vowels take longer to say. With one exception, there is a long vowel corre- La k sponding to each short vowel. In elementary school you may have learned that certain English vowels were long and others were short. However, the way that vowels are analysed as long and short in Severn Ojibwe is different from the way they are presented in English, and you should ignore the English usage. L V �Here is a chart of the long and short vowels. You will learn how they are pronounced in the Q following paragraphs. SHORT ii i 00 0 aa a uc at io n LONG Ed e You can see that the first three long vowels are represented by writing them double. Each is still one of vowel, though. Further, each of the first three long vowels has a corresponding short vowel, and cu lty each short vowel is written with a single letter. The last long vowel, e, has no corresponding short vowel. Because there is no need to indicate a distinction between a long and short e sound, the long Fa e is written with a single letter. You will find that some of the letters do not represent what we might expect them to in English. ity But remember that when we use these letters to write words in Severn Ojibwe, they are Severn Q rs Ojibwe letters! So the letters represent Severn Ojibwe sounds and you should not expect them to be ni ve pronounced the same way they are pronounced in English. Every language has its own rules for how letters are to be pronounced, and Severn Ojibwe is no exception. U Here are some examples of Severn Ojibwe words that contain long vowels. The examples show ea d the vowel in three positions: beginning, middle, and end of a word. The vowel in question in each eh word is written in bold type. The approximate English equivalent of the Ojibwe vowel sound is also La k given. Vowel ii Ojibweword iitok 'supposedly' niin 'I, me' anohkii 'he/she is working' 00 oocii 'fly' moos 'moose' pimipahtoo 'he/she runs by' Approximate English Equivalent seat note, toot 0 vi �aakim 'snowshoe' naape 'man' maacaa 'he/she leaves' father e emihkwaan 'spoon' pehk.aac 'slowly' kiiwe 'he/she goes home' bed Now here are some examples of words that contain short vowels. Ojibweword ihk.we 'woman' nihka 'Canada goose' aahk.osi 'he/she is sick' Approximate English Equivalent sit 0 onaakan 'plate' animohsh 'dog' onaako 'yesterday' put a ahk.i 'land, moss' kaye 'and, also' ekwa 'and, so' cu lty of Ed Vowel Fa but ity ( uc at io n aa Consonants ni ve rs There are more consonants than vowels in Severn Ojibwe. All the letters used to write consonants are also found in English. Some have a pronunciation very similar to that which they have in Eng- U lish, while others are quite different. d Some of the letters used for consonants are virtually the same as ones used in English: m, n, w, y ea and b. They should not cause you any difficulty. The sounds m, n and w can appear in any position La k eh in a word: beginning, middle, and end. L Phonetic Ojibwe examples mahkisin •shoe' ohomaa 'here' saakaham 'goes out' English equivalent man n name m naape 'man' pine 'partridge' koon 'snow' vii �win waahsa 'far' kaawin 'no' waaw 'egg' w 0 English equivalent yes Phonetic Ojibwe examples y kiiyaapic 'still' ehshay 'oh yuck!' uc at io n The sound y never appears at the beginning of a word. Ed The sound h never appears at the end of a word. As well, it only appears at the beginning of a word of if a preceding short vowel is optionally dropped. For example, ohomaa 'here' is often pronounced cu lty and spelled homaa. English equivalent him Fa Phonetic Ojibwe examples h ohowe 'this' ity The remaining six consonants (p, t, k, c, s, sh) occur in both a weak and a strong form. In their 0 rs weak form, these consonants may occur anywhere in a word: at the beginning, in the middle, or at ni ve the end of a word. They may not be preceded by the consonant h, but they may be preceded by any of the other consonants or a vowel. The weak consonants may have slightly different pronunciation U depending upon where they appear in a word. For example, at the end of a word the letter p usually d sounds the same as it does in English. But when it appears in the middle of a word it may sound ea more like an English b. You may also find that the Severn p sound resembles a weakly pronounced eh b at the beginning of a word. Listen carefully as your instructor or another fluent Severn speaker La k says these words and see if you can notice the difference. You may find that there is a minor amount of variation in how these letters are pronounced by different speakers. Notice also that in Severn Ojibwe the sequence of letters sh is used to represent a single sound even though two letters are used. In the examples that follow, each Severn Ojibwe sound corresponds to two sounds in the En- glish equivalent column. The second English equivalent sound is the one that occurs between vowel (or between norm and a vowel sound; see the discussion below in the 'Spelling Notes' section). viii 0 �Sound p English equivalent pit. bit Ojibwe examples pine 'partridge• tepwe 'really' acitamoo ·squirrel' kekaat 'nearly' time. dime C ciimaan 'canoe• kohtaaci 'he/she is afraid' kiimooc 'secretly' chip.judge k kiin 'you' naakosi 'he/she is visible' kotak 'other• keep, game s saakahikan 'lake• aahkosi 'he/she is sick' waapoos 'rabbit' sit. zip sh shiihshiip 'duck• peshik 'one' piish 'bring him!' Fa cu lty of Ed t uc at io n nipi 'water• ahsap 'net' ity ship, measure U ni ve rs ( In the strong form each of these six consonants is preceded by the letter h. The h is quite clearly ea d pronounced, although you may find it harder to hear before s. The strong consonants appear in the La k eh middle of a word or at the end of a word, but do not appear at the beginning of a word. Sounds Ojibwe examples hp ahpii 'when• nipaahp 'I laugh' ht ehta 'only' he ahcaap 'bow' miikwehc 'thank you' hk ihkito 'he/she says' ix �atihk 'caribou• 0 ahsin 'stone' wiiyaahs 'meat' hsh Anihshinini 'person, Indian' tahsb 'but, and' uc at io n hs A sequence of two weak consonants may also occur in the middle of a word or at the end of a word, but not at the beginning of a word. Ojibwe examples miskwi 'blood' shp ishpimink 'above' sht nishtikwaan 'my head' shk weshkac 'long ago' kiiyaashk 'seagull' Fa cu lty of Ed Sounds sk ity Severn Ojibwe also allows for other combinations of n or m followed by a weak consonant. These Q SPELLING NOTES ni ve rs are discussed separately below, in the first point of the 'Spelling Notes' section. U 1. Pronunciation of 'n' and 'm' before weak consonants ea d 1.0 Severn Ojibwe allows a combination of the letters n or m followed by one of the weak conso- eh nants. However, there is a very important difference found in Severn Ojibwe which influences the La k pronunciation of these sequences. There are three different groups of communities in which Severn Ojibwe is spoken in northern Ontario. (A) West Severn: Bearskin Lake, Muskrat Dam, Sachigo Lake, Big Trout Lake, Wapekeka (Angling Lake) (B) East Severn: Kingfisher Lake; Wunnumin Lake, Kasabonika Lake 0 (C) Sandy Lake: X �Sandy Lake. Deer Lake, North Spirit Lake The way people speak is very similar in these three areas. However, in West Severn communities the sounds n and m are not pronounced when they appear before a weak consonant. So in the words piintike 'he/she comes inside' nc oncii 'he/she is from there• pehshonc 'near. close• nk pankii 'a little bit' maank 'loon' ns onsaam 'too much' nimihsens 'my older sister' nsh akaahshenshi 'he/she is small' kinwensb 'a long time' Ed nt Fa cu lty of Ojibwe examples ompiki 'he/she grows up• rs ity ( Sounds mp uc at io n in the table below then and m sounds in bold type are 'silent.' ni ve THE FOLLOWING IS VERY IMPORTANT: In these books these 'silent' letters are written in all words in which they are pronounced in East U Severn and Sandy Lake. ea d So, if your instructor is from a West Severn community you will find that there are words in eh which n and m are written but not pronounced. You should listen carefully to your instructor or to a La k fluent speaker to determine if they pronounce norm in words of this type. Writing these words with n and m allows these books to be used by instructors from a wide variety of Severn Ojibwe communities. 1.1 There are some common grammatical endings that are affected by this form of variation. They are briefly reviewed here. More information about each of these grammatical topics can be found in the appropriate section of the textbooks. L xi �1.2 The 'locative' suffix indicates the location where something is happening. This suffix usually 0 Ordinary Noun Locative Form of Noun tehsapiwin 'chair' ahkihk 'kettle' tehsapiwink 'on the chair' ahkihkonk 'in the kettle• uc at io n ends in nk. In West Severn communities, the n is silent. 1.3 Verbs may add a suffix to indicate the negative form of the verb. ff the verb ends in n or m then Ed that sound will be silent when the suffix is added. Negative Verb minwentam 'he/she is glad' kitayamihin 'I talk to you• kaawin minwentansiin 'he/she is not glad' kaawin kitayamihinsinoon' 'I don't talk to you' cu lty of Ordinary Verb 1.4 Some verbs may add a suffix k to indicate a third-person subject. If the verb ends in n then that Fa sound will be silent when the ending is added. Verb with Suffix Ordinary Verb pipoon 'it is winter' ity pipoonk '(that) it is winter' waapank 'be tomorrow' 0 ni ve rs waapan 'it is dawn' There are some Inanimate Intransitive verbs which end in the sound n, but behave differently when U the suffix k is added. A very small number of these verbs shift the n to h when a grammatical end- d ing such ask 'third-person inanimate' is added. Endingk ihkihk '(that) it happens' eh ea No ending ihkin 'it happens• La k A few words of this type will appear in the materials presented in your textbooks. There is no special rule for telling which verbs which end in n will shift their final n to h when the suffix is added. You should simply make note of the fact that they do occur. As well, if the verb ends in m then that sound is written n when the suffix k is added, but the n is still silent (n is written here because that is what is pronounced in East Severn and Sandy Lake). Ordinary Verb Verb with Suffix minwentam 'he/she is glad' inentam 'he/she thinks' minwentank '(that) he/she is glad' inentank '(that) he/she thinks' xii 0 �1.5 There is a very small number of words in which n and m are always pronounce d before weak consonants. These are usually very short words, such as the following. nt Ojibwe examples aanti 'where?' aanta 'some' kwanta 'no reason' naanta 'maybe' uc at io n Sounds Ed As well, there are many verbs in Severn Ojibwe which contain a suffix entam or entan. In these words the n before the t is always pronounced. cu lty of Ojibwe examples minwentam 'he/she is happy' macentam 'he/she is sad' Sounds nt Fa 2. Pronunciation of 'o' after 's,' 't,' 'n,' 'c' In Severn Ojibwe the pronunciation of the short o sound may sometimes sound more like a short i ity when o is preceded by one of the consonants s, t, n, or c. Listen carefully when your instructor or a Sounds pimipiso 'he/she is driving by' d ea s Ojibwe examples ihkito 'he/she says' U t ni ve variation, but some do. rs Severn Ojibwe speaker says the following words. You may find that not all speakers display this minohpikw an 'it tastes good' eh n To be consistent, we still write these words with the letter o. La k ( 3. Dropping of short vowels When you listen to people say words in Severn Ojibwe you may notice that sometimes the short vowel i is not pronounce d even though it is included in the written fonn of the word. This is particularly common in the middle of a word, but is rare at the beginning of a word. It does not happen at the end of a word. Xlll �H you listen to someone say the following word you may find that the short vowel i in the second 0 syllable is not pronounced. pimlpiso 'he/she drives' Similarly the short vowels in the second and fourth syllables of the following word may not be uc at io n pronounced. Anihshinini 'Indian, person' In the writing system used in these publications we write these vowels even if they are not always pronounced. You may find that there is some variation in the way different speakers pronounce Ed words that contain short i. Listen carefully and you will become familiar with the rhythm of words in of Severn Ojibwe. cu lty You may be aware that something similar happens in English. For example, often the first syllable of English 'suppose' is not pronounced, but English speakers write the word with the vowel letter included just the same. Fa 4. Pronunciation variation of 'i' ity Sometimes the letter I sounds more like o when it is next to the sounds m, p, or w. Listen carefully as ni ve kimlwan 'it is raining' 0 rs someone says the following word. You may hear an o between them and thew, rather than an i. Similarly you may hear an o in the third syllable of the following word. U tehsapiwin 'chair' d This type of variation is very common. All three of the sounds m, p, and w are produced with the lips ea in a rounded position, as is o. Try making these sounds while looking in a mirror and observe the eh position of your lips. When the sound i, which is not made with the lips in a rounded position, ap- La k pears next to one of these sounds, it often will be pronounced like an o, because the rounding of the lips is being transferred from one sound to an adjacent one. We will write i in these words. 0 xiv �SYLLABICS CHARI' (with alphabetic equivalents) FINALS WEST b. t> e i 0 WEST '\}. b. • t> • we wi WO • b. • C> V pe I\ pi > po u n :) te ti to q p ke ki '1 ce < C ta C pa cu lty ko r J L ci co ca r J C L > a. "'t) er ..0 a.. ne ni no na L, ~ r ~ se si so sa t ~ c., she J' shi sho sha 4 ~ ~ ye yi yo '7 ya ni ve ' b ka mo U d ea eh < mi me La k 0 L ma 7 EXTRA SIGNS: • <J Fa ( 0 wa d rs EAST ity '\} <J • of . <J a uc at io n '\} Ed SHORT VOWELS EASI X ~ )( forchrist forR for end of sentence xv II ~ for H forL n ,. �SYLLABICS CHART (with alphabetic equivalents) 0 FINALS . C> <] ii 00 '\} • D.. C> • we • '\} Wll woo V pe A pii poo u n j te tii 9 ke p kii 'l r e WEST EAST 7 "'t) U ne cu lty . b koo kaa Fa d . r J mii moo ity cii J coo . L . a.. noo naa saa '\, J' ~· ~ she shii shoo shaa 4 ~ ~ .7 ye yii yoo yaa d SOO . xvi L . .D sii X C maa .~ ~ 0 caa . forchrist forR for end of sentence b L, . r X ' . ) . C taa . . < c too anii 0 < paa Li se ea eh La k . <i . . 0 waa > ni ve me <l • .f> •D. . . . rs c:e . aa Ed D. of LONG VOWELS '\} EXTRA SIGNS: . BAS! uc at io n . WEST II ~ " V for H forL 0 �CONTENTS UNIT ONE "What's On The Kitchen Table?" ............................. ......... 1 "Pass the Bannock Please?" - Sounding Syllables - Spelling System - Nouns, Animate and Inanimate - singular and Plural Lesson Two: "How Much/Many?"..................................... ............... 10 - Numbers 1-24 - How many are there? (animate) - How many are there? (inanimate) - Singular and Plural Lesson Three: "What is Your Name?" ................................................. 24 - My name is.. . - I am from .. . - Some Useful Phrase - Translations Lesson Four: "Command!"............................................................. 30 - Imperatives; singular and Plural • Word Search - Locatives - Some Useful Particles Lesson Five: "What is He/she Doing?"............................. .................. 45 - Intransitive Verbs - H/she is Singing - Making Verbs Negative - Personal Pronouns, singular - Questions and Answers - Some Useful Particles and Translation Fa ity rs ni ve U eh ea d Lesson Six: La k ( cu lty of Ed uc at io n Lesson One: "What Time Is It?"....................................................... 56 - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Listening and Speaking - Understanding and Practice Writing - Exercise Review Test Review the Words You Know Lessons l-6 ................................................ 67 Translation Section Lessons 1-6 ......................................................... ..... 70 xvii �CONTENTS UNIT TWO 0 Singular and Plural Nouns and Verbs ............................... .. 79 - "What are they doing?" - Translation - The Voluntative - Some useful expressions - Yesterday, today and tomorrow - Using the tenses - New vocabulary Lesson Two: Plural Pronouns.......................................................... 93 - Inclusive and exclusive - Let's talk around the table - Dialogues - Dirnunitives - Introduction to Transitive Verbs - "How is the Weather?" - Some useful expressions Lesson Three: Introduction to the Obviative........ ... .............. ..... ............. 112 - Fanning the Obviative - More about verb types - Introduction to possession - New vocabulary - Understanding different classes of words - Introduction to kinship :my family: - Additional vocabulary (optional) - More about TA verbs - New vocabulary 0 ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Lesson One: Scenery and Useful Articles............................................ 131 - Reading and Understanding - Translation - Mini-dialogues - Introduction to Preverbs - More Preverbs - New Vocabulary and Expressions - Introduction to the Dubitative - More Mini-dialogues eh ea d U Lesson Four: The Sun and The Moon................................................. 143 - Introduction to the preterit - Tipaacirno - Introduction to the pejorative - Preterit and pejorative and diminutive - Geographical map Lesson Six: Unit 1 Review Lessons 1-6...... .................. ... .... ...... ..... .. . 153 - Twenty-four articles - Using numbers - Using numbers in verb forms - May I introduce myself La k Lesson Five: xviii 0 �- hnperatives and Locatives - Intransitive verbs (vai) - What time is it? of Ed uc at io n Unit 2 Review Lessons 1-5 ................ ............... .......... .... 157 - What are they doing? - Voluntatives - Vocabulary and diminutives - Transitive verbs - How is the weather? - Some useful expression - Obviatives - Possessive nouns - More about TA verbs - Scenery and useful articles - Vocabulary Expressions - Certain and uncertain - More II verbs (VII) - Preterit and geographical terms Fa cu lty Review the Words You Know Lessons 1 - 5 ............................................... Translatio n Section Lessons 1 - 6....... .. ... .. .. . ... .. ... ... .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. ... .. . Glossary ... ...... ..... .............. .. ............ ...... ... ...... ..... .... ..... .. ....... .... ..... Anihshini nimowin - English............... ............... .. ....... .... ...... ................. English - Anihshini nimowin.. .. . . ........ .. . . ....... .. . .. ... . ...... .... .. . . .. . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity C xix 166 169 203 214 270 �d ea eh La k cu lty Fa ( ity rs ni ve U of uc at io n Ed Part One Mikisi �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise A Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Each word will be repeated three or four times. English translation on page 70. uc at io n r What's on the Kitchen Table Ed a 3 cu lty ® @ 6 Fa 5 of 1 ity (J 10 8 {: } 11 La k eh ea d U ni ve 9 rs ( 7 14 15 18 19 0 17 \~ ~ ~ ~ 20 ~ , 21 16 24 22 1 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise B ~ ./ @n ~ 1J ,.0 ~ 11 .lo <:::: t 4 3 5 @] 6 ✓ 8 11 14 20 eh moohkomaan La k shiiwihtaakan rup1 ciishtahikan minihkwaakan D waapoos D D D D □ □ □ 17 .... .':.. 22 ni ve ea d paanahkihk ashkipwaaw ~ 21 U wiiyaahs ity ~ H \) rs ~ 16 Fa 1, \' □ □ □ □ □ □ □ □ 0 ~ l\\ 19 12 cu lty 7 of Ed 1 ,fJ Q uc at io n In this exercise, there are 24 numbered pictures. Accompanying the words is a small box to the left of the word. Using a pencil. write the number which matches the picture in the appropriate box. shiihshiip n/ emihkwaan ahkihk tiiwahkihk D pine kinooshe onaakan ohkaataahk 0 24 D pepaa D aanahkonaa D D 0 pimite 18 D D coocoohshaapoo waaw piihswe-aanahkonaa anoominaapoo 0 2 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 In the Native Language, two different words are used when asking for an article to be brought, or uc at io n passed to you. The language has a structural rule that divides all nouns into two classes, called GENDER. One gender is called "animate". In this gender, are found all living things, animals, birds, reptiles, bugs, people, etc., and also some other things such as stars, tobacco, drums, fishnets, and kettles that we don' t usually think of as living. The other gender is called "inanimate", and in it are found all the nouns that are not animate. Since there is no way to figure out whether a noun is animate or inanimate, you will just have to remember each one. Ed You have already learned the gender of 24 nouns. ff you say "piish" with a noun, it's because it's an animate noun. ff you say "piitoon", it's because the noun is inanimate. For writing and thinking practice, you may now rewrite all 24 nouns with either "piish/animate or piitoon/inanimate. ity Fa cu lty of (Note: Some people use the word "piiciwish" or "piicowish" instead of "piish".) La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( Miikwan 3 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise C 1. In this exercise you will need to remember the gender of each of the numbered items below. For each one, in your notebook write the sentence that means "Bring_", and write the gender of the noun in brackets after the sentence. The first two responses have been done for you. uc at io n For example: 1 - Piitoon wiiyaahs (ni). 2 - Piish paanahkihk (na). cu lty of Ed 17.pepaa 18.aanahkonaa 19.coocoohshaapoo 20. waaw 21. ahkihk 22. pine 23. piihswe-aanahkonaa 24.anoominaapoo ity Fa 9. waapoos 10. shiihshiip 11. pimite 12. kinooshe 13. emihkwaan 14. tiiwahkihk 1S.onaakan 16. ohkaataahk 1. wiiyaahs * 2. paanahkihk * 3. moohkomaan 4. shiiwihtaakan s. nipi 6. ciishtahikan 7. minihkwaakan 8. ash.kipwaaw U ni ve rs In this exercise you will need to refer to the 24 numbered pictures in Unit 1, Lesson 1, 2. Exercise B. For each picture write the sentence that means "Bring_" and write the gender on the same line. The first two responses have been done for you. 1. ea La k 5. eh 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. *Piish paanahkihk na 0 Gender Gender d 2. Q 13. 14. 1S. 16. *Piitoon wiiyaahs 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 01 0 4 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise D Using the language that you have learned: You now know the names of 24 items often used on the kitchen table and how to ask for them. The secret to learning the language well will be to :usE what you learn whenever you get the chance. uc at io n In this exercise, work in pairs taking turns asking for an article to be brought, or passed to you using the word either "piish or piitoon". Individual articles in picture form will be provided by the instructor for this exercise. Ed Exercise E Here are two listening exercises to work on: frying pan pot fish bannock pepper duck cup water rabbit porridge meat partridge bread plate carrot lard ity Fa salt fork milk teakettle spoon knife egg potato rs Reading and writing: (a) waapoos G) shiihshiip (k) pimite (1) kinooshe (m) emihkwaan (n) tiiwahkihk (o) onaakan (p) ohkaataahk ea (d) eh (e) (f) (g) (h) pepaa aanahkonaa (s) coocoohshaapoo (t) waaw (u) ahkihk (v) pine (w) piihswe-aanahkonaa (x) anoominaapoo (i) wiiyaahs paanahkihk moohkomaan shiiwihtaakan nipi ciishtahikan minihkwaakan ashkipwaaw d (b) (c) U ni ve Here is a list of all the articles you have learned, given in mixed order. Use the numbered pictures on page 1 to match up numbers and letters in the spaces below. La k ( cu lty of Assemble all the articles (or pictures of the articles) you see at the beginning of this lesson. 1. 2. 7. 13. 8. 14. 3. 9. 4. 10. 5. 6. 11. 15. 16. 17. 12. 18. (q) (r) 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 5 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise F For review, listen carefully to your instructor say these following words, and imitate what you hear. You can also practise saying these words with your partner. piihswe-aanahkonaa waaw coocoohshaapoo kinooshe anoominaapoo ashkipwaaw ohkaataahk shiihshiip uc at io n (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) nipi tiiwahkihk ahkihk paanahkihk aanahkonaa pine waapoos wiiyaahs Ed (2) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) onaakan minihkwaakan moohkomaan emihkwaan ciishtahikan shiiwihtaakan pepaa pimite of (1) 0 cu lty ExerciseG ity ni pi tii wah kihk ah kihk paanahkihk aanah ko naa pine waa poos wii yaahs rs (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22) (23) (24) piih swe-aa nah ko naa waaw coo cooh shaa poo ki noo she a noo mi naa poo ashki pwaaw ohkaa taahk shiih shiip 0 La k eh ea d U (8) o naakan mi nib kwaa kan moohkomaan emihkwaan ciish ta hi kan shii wih taa kan pepaa pi mite ni ve (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Fa Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. To help you identify the syllables we have written a space between each one. 0 6 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise H For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. Then match up the pictures with the words by writing the number which corresponds to each picture beside the correctly spelled word. 0 ___ nah __ h_ 0 ___ wah ___ k D ii aa_s D cooc __ h ____ p __ D aa n D __ ii_ih_aa __ n D _aa_oo_ D oo e D a ___ min ___ oo □ ___ 0 ah ___ k D _a __ of kip ___ _ cu lty D _e __a Ed uc at io n D _i_e D __ nib_ waa __ _ D __ nah ___ aa D _ii __ ta __ ka_ 0 __ k__ t___ k D □ □ □ _ooh __ m __ n _ ii __ we-__ nab aa ity □ _i_i i Fa 0 __ ihk ___ n __ ii ___ii - rs ( 14 . / d U ni ve .~ .0: eh ea @fl .~ 1, . 0 La k 7 14 .lo~ 5 6 ~ 11 12 0 17 18 C3 20 21 22 7 ~ 24 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT l; LESSON 1 Exercise I Nouns= Animate and Inanimate of Ed Listening Exercise: Q uc at io n 1. Your instructor will say twelve words from the vocabulary you have learned. Listen carefully as your instructor says each word. Then you can either write the word in a square or make a little drawing in the square to represent the word your instructor said. Check your answers with the instructor. 3 rs ity Fa cu lty 2 l 0 6 8 9 11 12 La k 7 eh ea d U ni ve 5 2. Now, go back over each of the words and for each one decide whether you would say "piitoon" or "piish". Write your answers in the squares. 8 0 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 1 Exercise J Look back to the pictures at the beginning of this lesson and listen while your instructor gives the plural forms of these nouns. Did you notice that there are two kinds of "endings" that form the plural? uc at io n The ending -n is heard on _ _ _ _ _ nouns. The ending -k is heard o n - - - - - nouns. The plural endings of "inanimate" nouns are. _ _ _ , _ , and_ _ . Noun Plural Piish emihkwaan -ak wiivaahs ity minihkwaakan ( onaakan tiiwahkihk shiihshiin oaanahkihk ni ve coocoohshaaooo ciishtahikan aanahkonaa ashkinwaaw U anoominaaooo waapoos kinooshe waaw ea d ohkaataahk eh La k Noun moohkomaan rs shiiwihtaakan of Gender Fa Gender cu lty Do the following exercise as shown in the example: Ed The plural endings of "animate" nouns are _ _ _ , _ , and _ _ . pimite ahkihk pine pepaa nipi piihswe-aanahkonaa 9 Plural �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Introduction to Numbers 0 uc at io n Using numbers is part of daily life. Numbers are found everywhere. Now you will learn the numbers from 1 to 24 in Severn Ojibwe. This will be especially useful to you as you will hear the numbers from 1 to 24 constantly in the lessons that follow. In this exercise, you will be introduced to the numbers 1 to 24 in Severn Ojibwe. After completing these lessons, you will be able to ask the question "how much/many?" "Aani minikohk?" and respond appropriately by stating a number from l to 24. Look at the numbers on the opposite page. 2. You will hear the Severn Ojibwe words for the numbers from 1 to 24. of Ed 1. Practice makes perfect: Practice until you are sure that you can name each number. You must know them well in order to do the rest of the exercises. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa 3. cu lty Listen as the instructor calls the numbers in the order that they are shown in the pictures. Each number will be repeated three times. Mahkisinan (plural form) 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise A ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. English translation on page 70. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( 11 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise B 0 Reading and writing practice: Ed ity Fa cu lty of Nib so shaap Nii wi shaap Ni yaa na no shaap Nin ko twaah so shaap Nii shwaah so shaap A yi naa ne wi shaap Saan kah so shaap Nii shi ta na Nii shi ta na pe shi ko shaap Nii shi ta na nii sho shaap Nii shi ta na nih so shaap Nii shi ta na nii wi shaap Pe shik Nii shin Nib sin Nii win Ni yaa nan Nin ko twaah so Nii shwaah so A yi naa new Saan kah so Mi taah so Pe shi ko shaap Nii sho shaap uc at io n In this exercise, you will practice recognizing the words in writing for numbers. Listen carefully as your instructor says these words. Notice how they can be broken down into syllables. rs Exercise C 0 ni ve In this exercise, you will practice pronunciation and recognizing the number words. On the next page are twenty-four boxes labelled A to X. In each box are 5 numbers. 2. The instructor will tell you which row you are to look at, then he/she will call a number in Severn Ojibwe and you are to circle the number that you hear. 3. Remember to use a pencil to mark your answers so that you can try this exercise again if you wish. La k eh ea d U 1. * As an example, the answer in Row A have been circled for you. 0 12 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 6 10 1 15 C I E I al B 20 8 12 9 5 I nl 22 15 2 7 10 I F 2 16 19 22 6 8 I HI 4 11 20 21 3 12 9 1 5 11 6 16 14 11 of 17 3 9 23 14 16 2 19 22 6 Ml 4 0 9 12 3 5 1 ( rs 21 20 ni ve 8 11 J Fa I I cu lty 2 8 18 13 24 Kl LI 23 15 3 19 23 NI 20 U p I 22 12 17 9 1 15 6 10 4 ea d 9 10 24 13 4 16 2 6 11 14 RI 5 20 8 12 9 I 4 9 13 24 Tl 2 10 22 15 7 La k eh Q I I ity I © s 10 ul 15 3 21 23 19 vi 23 3 9 17 14 wl 17 9 20 12 22 xi 13 24 2 18 8 13 I I uc at io n I Ed A �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseD 0 This Exercise will give you more practice recognizing words for numbers. On the next page are twenty-four boxes labelled A to X. 2. The instructor will tell you which box to look at. Then he will call the number in Severn Ojibwe and you are to write the number that you hear, (you don't have to write number in Ojibwe). 3. Remember to use a pencil to mark your answers so that you can try this exercise again if you wish. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Matokwaan 0 14 �A B C D E F G uc at io n INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 I J of Ed H L N 0 p 0 R s T u V w X ( La k eh ea d U ni ve rs M ity Fa cu lty K L 15 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise E In this exercise, you will learn a question, "Aani minikohk" "How much/many?" and you will answer by naming a number from one to twenty-four (1 to 24). On the next page are boxes labelled A to X. 2. The instructor will tell you which box you are to look at. Then he will ask you a question "How many?" You are to answer by saying out loud the number of dots that you see in each box. 3. The instructor will give you the answer so that you can check to see if you are correct. 4. When you have completed the exercise, practice more until you can easily state the number of dots you see in each box. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Q Miskwaatehs (turtle) 0 16 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 C D • •••• ••••• • • • • • • • •• • • • • • • ••••• • ••• • F G ••••• E • • • • • •••• • •••• J K L • ••• • • •••• • • •• • ••••• • • ••• •• • • • • • • • • 0 p M cu lty Fa N rs • • • ni ve • • • ••••• • ••• • ity ( • U • s ••••• ••• • • • •••• ••••• • ••• •••••• •••• u V w • ••• • ••••• • ••• • • •• ••••• •• ••• ••• d ea eh La k • •••• •• ••••• • • • R ••••• ••• •• •• ••• • • ••• • • •••• • •••• • • • • • • • I • ••• • • •••• • H Ed ••••• of • •••• uc at io n B A 17 •• ••••• •• • ••••• •••• • ••• • ••••• • • ••• • T • X • ••• • • ••• • •••• �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise F 0 Reading exercise for number recognition. Do the exercise as shown in example A. Niishitana = Saankahso = N) Peshikoshaap = C) Niiwishaap = 0) Ayinaanewishaap = D) Niishwaahso = P) Saankahsoshaap = E) Niyaanan = Q) Niyaananoshaap = F) Niishin = R) Niishitana peshikoshaap = G) Niishoshaap = S) Ninkotwaahsoshaap = H) Ayinaanew= T) Niishitana niiwishaap = I) Nihsoshaap = U) Niishwaahsoshaap = J) Peshik= V) Niishitana niishoshaap = K) Mitaahso = W) L) Niiwin = Ed of cu lty Fa B) 6 Nihsin = ity Ninkotwaahso = uc at io n M) A) Niishitana nihsoshaap = 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs X) 0 18 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise G In this exercise, fill in the missing letters for each of the following words. The numbers are in order. N____sh_ _ _ N_ _sh_ _ N_ _ _ _n N_ _w _ _ N_y_ _n_ _ N_ _w _ _ _a_ _ N_y _ a sh _ _ N k _ _ _ _ _so _ _ N_ _k_ tw_ _ _s_ A N _ _ w_ _ _ _ _ A_ _n_ _n_ _ s_ s_ _ _ N _nn s w_ h_ _ _p p Ed of M _ _ _ _h__ ity Fa cu lty P_sh_k_sh_ _ _ N_ _sh_ _ _ _ _p rs ni ve U d ea eh La k h p n so - - - N_ _s_ _ _a_ _ p_s_ _k_s_ _ _p N _ _ _h_ _ _n_ _ii_ _ _t_ _ _ n_ _ _h_ _h_ _p _ _ _sh_ _ _ _a __h_ _s_ _ _ _ N_ _ _ _ _t_ _ _ _ _ _w_s_ _ _ _ s__n_ _ _s_ ( uc at io n p_ _ _ _k Aamoo (bee) L 19 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise H Using Numbers in Verb Forms: In this lesson, you have learned to count from 1 to 24. Often, numbers are in verb form, as in: How many (animate)? A. Peshiko waapoos. There is one rabbit, the rabbit is alone. A. Peshikwan waaw. There is one egg, the egg is alone. How many (inanimate)? Q. Aan tahsinkin? uc at io n Q. Aan tahsiwaac(t)? 0 of Ed Notice that in order to use "verbs" of number, you must know whether what you are describing is animate or inanimate. Listen carefully as your instructor says these sentences. Check with your instructor to make sure you understand what they mean. English translation on page 70. Peshikwan waaw. Niishiwak pinewak. Niishinoon onaakanan. Nihsiwak kinooshek. Nihsinoon moohkomaanan. Fa cu lty Peshiko waapoos. Niiwinoon ciishtahikanan. Niiwiwak emihkwaanak. Ninkotwaahsinoon pepaan. ni ve Niishwaahsiwak ahkihkwak. ity Ninkotwaahsiwak aanahkonaak. Niyaananinoon waawan. rs Niyaananiwak ohkaataahkwak. Niishwaahsinoon pimiten. Ayinaanewinoon wiiyaahsan. Saankahsiwak tiiwahkihkwak. Saankahsinoon coocoohshaapoon. Mitaahsiwak paanahkihkwak. Mitaahsinoon shiiwihtaakanan. U Ayinaanewiwak shiihshiipak. La k eh ea d 0 0 20 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 Exercise I r Read and answer each question correctly using the appropriate number verb. The first one has been done for you. 5. Aan tahsiwaac(t)? Aan tahsinkin? Ed uc at io n 1. 2. of nihsiwak ahkihkwak 6. Aan tahsiwaac(t)? Aan tahsinkin? Aan tahsiwaac( t)? 7. Aan tahsinkin? 8. Aan tahsinkin? Aan tahsiwaac( t)? eh 4. ea d U ni ve rs 3. La k C ity Fa cu lty jggggoj 21 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseJ 5. 2. 6. cu lty Fa 0 ni ve 7. ~~~~ ~~~ / eh ea d U 3. rs ity Oe-t t ;: :7' 0 of Ed 1.r------------- Q uc at io n In Ojibwe, for each picture, write the appropriate form of the question "how many.. in Severn dialect and answer with the correct "number verb form. 4--,-------------- La k 8. 0 22 �INTRODUCTORY ORBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 2 ExerciseK Inanimate Verb Form Animate Verb Form Peshikoshaap tahsinoon. Niishoshaap tahsinoon. Nihsoshaap tahsinoon. Niiwishaap tahsinoon. Niyaananoshaap tahsinoon. Ninkotwaahsoshaap tahsinoon. Niishwaahsoshaap tahsinoon. Ayinaanewishaap tahsinoon. Niishitana tahsinoon. Niishitana peshikoshaap tahsinoon. Niishitana niishoshaap tahsinoon. Niishitana nihsoshaap tahsinoon. Niishitana niiwishaap tahsinoon. of Ed uc at io n Peshikoshaap tahsiwak. Niishoshaap tahsiwak. Nihsoshaap tahsiwak. Niiwishaap tahsiwak. Niyaananoshaap tahsiwak. Ninkotwaahsoshaap tahsiwak. Niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwak. Ayinaanewishaap tahsiwak. Saank.ahsoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana tahsiwak. niishitana peshikoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana niishoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana nihsoshaap tahsiwak. niishitana niiwishaap tahsiwak. cu lty r The following two columns give the Animate and Inanimate number verbs for numbers eleven through twenty-four. Here are the plural forms of twenty-four nouns. Some are animate and some are inanimate. shiiwihtaakanan aanahkonaak onaakanan ashkipwaawan tiiwahkihkwak anoominaapoon kinooshek paanahkihkwak shiihshiipak piihswe-aanahkonaak pimiten nipiin ni ve rs ity Fa moohkomaanan ahkihkwak ohkaataahkwak pepaan coocoohshaapoon waapoosook U Using nouns of your choice from the above list, give the appropriate question that means "How many_ _ are there?" in the first column. Then in the second column, give the answer that uses the appropriate form of the number verb. The first two have been done for you. ea d 1. Aan tahsinkin minihkwaakanan? 2. Aan tahsiwaac emihkwaanak? Peshikoshaap tahsinoon minihkwaakanan. Niishitana tahsiwak emihkwaanak. eh 3. - - - - - - - - - - - 4. - - - - - - - - - - - 5. - - - - - - - - - - - - La k ( minihkwaakanan emihkwaanak wiiyaahsan waawan pinewak ciishtahikanan 6. - - - - - - - - - - - - 7. - - - - - - - - - - - 8. - - - - - - - - - - - 9. -_ -_ -_ -_10. ______-_ 11.._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 12.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 14.,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 15. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 23 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise A May I Introduce Myself? 0 Before you begin listening to the instructor, read these instructions: When you listen to the instructor, you will hear in Severn Ojibwe: - the number of the picture you are to look at. - the instructor will ask, "Aan eshinihkaasoyan?" ("What is your name?") - an answer," nitishinihkaas." ("My name is (shown in the picture)".) 2) Follow the pictures 1 to 7 below as the names shown are used in the answer. Listen carefully as the instructor repeats each question and answer 2 times. 1. Don cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1) 2. David rs ity Fa 3. Paul 4. Maida 5. Elaine 0 ni ve 6. Dolores U Exercise B YourName Look at the illustrations on the opposite page. Notice that there are six pictures around the map. Each box has an arrow pointing to a community on the map from which each person illustrated comes from. La k eh 1) ea d Before you begin listening to the instructor, read these instructions. 2) When you listen to the instructor, you will hear in Severn Ojibwe: - the number of the picture you are to look at. - the question, "Aanti wenciiyan?" ("Where are you from?") - the answer, "nitooncii." ("I am from (the community shown on the map).) 3) Look at each picture and listen to the instructor ask the question. Follow the arrow pointing to the community on the map. Then you will hear the answer to the question, naming the community shown. 4) Keep practicing until you feel comfortable with the questions and answers. 24 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 uc at io n Exercise B of Ed 1 cu lty DEER.LAKE • Fa ORASSY NARROWS• ity 0 •AROLAND eh ea d U ni ve rs ( La k \ 4 YOUR COMMUNITY 5 L 25 �INTRODUCTORY OllBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise C nitisbioibkaas • cu lty of Ed R>RTSBVERN ------------=nitooncli Q uc at io n In this exercise. you are talking to each of the following people. Write their answers in the spaces below their names. lB/JtSKJN LAJtB SACHIGO LAKE. BIO TRO~ MUSKRAT DAM I I LAKE ---· WEAGOMOW PAUL WAPBKEKA KASmONIKA Fa DON I KJNGFISfR .LONG DOG L. I IWBBEQUIE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ity WlJNNUNIN LAKE .UMMER BBAVBR 0 ni ve rs • LANSDOWNE • CAT LAKE U IREDLAICB ea MAIDA NEW SLA1B FALLS LACSEUL AU.AN WATER • UX LOOKOUT I ARMSTRONG FBRLAND cc:lims' I I AUDBN .DRYDEN t La k eh • PICKLE LAJCB • d DAVID IR>RTHOPE OERALDTON .NIPIGON lllUNDE~ PLAINE ---------- DOLORES 0 26 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise D • of Ed R>RTSEVERN uc at io n Give each of the following people a name and a place that they come from. Then working with a partner, ask and answer questions about them. cu lty lEARSKlN LAlCB SACHIOO LAKE. BIG 'IR.Ou, MUSKRAT DAM • I WAPBKBKA LAKE KINGPISljR ILONG DOG L. Fa I • KASmoNJKA I WBAGOMOW IWEBEQUIE WUNNUNIN LAKE .UMMER BP.AVER ity • NOR.1ll SPOUT !AKE ( e LANSDOWNE rs • I I CATLAJCE I PICKLE LAKE • RED LAKE IR>RTHOPB NEW SLA'IB PALLS • IACSBUL • All.AN WATER SIOUX LOOKOtrr I eDRYDF.N I ARMSTRONG FERLAND I mu.INS t • AUDEN OUU.BAYI I La k eh ea d U ni ve MACDOWELL LAKE INIPIOON 111UNDER BAYI 27 GERALDTON �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 3 Exercise E 0 SOME USEFUL PHRASES Yes No Thank you My name is _ _ __ What is your name? Where are you from? lam from _ _ Me too. How about you? Say it again. Say it slowly. Do you understand? Yes, I understand. I do not understand. What is that (inanimate)? Who is/what is that (animate)? What is his/her name? His/her name is _ Eha/Ehe Kaawin Miikwehc Nitishinihkaas Aan eshinihkaasoyan? Aanti wenciiyan? Nitooncii. Keniin Kiin tahsh wiin? Miina ihkiton ! Pehkaac ihkiton ! Kinihsitohtaan ina? Eba, ninihsitohtaan. Kaawin ninihsitohtahsiin. Kekonen ihi? Awanen aha? Aan eshinihkaasoc(t)? ishinihkaaso. 2. Fill in the missing words using the words above. Write English translations in this column. Check your translations from the above list. Q 1. Mary _ _ __ 2. Aan _ _ _ __ ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. d U 3. Thunder Bay _ __ 4. _ _ _wenciiyan? ea 5. Miina _ __ 6. _ _ _ ihkiton! 8. eh 7. Kiin _ _ _ wiin? La k ina? 9. Eha, _ _ _ __ 10. Kaawin _ _ _ _ __ 11. _ _ _ _ _ ihi? 12. Awenen _ _ _ _ __ 13. Aan _ _ _ __ 14. Tanya _ _ _ __ 0 28 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 3 3. For each of the following words, fill in the missing letters. Ni_ _sh_ nih_ _ _ s. k _ o _ n? Aa _ _ i w_nc _ _y_ _? _ _t_ _ nc _ _. K _ _ _ _n. K_ _ _ _ _ _sh _ _ _n? e __ n _ uc at io n n m _ _n_ _ h_ _ t_n! P _ _k_ _ c i_ki _ _ n! a? K_ _ _ _ n n_ _ i_sit _ _ ta_s _ _ n. A _ _ n_n K_k _ _ _ n _h_? e_h_n_hk_ _ s ls _ _n_ _ k c? so. ity Complete these exercises: Write these in English: 1. Naanihsii nitishinihkaas. 2. Piish shiihshiip. 3. Miina ihkiton! 4. Piitoon wiiyaahs! 5. Aanti wenciiyan? 6. Piitoon onaakan ! 7. Piish ohkaataahk. 8. Keniin. 9. Kiin tahsh wiin? 10. Webique nitooncii. 11. Kinihsitohtaan ina? 12. Miikwehc Write these in Ojibwe: l. I don't understand. 2. Bring the salt! 3. Bring the fork! 4. Bring the partridge! 5. What is your name? 6. How about you? 7. What is that (animate)? 8. Bring the teakettle! 9. I am from Thunder Bay. 10. Say it slowly! 11. My name is Nancy. 12. Bring the bread! d La k eh ea (b) U ni ve rs (a) (c) ? Fa Exercise F ( h cu lty A Ed _ h _ n_ _ ihs_t _ _ t _ _n. of K_n_h_ _to_t _ _n Ask and answer these questions in Ojibwe: 1. Do you understand? 2. What is his/her name? 3. Where are you from? 4. My name is ___ How about you? 5. I am from___ How about you? 6. What is your name? 29 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A Introduction to Imperatives Imperatives are those words we use when we want to "tell., someone what to do. They are, in fact, commands. Now you will learn ten imperatives in the following lesson. 0 of cu lty Piin ti ken A pin Nii pa win Pii shaan Maacaan Poo ta wen Kii wen Nikamon Ni paan Wani shkaan ity 1. Piintiken ! 2. Apin! 3. Niipawin! 4. Piishaan ! 5. Maacaan! 6. Pootawen! 7. Kiiwen! 8. Nikamon! 9. Nipaan! 10. W anishkaan ! Ed On the opposite page are pictures of ten imperative sentences. When you listen to the instructor, you will hear the number of the picture you are to look at, and an imperative statement. They are presented in this order. For your convenience, each word is written twice, the first time in 'regular' writing, and the second time with the word broken into syllables. English translations are on page 71. Fa 1) 2) uc at io n In this exercise, you will be introduced to sentences for making commands or imperatives. 0 U Look at each picture and listen as an instructor repeats each imperative statement. Keep practicing on your own until you are sure you can easily recognize and use these ten imperatives. La k eh ea d 3) ni ve rs You are to clearly understand what imperative statement each picture represents. Once you are certain that you know which statement each picture represents, you must think of these sentences in Severn Ojibwe only. 0 30 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise A uc at io n r 2 3 Fa cu lty of Ed 1 ity 4 rs ( ni ve \I ~ 6 La k eh ea d U ~ 8 9 31 5 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise B 0 In this exercise, you will practice recognizing imperatives. On the opposite page are six rows labelled A to F. In each row are four pictures representing the imperatives you are studying. In the upper left hand comer of each picture is a small box. 2) When you listen to the instructor, he will tell you which row you are to look at. Then you will hear in Severn Ojibwe an imperative expression. In each row you may hear more than one imperative. 3) Place a check mark or a nmuber in the box matching the imperative you hear. As an example, the first row has been done for you. Pay particular attention to the pronunciation as you are going along doing the exercise. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1) Ciihwhwe (dragon fly) 0 32 �INTRODUCTORY onBW E - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ExerciseB La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( 33 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise C 0 Listening: Maacaan Maacak K.iiwen K.iiwek Nipaan Nipaak Pootawen Pootawek Nikamon Nikamok Piishaan Piishaak Apin Apik Piintiken Piintiken Wanishkaan W anishkaak Ed Niipawin Niipawik uc at io n Your instructor will give some commands. Watch for clues as to meaning, and try to respond correctly to each command. Notice that sometimes the instructor is speaking to only one person (singular) and sometimes to two or more people at once (plural). Here are the imperatives you'll be asked to do (in any order). of 1. Write the correct imperative for each of the following: ity Fa 2. cu lty SINGULAR IMPERATIVES 0 2. U ni ve rs 1. 5. 4. La k eh ea d 3. 6. 7. 9. 10. 34 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise D PLURAL IMPERATIVES uc at io n Write the correct plural imperatives for each of the following: Fa cu lty of Ed 2. ity 4. rs ( ni ve ..... ~ -l& a=, 8. La k eh ea d 6. U ~ 35 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise E 0 Reading and Writing: Pootawe Pootawek Pootaweyok Maacaan Maacaak Maacaayok Nikamon Nikamok Niikamoyok Piishaan Piishaak Piishaayok Nipaan Nipaak Nipaayok Apin Apik Apiyok Piintiken Piintikek Piintikeyok of cu lty Sinletllar Come in! Wanishkaan Wanishkaak W anishkaayok PluraI Fa Stand up! Kiiwen Kiiwek Kiiweyok Ed Nipawin Niipawik Niipawiyok uc at io n Here are the words you have been using. Try sorting them out for meaning by filling in the chart below. Your instructor will help you check your answers. For the plural imperatives, you may find that some speakers use the ending n1k rather than k. These endings are listed. Go away! ity Go home! Go to sleep! rs Sit down! ni ve Come here! 0 Make (build) a fire U Sing! eh Speaking: ea d Get up! La k When you think you've heard and understood the commands well, try telling someone (or several people) to do some of these things. If you do it successfully, you should have all the people making the appropriate responses. 0 36 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 ExerciseF Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. 5. _p_k (_o_) 9. _ii_aw __ {_o_) 13. _p_n 17. _i_a_o_ (_ _k) 2. n__p_w_n 6. _iiw_ _ L _k) 10. __nish_aa_ 14. n_k_m_n 18. _ii__i_ek (y_ __) 3. _iish__n 7. _ii_a_ik (y_ _) 11. _oo_a_e_ 15. wan__ _k__k {_o_) 19. k__w_n 4. p__t_w_k (y_k) 8. _aa_aa_ 12. _pi_(y_ _) 16. _ii__aa_(_o_) 20. m__c__k (_ __) uc at io n 1. P__nt_k_n Ed Exercise G of In this exercise, fill in the chart below by using the words from the previous page exercise E. Singular Imperative Fa cu lty English La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( L 37 Plural Imperative �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H-1 0 Word Search: 1. The words listed in 1-30 below can be found in the puzzle. Look for these and circle each one as you find it. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n CRYU¢1 INTAHSHWI 1WQUDCEEM P K E K O N E N I H I X R G WA C A J W S H H Z B I P C Q G M D N P A A Q C E V P X I WH A A E NQN I XNQDXEAWMOHEV I OWi TNQ A I C E I MWQ J S A A N T A H S I N K I N I K V J U H Q S V P A H Q A N C Q E D W I V S O N X K I N O O S H E C I Z P N F P I M I T E H S I W 0 E Q W E R T P G K N O I F V R T N O O I H H E T Y N K Q W E A WU T O S N X I R N O E I A S B WN S I C O O C O O H S H A A P O O N N H A I C A I N I I I S H I N I H I A M Q B U C A P T T S AWFWDNVYERWGNHNUUWINOIOP A A N E S H I N I H K A A S O Y A N I A WM H Z R A V K N I K A M O N F E I G E R Q Y Y A R T W H K O M I T A A H S O N I I S H I N W I A N A Q A N O O M I N A A P O O D P T A H S I I WA A C M O E U T Q J F J S P V R Z I U C D J N S A N K K A A W I N N I I N K E I I I N I H K I W E T U ity 2. For each of the following give the English translation. rs 1. kiin tahsh wiin? = _ _ _ _ _ __ 5. niiwin = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 20. waapoos = _ _ _ _ _ __ 6. peshik = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 21. eha= _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 22. nihsin = _ _ _ _ _ __ U ni ve 3. nipaan = _ _ _ _ _ __ 4. aan tahsinkin? - _ _ _ _ _ __ 17. eha, ninihsitohtaan = _ _ __ 18. kekonen ihi? = _ _ _ __ 19. mitaahso= _ _ _ _ _ __ d 2. piish = _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 16. shiihshiip= _ _ _ _ __ ea 7. kaawin= _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 23. kiiwek = _ _ _ _ _ __ 24. nikamon = _ _ _ _ _ __ 25. pepaa = _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 8. kinooshe = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ eh 9. keniin= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k 10. coocoohshaapoo = _ _ _ _ _ __ 11. piishaan = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 26. 27. 28. 29. 12. nitooncii = _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 13. pimite= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 14. niyaanan= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 15. apin= _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ aan eshinihkaasoyan? = _ __ niishoshaap = _ _ _ _ __ anoominaapoo = _ _ _ __ waaw = _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 30. pine= _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 38 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise H-2 Word Search: There are thirty Ojibwe words or phrases in the puzzle. As you find each one, circle the letters. Then write the Ojibwe word or phrase in the appropriate space in 1-30 below. s 1. Bring it (animate)= 2. plate= 4. Water= 5. Metoo= 7. Meat= U 6. Bannock= ni ve rs 3. No= ea d 8. Bread= 9. Anegg= A I B T B 0 s H E T K A S A A N T I L N A A G A N I E H A I G R 0 G T E 0 s H s A H A A WA T W 0 H K s N I I I N N I 0 16. Yes= 17. Salt= 18. Thank you = 19. Carrot= 20. Say it slowly= 21. Partridge = 22. Come in!= 23. How many (animate)?= 24. Do you understand? = 25. Go home(plu.)! = 11. Nine= 26. Stand up!= eh F 12. Two= 27. Wake/get up!= 13. Six= 28. Who/what's that (animate)?= 14. Eight= 29. Go/go away!= 15. Seven= 30. Build a fire (plu.) ! = 39 B Q p WN I uc at io n A A K H 0 I N N F 0 B p K s 10. Twenty= La k C V of R I p N N 0 T M B F Q N I D K A A cu lty 0 G z Fa L G ity 0 F R E N I z z R K Q I N N B I N H Ed A A C I H K I T 0 N w E A R T G W P A A N T A A N E WC I A E J R T 0 UWGHQN N H X T E s H I I W I H T A A K A NW AWD s NM E A L 0 R A E N I I s H I T A N I B A T O N N L - E A T s G 0 R w I T K Q I D A F E I V 0 A V RAH WT y A L s D A F Q HWH DWQHKNAO p N T I I s H I N E K I A 0 N A A N p 0 H I T W F A C H R H W R A K I N O R T A Y K K C KW E H C K p 0 NW OR I I Y A A H s OWNN J NA WEN E N A H R p 0 0 TAW E K A N M p E H K C I C V A y I N V p p H T y I K A I A I WN I E N K N L C p D HM G A Q A G C p A WA X N s K z I N T I K E N K Q C D L Q B R Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I - 1 Introduction to Nouns: s 6 4 uc at io n 2 of Ed 1 0 7 8 --l_ 12 Listen as your instructor pronounces the names of the things pictured above. After you have heard each word several times, try to match the pictures to the words written below: English translations are on page 71. d U 1. 0 ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty ~===== ::====~ :======~ . . . .-----------_------ # pimihsewin # eh ea ishkotehkaanaapihk # ciimaan # tehsapiwin pahpaapiwin/waahsecikan # # # otaapaan # wiihsiniiwinaahtik # wiiskwehokaan # nipewin # matikwaan # La k ishkwaantem waahkaahikan 0 40 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 4 2. Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. The numbers are in order from section 3 below. Check your own spelling. 1. w _ _hsini _ _ i _ _ _ h _ _ k 2. t _ _s_ _ 1 _ _ n 3. i _ _ ko _hk _ _ n _ _ p _ _ k uc at io n 4. p _ _ p _ _ pi _ _ n 5. n _ _ e _ _ n 6. i _ _ k_ _ _ n _ _ m 7. w _ _hk hi n Ed 8. m_t _ _w_ _ n 2. teh sa pi win 7. waah kaa hi kan ity 1. wiih si nii wi naah tile 8. ma ti kwaan 9. pi mih se win 4. pah paa pi win 10. cii maan ni ve rs 3. i shko teh kaa naa pihk 11. wii skwe ho kaan 6. i sbkwaan tern 12. o taa paan eh ea d U 5. ni pe win La k ( cu lty Listen carefully as your instructor repeats these words. Notice the words are broken down into syllables. This will help you to concentrate on pronunciation. Fa 3. of 9. p _ _ ih _ _ w_n 10. c _ _ m_ _ n 11. w _ _ s_ _ _ ho _ _ _ n 12. o _ _ _ p_ _ n 41 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 4 Exercise I • 2 Introduction to Locatives 2 of Ed 4 uc at io n 0 6------- 8 ity Fa ::============:::: ';.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.-:.~ cu lty s rs 0 ni ve Now, watch and listen as your instructor repeats the names of the items you have just learned. Pay special attention to the new ending on each word. English translation on page71. U "LOCATIVE" means the form that tells you where something is located. pimihsewini...nk ciimaanink waahkaahikanink otaapaanink wiiskwehokaanink matikwaanink La k eh ea d ishkotehkaanaapihk2Dk ishkwaantemink tehsapiwinink pahpaapiwin,ink wiihsiniiwinaahtikQDk nipewinink Remember. locative endings can mean "in", "at" or "on". Repeat the pronunciation as many times as you want. When you think you understand the names of the items with the locative endings, learn the word for "where". It should look like this: "Aanti". Now that you know these locative forms, in this exercise, work in pairs. Your partner will now ask you questions such as: "aanti minihkwaakan?", "Aanti moohkomaan?", by referring to the following pictures. By taking turns asking and answering questions, complete this exercise until you have mastered these questions and answers. 42 0 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 4 ExerciseJ How can you make a noun locative? Usually. just add /-ink/ to the simple noun. However, if the simple noun ends with a /-k/ or /-hk/, add /-onk/ instead. And, if the simple noun ends in a vowel. just add /-nlc/. uc at io n (a) (b) (c) A few nouns don't follow these rules, but they will be pointed out to you as we come to them. Using what you have learned: Ed To continue practicing with locative forms, look back to the 24 pictures on page I of your text. For exercise writing, list those 24 articles with locative forms and underline the locative endings. of Continue reading and writing practice: the locative form of the noun: ( Fa beside on top under it away from ity naaniyahii wakiciyahii anaamiyahii niikatehii cu lty If you want to be more specific about a location, it is helpful to use one of the following words with piiciyahii shiipaahii ohpimeyahii pehshociyahii inside under on the side closer/nearer ni ve rs (piintikamink (indoors) and akwaciink (outdoors) are used without nouns.) New Vocabulary La k eh ea d U ahsi! ahtoon! pahkihteho ! kwayahk nab! pankii ehta pankii ehta (o)hsha! ihimaa ohomaa ohoweti weti ihiweti waahsa aanahpii? ahpii put (animate) put (Inanimate) hit him! well (correctly, thoroughly) Look! a little only only a little bit emphatic particle: also hsa right there right here over here, this way there over there, that way way over there, far when?, in question only when 43 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT l; LESSON 4 Exercise K Working in pairs with the language. Read until you understand well the following mini-dialogues. For further study of the meaning of the dialogues, translations are on page 71. Piishaan ! Aanti? Ohoweti! Apin ohomaa! Ahtoon miicim wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Aanti shiiwihtaakan ekwa pepaa? Ihimaa naaniyahii onaakanink. Piish aanahkonaa kaye pimite. Kekiin wiihsinin! Ahaaw, miikwehc. (b) uc at io n Nah! Weti! Aanti? Ihiweti! Awanenaha? Waapoos ekwa pine. Miina ihk.iton! Pine ekwa waapoos. Aasha ninihsitohtaan. Miikwehc. of (a) Q Ed l. Using what you have learned, now, write two mini-dialogues of your own by trying to use all the nouns and verbs and particles that you can think of. 3. Continue working in pairs with the language. Share what you have learned and take turns with your partner sharing your own dialogue. Make sure that you both understand! Fa cu lty 2. Review this lesson with your instructor. Pay particular attention to pronunciation. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs 4. ity Note: At this time, your instructor will be concentrating on pronunciation and grammatical structure. 0 44 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Introduction to Intransitive Verbs (VAl) What is an intransitive verb? An intransitive verb is a word that: - describes what the activity is. - describes what the state is. - describes what the condition is. uc at io n In the Native language, all intransitive verbs are complete sentences. For example, "Anohkii" means ·•He/she is working". English translation on page 72. Exercise A d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed (1) eh ea The pictures above show persons who are: (1) nikamo (2) kishiwaasi (3) nipaa (5) aahkosi La k (9) pootawe (6) kiiwe (10) kiishitepo (4) wiihsini (8) tepi-wiihsini (7) niimi ( 11) anohkii (12) metawe Watch the pictures as you listen to your instructor. (2) Pronunciation Practice: As your instructor says these words, listen to how they are broken down into syllables. (2) ki shi waa si (3) ni paa (4) wiih si ni (1) ni ka mo L (5) aah ko si (9) poo ta we (6) kii we (7) nii mi (10) kii shi te po (11) a nob kii 45 (8) te pi-wiih si ni (12) me ta we �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Practice speaking with a partner by asking questions and giving answers. First, learn the sentence for "What is he/she doing?" It should look like this: "Aan entootank?" Your partner will now ask you questions such as: "Aan entootank?" the answer would be "Nikamo" or "Anohkii" etc. Pay particular attention to good pronunciation on both questions and answers. Repeat talcing turns asking questions and answers until you have completely mastered the pronunciation. Example: Question: Aan entootank? Answer: Nikamo Exercise writing Fill in the blank spaces for your answers by using the pictures from the previous page. Ed (4) 2. 3. 4. 6. 8. s. 7. 9. Fa 10. cu lty 1. of Aan entootank? 12. 11. ity Exercise B In this exercise, you will continue practice spealcing with your partner by asking questions rs 1. Q uc at io n (3) 0 d U ni ve and answers. This time. your partner will ask questions such as. "Is Mary going home?" Translation in the Native language should look like this "Kiiwe na Mary?" For now, the answer should be either "Kaawin" or "Ebe". Continue this exercise until you complete all 12 verbs. Once again, pay particular attention to good pronunciation. Beside each of the questions below, write positive or negative answers. The first one is done for you. ea Nikamo na Jane? ~ eh Aahkosi na Richard? Pootawe na Aaron? La k Kiishitepo na? Anohkii na Duane? Metawe na Tony? Tepi-wiihsini na? Wiihsini na Judy? Nipaa na shiihshiip? Kishiwaasi na Ann? Kiiwe na Nancy? 0 Niimi na? 46 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON S Exercise C Reading and Writing: (A) (B) wiihsini tepi-wiihsini (C) niimi (D) kishiwaasi (I) (J) aahkosi pootawe nipaa kiishitepo (E) (F) (G) (H) kiiwe anohkii (K) metawe (L) nikamo 4._ _ 7._ _ 10._ _ 2. 5.- - 3._ _ 6. 8.- 9._ _ 11.- 12._ _ Answer key: 1-L 2-D 3-G 4-A 5-E 7-C 8-B 9-F 10-H 11 -J 12-K Fa 6-1 cu lty -- of l._ _ -- uc at io n Here is a list of the verbs you have been learning, given in mixed order. See if you can identify them by matching numbers and letters and the numbers which correspond to each picture. Remember, the pictures are at the beginning of this lesson in Exercise A. Ed (a) ity ni ve rs Introduction to Negatives Listening: Turn back to the beginning of this lesson, and use the twelve verb pictures for reference as you listen to your instructor ask and answer questions like these U 1. Ehe, nikamo Jane. Kaawin nikamohsiin Jane. eh ea d Nikamo na Jane? Nikamo na Jane? As you listen to the examples your instructor gives, notice how to give a NEGATNE ("no") answer correctly. La k ( Exercise D Negative responses always follow the pattern of: Kaawin + Verb +"hsiin" As an example: kaawin - nikamo - hsiin Jane. 47 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Reading and Writing: 2. Answer the following questions in the negative only. The first one has been done for you. Q Kaawin kiiwehsiin Nancy, Kiiwe na Nancy? Kishiwaasi na? uc at io n Nikamo na Kim? Aahkosi na Richard? Nipaa na shiihshiip? Niimi na John? Ed Wiihsini na pine? Pootawe na Scott? of Tepi-wiihsini na? Kiishitepo na? cu lty Anohkii na Duane? Metawe na Tony? Fa ExerciseE ity Speaking: Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs When you believe you,ve got it ... answer the questions the instructor asks using the negative forms of the verbs. Moos 48 0 �INTRODUCTORY ODBWE - UNIT l; LESSON 5 Exercise F r Positive and Negative Responses Answer the following questions with either a positive or a negative response. Make sure each answer makes sense. Remember, you have to do this exercise on your own. Ed of cu lty Fa U ni ve rs ity Aahkosi na Betty? Kiishitepo na Delores? Kishiwaasi na? Niimi na Dave? Kiiwe na Jonathan? Tepi-wiihsini na? Wiihsini na Elaine? Metawe na Lisa? Nikamo na Sally? Anohkii na Lena? Nipaa na John? Pootawe na Paul? Aahkosi na Susan? Niimi na Wendy? Kiiwe na Paul? Kiishitepo na? Anohkii na Dave? Kishiwaasi na Don? La k eh ea ( 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Metawe na Don? Pootawe na Paul? Nipaa na Sarah? Wiihsini na pine? Tepi-wiihsini na Maida? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ d 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. uc at io n 1. Nikamo na Jane? L 49 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 ExerciseG Introduction to Person: 0 Listening Exercise: (b) wiin You'll need to know how to express these ideas: _ _ _ _called "first" person". "You" _ _ _ _called "second person". "He/she" or Him/her'' _ _ _ _called "third person". cu lty of "I" or "Me" Fa (a) kiin Ed niin uc at io n Listen to your instructor as he/she says these words in Ojibwe (Severn dialect) and watch him as he identifies what each word means. When you think you've got it, tell which word below is first person, which is second person, and which is third person: In lesson three, page 28, you learned to say "Kiin tahsh wiin". Now listen to your instructor ity so you'll hear and understand the meaning of: rs 0 ni ve "Niin tahsh wiin?" and "Wiin tahsh wiin?". "Linda tahsh wiin?" and "Jimmy tahsh wiin?" Now listen to these phrases until you understand them easily too. English translations are on page 72. eh ea (c) d U What would these mean? 5. kaawin niin 9. ehe niin 13. niinishtam 2. kekiin 6. kaawin kiin 10. ehe kiin 14. kiinishtam 3. kewiin 7. kaawin wiin 11. ehe wiin 15. wiinishtam 4. kaye James 8. kaawin Joan 12. ehe Mary 16. wiinishtam Tim La k 1. keniin (d) Listen to your instructor and pay particular attention to the pronunciation and to find out the exact meaning of each of the following words on the next page. English translations are on page 72. 50 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS niwiihsin kiwiihsin wiihsini nitaahkos kitaahkos aahkosi nikiiwe kikiiwe kiiwe uc at io n ninipaa kinipaa nipaa nikishiwaas kikishiwaas kishiwaasi cu lty of Ed ninikam kinikam nikamo nitepi-wiihsin nipootawe nikiishitep nitanohkii nimetawe kiniim kitepi-wiihsin kipootawe kikiishitep kitanohkii kimetawe niimi tepi-wiihsini pootawe kiishitepo anohkii metawe Fa niniim Now you know twelve verbs. Before you continue, practice how to ask and answer questions with them in the ftrst, second, and third person forms. First you have to learn some phrases for asking questions. Here they are: ni ve rs (a) What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he/she doing? d Working with the language, in pairs, take turns going through all twelve verbs, both asking and answering questions. For example: ea (b) U Aan entootamm? Aan entootanwm? Aan entootimk? Question Answer Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Nitanohkii. Kikiiwe. Nipaa. eh La k ( ity Exercise H Before doing some exercise speaking with your partner, look back to the words under the pictures in exercise G (d) of this lesson. They seem to follow a fairly regular pattern. What information do you understand from ..ni-" at the beginning of a verb? What information do you understand from "ki-" at the beginning? Notice the verb listed for pictures 5, 8, 11. Is there anything different about these examples? How do you account for these irregularities? (The added "t" is just slipped in to make the word easier to pronounce, in much the same way we add and "n" in English phrases such as ..an apple".) 51 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON S Notice too, that the first and second person forms of the verb sometimes keep the final vowel and sometimes drop it. From your own observation, can you think of any ..rule" you could make to predict when the vowel will drop? The third person form of the verb is also the verb STEM. Aan entootamaan? Kinikam. Aan entootank? Nikamo. Ed ~nikam. Continue working in pairs and take turns going through all twelve verbs. both asking and answering questions. This time, questions and answers should look like this: Answer Kaawin nitaahkosihsiin. Kaawin kitaahkosihsiin. Kaawin aahkosihsiin. Kaawin aahkosihsiin Mary. d Question ea U (d) 0 ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty Aan entootaman? uc at io n Here are some exercises for you to complete using the pictures and phrases from the previous page. The first one has been done for you. of (c) 0 La k eh Kitaahkos na? Nitaahkos na? Aahkosi na? Aahkosi na Mary? Here are some questions for you to answer in the negative form only. Kinikam ina? Kikishiwaas ina? Nipaa na Jane? Niwiihsin na? Kikiiwe na? Nimi na Paul? 0 52 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; LESSON 5 Kitepi-wiihsin ina? Nipootawe na? Nikishiwaas ina? Dave na anohkii? Metawe na Susan? or Ebe, kikiiwe. Kaawin kikiiwehsiin. or Ebe, kiiwe. Kaawin Kiiwehsiin. or Ebe, kiiwe Mary. Kaawin kiiwehsiin Mary. Nikiiwe na? Kiiwe na? Kiiwe na Mary? of or Ebe, nikiiwe. Kaawin nikiiwehsiin. cu lty Kikiiwe na? Ed Continue working in pairs. This time mix asking questions and answers. For example: Fa (e) uc at io n Kimetawe na? rs Again, and Also, too Hurry! quick! soon (not a verb) More, still Now, then, yet, already Really ("It's the truth") Really? ("Is that true?") Right away Maybe, perhaps eh ea d U Miina Kaye Wiipac! Kiiyaapic Aasha Tepwe Tepwena? Shemaak Naanta ni ve C. ity SOME USEFUL PHRASES La k Exercise I (a) Read the following mini-dialogues until you fully understand them. Translations are on page 73. (1) Henry piishaan ! (2) Pi-wiihsinin! Apin, wiihsinin ! Piish kinooshe kaye Ashkipwaaw ! Miikwehc. Kiiyaapic ina ashkipwaaw? Kaawin, aasha nitepi-wiihsin. Kitanohkii ina? Ehe, kiin tahsh wiin? Kaawin, nitaahkos. Kikiiwe na shemaak? Ebe, nikiiwe wiipac. Kaawin niin. Naanta kiiyaapic nitanohkii. 53 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSONS (b) Now, write one of your own. Ed uc at io n 0 Working in pairs, share your dialogue with your partner. Both of you should read it through, making sure that you can understand it all, and that you can pronounce all the words. Check with your instructor if you need help. (d) Complete these exercises. Translations are on page 73. Say in English: ity (1) Fa cu lty of (c) 0 ea Say in Ojibwe: I'm sick. Are you sick? He/she is sick. Is Sam sick? You are sick. La k eh (2) Tepwena? Piishaan shemaak! Pi-wiihsinin ! Kikishiwaas ina? Kitepi-wiihsin ina? Ehe, miikwehc. Piish emihkwaan kaye shookaa. d U ni ve rs Miina ihkiton! Aasha na kiiwe? Mary nitishinihkaas. Kiiyaapic na kinooshe? Nipaa na Samuel? Kaawin nimaacaahsiin. Piitoon moohkomaan kaye onaakan. Do all five of the sentences in (2) above again, changing the verb to: (3) eating (8) sleeping (4) angry (9) dance (5) going home ( 10) playing (6) make a fire ( 11) cooking (7) full (12) working 54 0 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 5 {e) Say these pronouns in Ojibwe: You too! {l) Not me! Jane too! {2) Not you! Me too! (3) Not him/her. My tum. Your tum. Jack's tum. How about him? How about me? How about you? uc at io n Exercise J Practice writing these following mini-dialogues. Translations are on page 74. Write in Ojibwe: (1) What is your name? Ed My name is George. Where are you from? of I'm from Big Trout Lake. cu lty Really? Big Trout Lake. Me too, I'm from Big Trout Lake. Sam is sleeping. Are you sleeping too? Not me ... I'm eating. Fa (2) Bring the bannock! Partridge too. ( rs More bannock? ity Bring the knife! Fork too. (3) ni ve No, I'm already full. Thank you. Is Mary dancing? No, she's working. U How about you? Are you working? ea d Yes, me too, I am working. Me, I am not dancing also I'm not working. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k eh I am eating. 55 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise A What Time Is It? 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the times displayed on the following clocks. The instructor will repeat the words three times the first time around, then, repeat after him. English translations are on page 74. Aan eshihsek? ishihse Niishin ishihse Nihsin ishihse Niiwin ishihse U d ea ishihse Ninkotwaahso ishihse La k eh Niyaanan 0 ni ve Peshi.k rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Niishwaahso ishihse Ayinaanew ishihse Saankahso ishihse Mitaahso ishihse Peshikoshaap ishihse Niishoshaap ishihse 0 56 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 2. of Ed uc at io n r Understanding and Practice Writing: In this exercise you should look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. cu lty Then write it in the corresponding space below. The first one is done for you. Check your answers and spelling from the previous page. Peshik 1. ity 2. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. ea eh 8. d 7. 9. La k ( ishihse Fa Aan eshJhsek? 10. 11. 12. 57 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseB 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. The instructor will repeat the words three times the first time around, then, repeat after him. English translations are on page 74 and 75. uc at io n 1. 12 I 2 3 ity Fa cu lty of Ed l 0 Peshik aapihta ishihse Niishin aapihta ni ve rs Aan eshihsek? ishihse ishihse U Nihsin aapihta ishihse d Niiwin aapihta ea Niyaanan aapihta ishihse ishihse Niishwaahso aapihta ishihse Ayinaanew aapihta ishihse Saankahso aapihta ishihse Mitaahso aapihta ishihse Peshikoshaap aapihta ishihse Niishoshaap aapihta ishihse La k eh Ninkotwaahso aapihta 0 58 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Understanding and Practice Writing: 3 4 uc at io n 5 Ed 6 cu lty of In this exercise you should look at the clocks above, and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. The first one is done for you. Check your answers and spelling from the previous page. ishihse Peshik 1. Fa 2. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. eh 9. ea 8. d 7. 10. La k ( ity 2. 11. 12. 59 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise C Listening and Speaking: 1. Before we move on asking what time it is. we need to add some numbers first. Let's start from fifteen (15) to sixty (60). Translations are on page 75. uc at io n Niyaananoshaap Niishitana Niishitana niyaananoshaap 0 Nihsomitana Nihsomitana niyaananoshaap Ed Niimitana Niimitana niyaananoshaap cu lty of Niyaananomitana Niyaananomitana niyaananoshaap _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ninkotwaahsomitana Listening and Speaking: Fa Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. Translations on page 75. 0 ea d U ni ve rs ity 2. Niyaanan aatihse ishkwaa-peshik (ishihse). Mitaahso aatihse ishkwaa-niishin (ishihse). Niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-nihsin (ishihse). Niishitana aatihse ishkwaa-niiwin (ishihse). 5. Niishitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-niyaanan (ishihse). 6. Nihsomitana aatihse ishkwaa-ninkotwaahso (ishihse). 7. Nihsomitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-niishwaahso (ishihse). 8. Niimitana aatihse ishkwaa-ayinaanew (ishihse). 9. Niimitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-saankahso (ishihse). 10. Niyaananomitana aatihse ishkwaa-mitaahso (ishihse). 11. Niyaananomitana niyaananoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-peshikoshaap (ishihse). 12. Aapihtaa-kiishikaa (mid-day) OR aapihtaa-tipihkaa (mid-night) La k 1. 2. 3. 4. eh Aan eshihsek? 60 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 of Ed uc at io n Understanding and Practice Writing: cu lty 3. In this exercise, you should look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. All of the answers will contain the words aatihse, which means "minutes" and ishkwaa- which means "after". Fa 1. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. eh 9. ea 8. d 7. 10. La k ( ity 2. 11. 12. 61 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseD 0 Listening and Speaking: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. All of the answers will contain the word "mwaye-" which means "before" except #1 which is twelve thirty. The English translations are on page 75. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. 1. Niishoshaap aapihta (ishihse). ity Aan eshihsek? rs 2. Niishitana niishwaahsoshaap aatihse mwaye-peshik (ishihse). 0 ni ve 3. Niishitana niyaananoshaap aatihse mwaye-niishin (ishihse). 4. Niishitana nihsoshaap aatihse mwaye-niiwin (ishihse). U 5. Niishitana aatihse mwaye-niyaanan (ishihse). ea d 6. Ayinaanewishaap aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso (ishihse). eh 7. Niiwishaap aatihse mwaye-niishwaahso (ishihse). La k 8. Niishoshaap aatihse mwaye-saankahso (ishihse). 9. Mitaahso aatihse mwaye-saankahso (ishihse). 10. Niyaananoshaap aatihse mwaye-mitaahso (ishihse). 11. Ayinaanew aatihse mwaye-niyaanan (ishihse). 12. Ninkotwaahso aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso (ishihse). 0 62 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Understanding and Practice Writing: Listen carefully as your instructor reads the time displayed on the following clocks. All of the answers will contain the word mwaye- 'before'. You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. of Ed uc at io n 2. cu lty 6 Fa l. 2. ity rs 4. ni ve 5. 6. d ea 8. U 7. eh 9. 10. La k ( 3. 11. 12. 63 4 5 11 1 9:-7 2 3 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseE 0 Look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. Fa 1. cu lty of Ed uc at io n Understanding and Practice Writing: 1. ity 2. rs 3. ni ve 4. 5. U 6. eh ea d 7. 8. 0 La k 9. IO. 11. 12. 0 64 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 Exercise F cu lty of Ed uc at io n Continuation of Understanding and Practice Writing: Fa Look at the clocks above and say the time in Severn Ojibwe. Then write it in the corresponding space below. The answers may contain either ishkwaa- or mwaye-. You have to do this exercise on your own. If you are doing this exercise in class, check your answers with your instructor. rs 2. ni ve 3. 4. d ea 6. U 5. eh 7. 8. 9. La k C ity 1. 10. 11. 12. 65 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; LESSON 6 ExerciseG Review Test of Ed uc at io n 0 cu lty Translate each of the following sentences into English. Then draw the hands in the appropriate position on the clocks above. Translations are on page 76. 1. Peshik ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa 2. Peshik aapihta ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ity 3. Niishitana niiwishaap aatihse ishkwaa-niishin ishihse. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 ni ve rs 4. Nihsoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-niyaanan ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 5. Niyaananoshaap aatihse mwaye-saankahso ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ d U 6. Niishitana aatihse ishkwaa-mitaahso ishihse. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ea 7. Niishitana niishwaahsoshaap aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k eh 8. Ayinaanew aatihse mwaye-ayinaanew ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 9. Niishoshaap aatihse ishkwaa-nihsin ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 10. Ninkotwaahso aatihse mwaye-ninkotwaahso ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 11. Niishitana niishoshaap mwaye-peshikoshaap ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 12. Niishitana aatihse mwaye-niishoshaap ishihse._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 66 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS UNIT 1: Let's Look Back at What You Have Learned- Lessons 1 to 6 1. Vocabulary - Review the words you know: Translations are on pages 77 and 78. A. Nominals shiihshiip aanahkonaa ohkaataahk ahkihk paanahkihk emihkwaan piihsimohkaan ishkotehkaanaapihk piihswe-aanahkonaa kinooshe pine tiiwahkihk of Ed waapoos cu lty Pronouns: mm wiin kiin Fa Inanimate Nouns: moohkomaan shiiwihtaakan nipewin tehsapiwin nipi tii onaakan waaw coocoohshaapoo otaapaan waahkaahikan ishkwaantem pahpaapiwin wiihsiniiwinaahtik matikwaan pepaa wiiskwehokaan miicim pimihsewin wiiyaahs anoominaapoo ity ashkipwaaw C uc at io n Animate Nouns: d U ni ve ciishtahikan rs ciimaan pimite B. Verbs La k eh ea minihkwaakan You have learned the following IMPERATNE forms: Ahsi! Maacaan! Piish! Ahtoon! Niipawin! Piishaan! Anohkiin! Nikamon! Piitoon! Apin! Nipaan! Pi-wiihsinin ! Ihkiton! Pahkihteho ! Pootawen! Kiiwen! Piintiken! Wanishkaan! 67 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS You have also learned the following verbs and can make simple statements with them (you should also be able to make imperative forms for them as well): kiiwe nipaa anohkii kohtaaci tepi-wiihsini kishiwaasi niimi wanishkaa kiishitepo nikamo wiihsini C. Number Verbs of Animate Verbs: Ed aahkosi niishwaahsiwak niiwiwak niishiwak niyaananiwak nihsiwak ninkotwaahsiwak ayinaanewiwak saankahsiwak mitaahsiwak Fa cu lty peshiko ity Inanimate Verbs: niwinoon niishwaahsinoon niishinoon niyaananinoon ayinaanewinoon ninkotwaahsinoon saankahsinoon rs peshikwan U ni ve nihsinoon 0 mitaahsinoon D. Particles ninkotwaahso peshikoshaap niishin niishwaahso niishoshaap nihsin ayinaanew nihsoshaap niiwin saankahso niiwishaap niyaanan rnitaahso niyaananoshaap La k peshik eh ea d Numbers: 0 uc at io n Independent Verbs ninkotwaahsoshaap niishitana peshikoshaap niishwaahsoshaap niishitana niishoshaap ayinaanewishaap niishitana nihsoshaap saankahsoshaap niishitana niiwishaap niishitana 68 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; REVIEW LESSONS Particles: kaye ohoweti aanahpii? kiiyaapic ohpimeyahii aasha kwayahk pehshonciyahii ahpii miikwehc piinciyahii akwaciink miina piintikamink anaamiyahii mooshak ehe/eha na (ina) ehta nah! ekwa nahke piko ihimaa naanta ihiweti niikatehi kaawin ohomaa uc at io n aanti shiipaahii tepwe wakiciyahii Ed waahsa wiipac cu lty of weti Fa E. Expressions Aan eshihsek? ( Aan entootamaan? Kiin tahsh wiin? Kinihsitohtaan ina? (O)hsha! rs Aan entootank? ity Aan entootaman? Kekonen ihi Miina ihkiton ! Aan minikohk? Nitishinihkaas Aan tahsinkin? Nitooncii U ni ve Aan eshinihkaasoyan? Ninihsitohtaan Aanti wenciiyan? Pehkaac ihkiton! Awanen aha? Ishihse La k eh ea d Aan tahsiwaac? 2. Structure - Things you can do with the words you know: - Find the difference between an animate and an inanimate noun by using them in different kinds of sentences. - Give singular and plural commands. - Give first, second, and third person forms of verbs. - Ask questions in writing and answer them with positive and negative statements. - Use locative endings to indicate where things are. To be more specific about a location, use additional particle locative forms. - Recognize an use counting numbers and number verbs. -Tell time. 69 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Unit 1; Lessons 1-6 In this section we have provided English translations for the Severn Ojibwe words and sentences 0 Lesson 1: 24 Articles; Cup Salt Teakettle Partridge Egg Potatoe 2. 6. 10. 14. 18. 22. Two Six Ten Fourteen Eighteen Twenty two Lesson 2: Spoon Lard Frying pan Meat Fish Duck eh ea d ity rs There is one rabbit. There are two partridges. There are three fish. There are four spoons. There are five carrots. There is one egg. There are three knifes. There are five eggs. There are seven cartons of lard. There are nine cartons of milk. La k 3. Three 7. Seven 11. Eleven 15. Fifteen 19. Nineteen 23. Twenty three 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. Four Eight Twelve Sixteen Twenty Twenty four 0 U Verb Numbers: ni ve One Five Nine Thirteen Seventeen Twenty one Fa Numbers: 1. 5. 9. 13. 17. 21. 4. 8. 12. 16. 20. 24. of 3. Knife 7. Pepper 11. Pot 15. Rabbit 19. Milk 23. Carrot Ed 2. 6. 10. 14. 18. 22. cu lty 1. Plate 5. Fork 9. Water 13. Bannock 17. Bread 21. Porridge uc at io n introduced in Unit 1. There are seven pots. There are eight ducks. There are nine teakettles. There are ten frying pans. There six bannock. There are two plates. There are four forks. There are six peppers. There are eight pieces of meat. There are ten salts. 0 70 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson4: I. Come in! 6. Build the fire! 7. Go home! 8. Sing! 9. Go to sleep! 10. Get up! 2. Sit down! 3. Stand up! 4. Come here ! 5. Go away or leave! 5.Bed 9. Airplane 2. Chair 6. Door 10. Canoe 3. Stove 7. House 11. Tent cu lty Lesson 4, Exercise I (2): 7. On the house 8. On the tipi 9. On the airplane 10. In the canoe 11. On the tent 12. On the car ni ve rs ity 1. On the kitchen table 2. On the chair 3. On the stove 4. At the window 5. On the bed 6. At the door Fa Locatives; ( 4. Window 8. Tipi 12. Car of I. Kitchen table Ed Lesson 4, Exercise I (1): uc at io n Imperatives; U Lesson 4, Exercise K: Look! There! Where? Over there? Who is that? Rabbit and partridge. Say it again! Partridge and rabbit. I understand now. Thank you. (B) Come here! Where? Over here? Sit right here! Put food on the kitchen table. Where the salt and pepper? Right there beside the plate. Pass the bannock and lard. You too eat! Okay, thank you. La k eh ea 1. (A) d Dialo~ues; 71 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION LeMon 5, Exercise A: 0 Verbs: 2. Angry 6. Going home 10. Cooking 3. Sleeping 4. Eating 7. Dancing 11. Working 8.Full 12. Playing 5. Not me 6. Not you 7. Not him/her 8. Not Joan 9. Yes me 10. Yes you 11. Yes her/him 12. Yes Mary uc at io n 1. Singing 5. Sick 9. Build a fire of 2. You too 3. Her/Him too 4. Also James LeMon 5, Exercise G (d): Fa Verbs; d U 4. I am eating You are eating He/she is eating ea 7. I am dancing eh You are dancing He/she is dancing La k ity ni ve You are singing He/she is singing 2. I am angry You are angry He/she is angry rs 1. I am singing 10. I am cooking You are cooking He/she is cooking 13. My turn 14. Your turn 15. Him/her tum 16. Jim's turn cu lty 1. Me too Ed Lesson 5, Exercise G (c): 5. I am sick You are sick He/she is sick 3. I am sleeping You are sleeping He/she is sleeping 0 6. I am going home You are going home he/she is going home 8. I am full You are full He/she is full 9. I am building a fire You are building a fire He/she is building a fire 11. I am working You are working He/she is working 12. I am playing You are playing He/she is playing 0 72 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson S Exercise I: Dialowes: Say it again! Are you going home now? My name is Mary. Do you want some more fish? Is Samuel sleeping? I am not leaving. Bring the knife also plate. ity Fa (d) (1) cu lty of Are you working? Yes, How about you? No, I am sick. Are you going home right now? (right away?) Yes, I am going home soon. Not me. Maybe I am working still. uc at io n Henry, come here! Come and eat! Sit down, eat! Pass the fish also potato. Thank you. More Potato? No, I am already full. Ed (a) (1) ni ve rs ( eh ea d U Is that true? Come here right now! (right away) come and eat! Are you angry? Are you full? Yes, thanks. Bring the spoon also sugar. La k ill Say in Qjibwe: Nitaahkos. Kitaahkos ina? Aahkosi. Sam ina aahkosi? Kitaahkos. 73 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 5 Exercise J: 0 Sam nipaa. Kekiin ina kinipaa? Kaawin niin. Niwiihsin. Piish aanahkonaa! Kaye pine. Piitoon moohkomaan! Ciishtahikan kaye. Kiiyaapic na aanahkonaa? Kaawin, aasha nitepi-wiihsin. Miikwehe. (3). Mary na niimi? Ed (2). of Aan eshinihkaasoyan? George nitishinihkaas. Aanti wenciiyan? Kihci-namekohsipiik nitooncii. Tepwe na? Kihci-namekohsipiik? Keniin, kihci-namekohsipiik nitooncii. cu lty ( 1) uc at io n Write in Qjibwe: rs ity Fa Kaawin, anohkii. Kiin tahsh wiin? Kitanohkii na? Ehe, keniin nitanohkii. Niin, kaawin niniimihsiin kaye kaawin nitanohkiihsiin. Niwiihsin. ni ve Lesson 6: U Exercise A What time is it? 0 It is seven o'clock. It is eight o'clock. It is nine o'clock. It is ten o'clock. It is eleven o'clock. it is twelve o'clock. La k eh ea d It is one o'clock. It is two o •clock. It is three o'clock. It is four o'clock. It is five o'clock. It is six o'clock. ExerciseB What time is it? It is half past one. / It is one-thirty. It is half past two. / It is two-thirty. It is half past three. / it is three-thirty. It is half past four. / It is four-thirty. 0 74 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION uc at io n It is half past five. / It is five-thirty. It is half past six. / It is six-thirty. It is half past seven. / It is seven-thirty. It is half past eight. / It is eight-thirty. It is half past nine. / It is nine-thirty. It is half past ten. I It is ten-thirty. it is half past eleven. / It is eleven-thirty. It is half past twelve. / It is twelve-thirty. (2). What time is it? 1). 2). 3). 4). 5). 6). 8). 9). 10). 11). 12). Five minutes after one o'clock. Ten minutes after two o'clock. Fifteen minutes after three o'clock. Twenty minutes after four o'clock. Twenty five minutes after five o'clock. Thirty five minutes after seven o'clock. Forty minutes after eight o'clock. Forty five minutes after nice o'clock. Fifty minutes after ten o'clock. Fifty five minutes after eleven o'clock. Explained in text already. ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of fifteen twenty twenty-five thirty thirty-five ea d Exercise D U ( forty forty-five fifty fifty-five sixty (1). eh What time is it? La k 1). 2). 3). 4). 5). 6). 7). 8). 9). 10). 11). 12). L Ed Exercisec It is half past twelve. / It is twelve thirty. It is twenty seven minutes before one o'clock. It is twenty-five minutes before two o'clock. It is twenty-three minutes before four o'clock. It is twenty minutes before five o'clock. It is eighteen minutes before six o'clock. It is fourteen minutes before seven o'clock. It is twelve minutes before eight o'clock. It is ten minutes before nine o'clock. It is fifteen minutes before ten o'clock. It is eight minutes before five o'clock. It is six minutes before six o'clock. 75 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G Review Test 0 1). It is one o•clock. 2). It is half past one./ It is one-thirty. uc at io n 3). It is twenty-four minutes after two o•ciock. 4). It is thirteen minutes after five o•clock. 5). It is fifteen minutes before nine o•ciock. 6). it is twenty minutes after ten o•ciock. 7). It is twenty-seven minutes before six o•ciock. 9). It is twelve minutes after three o'clock. 10). It is six minutes before six o•clock. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa 12). It is twenty minutes before twelve o'clock. cu lty 11). It is twenty-two minutes before eleven o'clock. of Ed 8). It is eight minutes before eight o'clock. 0 76 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1; TRANSLATION SECTION A.Nominals Animate Nouns: carrot frying pan clock bread partridge me you duck kettle rabbit uc at io n Bannock pail/pot spoon stove fish Ed Pronouns: him/her Fa cu lty knife bed water plate car window pepper airplane lard ity ni ve ( rs porridge potato canoe fork milk door teepee food cup of Inanimate nouns: salt chair tea egg house kitchen table tent meat B. Verbs U Imperative Verbs: La k eh ea d Put/place him. Put/place it! Work! Sit down! Say it again! Go home! Go away! Stand up! Sing! Sleep! Hit him! Come in! Bring! (animate) Come here! Bring (inanimate) Come and eat! Build a fire! Get up! going home afraid dance sing sleep full getup eat Independent Verbs: sick work angry cooking 77 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 1: TRANSLATION SECTION C. Number Verbs Animate Verbs: there are four of animate there are five of animate there are six of animate there are seven of animate there are eight of animate there are nine of animate there are ten of animate there are four of inanimate there are five of inanimate there are six of inanimate there are seven of inanimate there are eight of inanimate there are nine of inanimate there are ten of inanimate of D. Particles Ed Inanimate Verbs: there is one of inanimate there are two of inanimate there are three of inanimate 0 uc at io n there is one of animate there are two of animate there are three of animate Numbers: U d ea eh La k What time is it? What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he doing? What is your name? How much? How many? (inanimate) cu lty twenty-one twenty-two twenty-three twenty-four Fa also, and more, still right, straight, correct thank you again always question marker Look! I don't know. maybe away from ri2ht here ni ve where when? now, then, already when outside (outdoors) under (underneath) yes only and.so right there over there/that way no rs Particles: sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty ity eleven twelve thirteen fourteen fifteen six seven eight nine ten one two three four five this way (over this way} on the side closer/nearer inside indoors beneath truth on the top of far away (distant) over there in a while (soon) 0 E. Expressions How many? (animate) Where are you from? Who is that? What is that? How about you? Do you understand? Emphatic, particle 78 Say it again? My name is .. . I am from .. . I understand. Say it slowly. The time is ... 0 �d ea eh La k C cu lty Fa C ity rs ni ve U of Part Two Mahkwa uc at io n Ed r �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise A Singular and Plural Nouns and Verbs Here are some nouns to learn, with their singular and plural forms given. Listen carefully as the instructor says these words. Pay particular attention to the endings of the plural forms. English translations are on page 169. 1. ihkwe #__ naapewak cu lty #__ awaashihsh 7. naapenhs 8. naapenhsak Fa 2. ihkwewak ( 5. awaashihsh 6. awaashihshak 3. naape 4. naapewak of Ed uc at io n 1. ity #__ ihkwesenhsak rs #__ ihkwe ni ve #__ awaashihshak #__ naapenhs #__ ihkwewak U #__ naape #_ _ naapenhsak eh ea d #__ ihkwesenhs Fill in the missing letters to complete the words. La k 2. _ _ _e a _ _ _ sh_ _ sh n__ p ___ s 6. 1. 1 2. 4. kw_ w i _ _ _ pe n __ p ___ k 8. 9. 5. a - - -sh 10. 3. - - sh 7. n _ _ p_ nh_ _k -. hk _ _ _ _ _hs L 79 kw_ _ _ nh _ _ _ 9. ihkwesenhs 10. ihkwesenhsak �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 1 ExerciseB What are They Doing? 0 .. I of Ed uc at io n ...~---~ t. . . .... ~ Fa cu lty s 12 0 ni ve rs ity 10 · : : ~ Kohtaaciwak kinooshek. ea #_ Wiihsini pine. d #_ U 1. Listen to and imitate the sentences describing the following pictures. Then identify each one by number. English translations on page 169. Anohkiiwak naapewak. La k eh #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ #_ Anohkii ihkwe. Wiihsiniwak pinewak. Pootawe ihkwesenhs. Anohkiiwak ihkwewak. Nipaa awaashihsh. Kohtaaci kinooshe. Anohkii naape. Nipaawak awaashihshak. 0 Pootawewak ihkwesenhsak. 80 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 2. Read and understand the sentences below. Then translate them in the Native language. A. The man is working. B. uc at io n The men are working. C. The fish is afraid. D. The fish are afraid. Ed E. The baby is sleeping. of F. cu lty The babies are sleeping. G. The girl is building (or making) a fire. Fa H. The girls are building (or making) a fire. I. ity ( The partridge is eating. rs J. ni ve The partridges are eating. K. U The woman is working. L. La k eh ea d The women are working. L 81 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Now you know four verb forms as follows. English translations on page 169. (Practice by reading aloud.) ninipaa kinipaa nipaa nipaawak 1) I'm 2) You're 3) He/she's 4) They're nimetawe kimetawe metawe metawewak nikishiwaas kikishiwaas kishiwaasi kishiwaasiwak nimetawehsiin kimetawehsiin metawehsiin metawehsiiwak kaawin ninipaahsiin 2) You're not kaawin kinipaahsiin 3) He/she's not_ _ kaawin nipaahsiin 4) They're not,_ _ _ kaawin nipaahsiiwak nikishiwaasihsiin kikishiwaasihsiin kishiwaasihsiin kishiwaasihsiiwak Ed Let's also practise these forms in the negative. 1) I'm not 0 uc at io n 3. Here are some verbs listed below to be used for further exercises. You might have to use a seperate sheet to do the exercises properly. anohkii aahkosi ity 1. I'm___ _ 2. You're__ _ 0 U 2. You're__ _ nikamo wanishkaa ni ve 1. I'm___ _ pootawe kiiwe rs 3. He/she's__ 4. They're__ _ Fa 4. cu lty of Although you already have a very good idea how to form the negative response, do more practice in writing by using the verbs that you already have learned. eh Negatives: English translations on page 169. 1. I'm not___ _ La k 5. ea d 3. He/she's__ 4. They're__ _ 2. You're not__ _ 3. He/she's not 4. They're not 1. I'm not___ _ 2. You'renot__ _ 3. He/she's not 0 4. They're not 82 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 6. Read each phrase below, and be sure to pronounce the words carefully. Be sure you know the meaning of each phrase you read. Use your textbook to help you with the meanings of the words, if necessary. Kohtaaciwak awaashihshak. uc at io n Kiiwewak naapenhsak. Ninipaa. Anohkiiwak ihkwesenhsak. Ed Tepi-wiihsiniwak ina pinewak? (or pinek) Kishiwaasiwak ina naapenhsak? of Kaawin, pootawewak. cu lty Naanta aahkosiwak. Wiihsiniwak wiipac. 7. Say in Ojibwe: rs ( They're sleeping. They're going home. They're full. ni ve They're angry. They're working. They're playing. ity Kohtaaciwak ina kinooshek? Fa Nikamowak ihkwewak. U They're making a fire. They're cooking. They're singing. They're dancing. They're afraid. La k eh ea d They're getting up. They' re sick. They're eating. L 83 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise C In this exercise, write your own dialogue by using singular and plural nouns and verbs and as many Q particles as you can. English translations on page 170. For example: Ed uc at io n 1 - Aanti awaashihshak? 2 - Metawewak akwaciink. 1 - Aanti akwaciink? 2 - Ihiweti naaniyahii matikwaanink. 1 - Kekiin na kimetawe? 2 - Kaawin, nitanohkii. Kiin tahsh wiin? 1 - Kaawin, keniin nitanohkii. of Sharing What You Have Learned: cu lty With your partner practice reading the above dialogue, as well as your own. Pay particular attention to pronunciation and grammar structure. Your instructor will give you further instructions. Fa Exercise D ity The Voluntative 1. It is possible to put the prefix "wii-" on most verbs. Doing this gives the idea of "want to" Q rs or "intend to". Listen to, read, and understand the following: wiihsini "eat" U wii+ "wants to0 ni ve Example: Voluntative Prefix+ Verb kiiwe wii-kiiwe wii-kiiwe na? kaawin wii-kiiwehsiin 2nd line nipaawak wii-nipaawak wii-nipaawak na? kaawin wii-nipaahsiiwak La k eh 1st line ea d Here are some more examples both in statement and negative forms. 3rd line kitanohkii kiwii-anohkii kiwii-anohkii na? kaawin kiwii-anohkiihsiin 4th line pootawe wii-pootawe wii-pootawe na? kaawin wii-pootawehsiin 0 84 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 uc at io n Now let's work with some new verbs. Practice reading aloud the verbs under each picture. As you read, think about what each verb means. Pay particular attention to the prefixes on each verb. These prefixes indicate the person who is doing the action of the verb. English translations on page 170. nimaw kimaw mawi mawiwak nipaahp kipaahp paahpi paahpiwak niwiihsin kiwiihsin wiihsini wiihsiniwak of niminihkwe kiminihkwe minihkwe minihkwewak Ed 2. cu lty Now read each of the verbs again, this time adding the voluntative prefix to each one. Here are some examples for you. English translations on page 170. wii-mawi kiwii-paahp Fa niwii-minihkwe 3. Read and understand the following dialogues with a partner for practice speaking. 1 - Mawi awaashihsh. 2 - Naanta wii-minihkwe. 1 - Coocoohshaapoo na? 2 - Minihkwe aasha. 1 - Wii-nipaa. 2- Nipaa aasha. ni ve U d 1 - Aanti ihkwewak? 2 - Pootawewak. Wii-kiishitepowak. 1 -Aanti? 2 - Weti matikwaanink. 1 - Wii-wiihsiniwak na? 2-Ehe. 1 - Kekiin pi-wiihsinin. 1 - Kishiwaasiwak na naapenhsak? 2 - Kaawin, anohkiiwak. 1 - Wii-kiiwewak na wiipac? 2 - Ehe wii-kiiwewak? 1 - Wii-wiihsiniwak kaye wii-nipaawak. Kiin tahsh wiin? 2 - Keniin niwii-kiiwe naake. La k eh ea C. B. ity A. rs (_ L 85 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Some Useful Expressions uc at io n 0 Ed I don't know. What are you doing? (singular) What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are EJLdoing? (pl.) What are M doing? (pl. inclusive) What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do XQY want to do? (pl.) What is he/she called? (What's his name?) What is it called? (What's its name?) Ask him! Tell him! of Nahkepiko. Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Aan waa-tootamek? Aan eshinihkaasoc? Aan eshinihkaatek? Kakwecim! Wiintamaw! cu lty 4. Now write your own dialogues. Try to use sentences which contain the prefix wii- in your dialogue. 6. Sharing what you have learned with your partner, practice reading the dialogues in section #3 a, b, and c, as well as your own. Concentrate mainly on pronunciation and grammar structure. Your instructor will give you further instructions. 0 rs ity Fa S. ni ve Exercise E Reading and Understanding: U Remember in Lesson One how it was important to distinguish singular from plural forms when giving commands? In the same way one must distinguish between these two ideas: ea d 1. eh Kiwii-kiiwe na? Do you want to go home? (talking to one person) La k Kiwii-kiiwenaawaa na? (talking to more than one person) Do you want to go home? (You plural) Example: Kiwii-kiiwenaawaa na? pronLltati~ ~ ~ i o n prefix "you" prefix verb suffix marker 86 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Here are some more examples: play? work? Kiwii-metawe na? Kiwii-metawenaawaa na? Kiwii-anohkii na? Kiwii-anohkiinaawaa na? playing? Are you: Singular: Plural: working? Kimetawe na? Kimetawenaawaa na? uc at io n Do you want to: Singular: Plural: Kitanohkii na? Kitanohkiinaawaa na? pro~ "YoSplwal~stion verb suffix marker of prefix "you'' Ed Kimetawenaawaa xm? cu lty To practice this distinction, work in groups of three. Each member of your group takes a tum asking "you" questions, first to only one member of the group, then to both. Ask different questions by using different AI verbs. Some are listed below. ity tepi-wiihsini wanishkaa wiihsini niimi rs ( kiiwe kohtaaci nikamo nipaa Fa aahkosi anohkii kishiwaasi kiishitepo ni ve 2. Negative forms with "you" plural d U Continue practice speaking in groups with negative forms by using same verbs from the box above. Listen as your instructor says these examples. Notice particularly where the negative suffix "hsii" occurs. eh ea Examples: La k You (plural) don't want to go home. Kaawin kiwii- ·iwehsiinaawa Ne~7.ol~\tive Particle Pronominal prefix "you" ~ative prefix suffix L 87 "you" plural suffix �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 You (Plural) are not playing. ~ verb Negative suffix Pronominal prefix "you" ''you" plural suffix uc at io n /jnlime~we \ Negative Particle 0 Ed Exercise F 2. A: B: A: B: A: B: A: Aan entootamowaac? Kaawin anohkiihsiiwak. Nipaawak. Kiin tahsh wiin? Kaawin niwii-nipaahsiin. Niwii-anohkii. Aanti? Naaniyahii waahkaahikanink. Keniin niwii-anohkii. cu lty Aan entootaman? Niin ina? Ehakiin. Nikiishitep. Kiin tahsh wiin? Kaawin niwii-kiishitepohsiin. Niwii-metawe B: Kiwii-wiihsin ina? A: Ahaaw, pankii ehta. B: Keniin pankii niwii-wiihsin. Fa A: B: A: B: A: 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity 1. of Read the following two dialogues. Then write two of your own, using as many of the new expressions you have learned at the beginning of this lesson as you can. Here are 2 examples. 0 88 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise G Yesterday, Today and Tomorrow 1. Past, Present and Future Tenses. When talking about time, you will need to know these expressions: English translations on page 171. yesterday day before yesterday a long time ago today now tomorrow day after tomorrow hurry!, soon later much later wait! wait a minute! wait a second! when? when cu lty of Ed uc at io n onaako awahsinaako weshkac noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. noonkom waapank awahsiwaapank wiipac naake paanimaa ikaa mahshi ! ikaa mahshi pinamaa! aanahpii? ahpii 2. ity Starting with the Present Tense nikiiwe kikiiwe kiiwe kikiiwenaawaa kiiwewak. ~ rs ( Fa Note: Use "aanahpii" only in a question. Use "ahpii" only in a statement. U ni ve a What do you do to form the Future Tense? ea d What do you do to form the Past Tense? La k eh nikii-kiiwe kikii-kiiwe kii-kiiwe kikii-kiiwenaawaa kii-kiiwewak nika-kiiwe kika-kiiwe ta-kiiwe kika-kiiwenaawaa ta-kiiwewak D What did you do in Unit 2, Lesson 1, Exercise D to form the Voluntative? L niwii-kiiwe kiwii-kiiwe wii-kiiwe kiwii-kiiwenaawaa wii-kiiwewak 89 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 22LESSON 1 Listen to these sentences, and think about what they mean: English translation on pages 172 and 173. Noonlcom metawe. Awahsinaako kii-metawe. Awahsiwaapank ta-metawe. Kiwii-nipaa na noonlcom? Kikii-wii-nipaa na onaako? Noonkom ina kitaahkos? Weshkac ina kikii-aahkos? Paanimaa na kika-aahkos? Kika-wii-nipaa na waapank? Now try using the tenses in your own speech. The first few are done for you: English translations on pages 172 and 173. laughing nikiiwe I was nikii-kiiwe I'll nika-kiiwe making a fire pootawe He was kii-pootawe He'll be ta-pootawe sick crymg sleepmg angry 0 ni ve rs ity Heis Fa lam cooking cu lty going home Ed 4. 0 uc at io n Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak nitanohkii. Onaako nikii-anohkii. Waapank nika-anohkii. of 3. working scarea dnn1e.mg smgmg drinking playing crymg anohkiiwak U They are d They were__ ta-anohkiiwak eatmg You're(singular)_ kiwiihsin You were kikii-wiihsin You'll be kika-wiihsin La k eh ea They'll be_ _ kii-anohkiiwak laughing Are you(plural)_ kipaahpinaawaa na? Were you kikii-paahpinaawaa na? Will you be kika-paahpinaawaa na? 90 sleepmg full 0 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise H 1. For practice speaking. work with a partner to create mini-dialogues using some of the words in numbers 3 and 4 on the previous pages. Make sure to use different tense forms. 2. Continue working with a partner, and think of your own short dialogues to write in which you will need to use past, present and future tenses. uc at io n r Using the Tenses For example: Kikii-anohkii na onaako? Kaawin, nikii-aahkos. Noonkom tahsb wiin, kitanohkii na? Eba, pankii ehta. Kiin tahsh wiin? Eba, keniin nika-anohkii. B. Kikii-aahkos na awahsinaako? Kaawin, nikii-nipaa. Noonkom kaa-kiishikaak nimetawe. Kekiin na kiwii-metawe. Kaawin, paanimaa waapank nika-metawe. Fa cu lty of Ed A. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Amihk 91 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 1 Exercise I New Vocabulary 0 Listen carefully as your instructor says the following words. uc at io n 1. 3 Ed 4 ~ 8 cu lty of 5 12 ity Fa 10 9 ,.c;:.====n 0 ni ve rs Match the pictures to the words by writing the appropriate number beside each word. English translation on page 173. #_ _ Masinabikanaahtik2 #_ _ Mahkisin Masinahikan 1 #_ _ #_ _ Waapoyaan #_ _ Ahpihkwehshimon # Tihkinaakan #_ _ Waashtenik.an #_ _ #_ _ Ohpwaakan Waakaahkwat Aapihsakahikan # # # ea d U Animohsh La k Note: eh Wepahikan 1. This word can mean: book, textbook, notebook, bill, writing paper, newspaper, letter, etc. It really just means "anything on which something is written... 2. This word can mean "pen" or "pencil". It refers to almost any writing utensil. ExcerclseJ For a final exercise in this lesson, review your new vocabulary and the words you already know by writing two mini-dialogues of no less than six lines each. Your instructor will help you to review pronunciation. 92 Q �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise A Plural Pronouns Listening and Understanding: uc at io n l. In Unit 1, Lesson 6, Exercise A, you learned the meaning of niin, k.iin, and wiin. These are all singular pronouns, because each one refers to only one person. Now you will look at the plural pronouns, each of which stands for more than one person. first person plural we/us kiinawint first person plural we/us kiinawaa second person plural you wiinawaa third person plural Ed niinawint of they/them Listen to and then practice saying these phrases until their meaning is clear to you, and you can pronounce them clearly. English translations on page 173. Fa 2. cu lty Note that Ojibwe has two ways of saying 'we' or 'us'. These will be discussed below. ( Niinawint tahsh wiin. Keniinawint. Kiinawint tahsh wiin. Kekiinawint. Ehe, kiinawaa. Kiinawaa tahsh wiin. Kekiinawaa. Ebe, wiinawaa. Wiinawaa tahsh wiin. Kewiinawaa. La k eh rs ea d U ni ve Ehe, kiinawint. ity Ehe, niinawint. Niinawint nishtam. Kaawin niinawint. Kiinawint nishtam. Kaawin kiinawint. Kiinawaa nishtam. Kaawin kiinawaa. Wiinawaa nishtam. Kaawin wiinawaa. 93 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 First Person Plural The English word "we" can mean "you and r•. For example, if you call someone with whom you're going on a trip, and say, "We'll be leaving at six," you are including the person you're talking to in the "we" you use. This kind of "we" is expressed in examples like the following: Kinikamomin Kipaahpimin Kitanohkiimin Kipootawemin uc at io n Kitaahkosimin Kimasinahikemin Kimawimin Kikiiwemin Kiwiihsinimin Q Ed This form of the verb is called the first person plural inclusive. It corresponds to the pronoun kiinawint which we introduced above in 1. The important thing to remember about the inclusive is that the person doing the action or asking the question is included among those that the verb or pronoun refers to. For example, if we ask the following question, of Aan entootamak? What are we (inclusive) doing? cu lty then we could answer with any of the inclusive verb forms above. 0 Nikiishitepomin Nipootawemin Nitanohkiimin U ni ve Nimasinahikemin Nikohtaacimin Niwii-wiihsinimin Nitepi-wiihsinimin Ninipaamin rs Niminihkwemin ity Fa 3. The English word "we" can also mean I and someone else (him/her/them), but not you. For example, if you call someone who is not going on the trip with you, you may say, "We will be leaving at six." This "we" is different from the inclusive "we", because that "we" INCLUDES the person you're talking to, while the exclusive "we" EXCLUDES the person you're talking to. This second kind of "we" is expressed in the following: eh ea d This form of the verb is called the first person plural exclusive. It corresponds to the pronoun niinawint which we introduced above in 1. The important thing to remember about the exclusive is that the person doing the action or asking the question is excluded from those that the verb or pronoun refers to. For example, if we ask the following question, What are you (plural) doing? La k Aan entootamek? then we could answer with any of the exclusive verb forms above. 4. Since English speakers don't make a distinction between the two meanings of "we" you will have to pay close attention to these ideas for awhile, until they become automatic to you. Take extra time to Review these two kinds of "we". Answer the following questions. What part of both sets of words is the same?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ What part is different between the first and second sets?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ In which set of words are the speaker excluded?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 94 0 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Using What You Have Learned: 5. Ask questions and answers by using the question phrases "Aan entootamak?" and "Aan entootamek?" You can use the AI verbs below. Try these with a partner, and then write them down. English translation on page 174. Nikamo Piishaa Kishiwaasi Niimi uc at io n W anishkaa Maacaa Piintike Pootawe cu lty Fa rs Reading and Understanding: ity ExerciseB ni ve 1. Work in groups of three, being careful to look at the person you' re talking to, and clearly understand these mini-dialogues, thinking about who you mean by "we" in each case. English translation on pages 174 and 175. d U Kitanohkiinaawaa na noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ehe, nitanohkiimin. eh ea Kika-anohkiimin ina noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Ehe, kika-anohkiimin. Kika-kiiwenaawaa na waapank? Kaawin, kaawin nika-kiiwehsiimin. La k ( of (getting up) (crying) (drinking) (dancing) (making a fire) (entering) (working) (sleeping) (singing) (eating) (playing) (going home) Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Aan waa-tootamek? Aan waa-tootamak? Ed 6. Reply in full sentences to these questions: English translation on page 174. Kika-maacaamin ina waapank? Kaawin kika-maacaahsiimin waapank. Kikii-nikamonaawaa na onaako? Ehe, nikii-nikamomin. Wiipac ina kika-kiishitepomin? Ehe, wiipac kika-kiishitepomin. Aasha na kinipaanaawaa? Kaawin mahshi ninipaahsiimin. 95 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 2. Translate these sentences and reply in full sentences. English translations on page 175. Kiwii-wiihsininaawaa na?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 Kika-kiiwe na waapank?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-aahkosinaawaa na awahsinaako?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc at io n Kika-anohkiimin na awahsiwaapank?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aasha na wiipac kika-maacaamin?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aasha na wii-nipaawak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aasha na kitepi-wiihsin?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Ed Waapank na kika-pootawemin ishkotehkaanaapihkonk?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of 3. For practice speaking, work with a partner using the questions and answers you just completed. Ahcaap ekwa Pihkwahk 0 96 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise C ni ve rs Reply to these questions in full sentences by using locative endings and location words. The first one is done for you. English translations on page 175. Aanti piihsimoo-masinahikan?_Naaniyahii paapaahpiwinink. Aanti piihsimohkaan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti animohsh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----------------------------------------------- eh ea d U Aanti waashtenikan? Aanti tihkinaakan? Aanti masinahikan? Aanti waahkaahikan?- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Aanti waakaahkwat?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Let's Talk Around the Table Practice Speaking: Study this picture. and see how many things and events you can see. For example, you could: - Ask and answer questions about the naming of articles. - Ask and answer questions about the naming of people. - Ask and answer questions about the locations of things. - Ask and answer questions about the activities or people. - Repeating the same questions and answers by using past and future tenses. - Make plural forms of the articles. 97 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Read and Understand: Exercise D 1. Your instructor will ask you the following questions about the picture. Try not to look at the questions; just listen to what your instructor says and answer each question with either tepwe or kaawin. English translations on page 175. Aaasha nipaa animohsh. Piihsimohkaan wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Mawiwak awaashihshak. Aasha kiishitepo ihkwe ishkotehkaanaapihkonk. Waashtenikan wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Aasha minihkwe naape. Aasha pootawe ihkwesenhs. Tihkinaakan ishkwaantemink. Aasha masinahike naapenhs. Piihsimoo-masinahikan tehsapiwinink. Mahkisinan ishkwaantemink. Paahpi ihkwe. Nikamo animohsh. Naape, naapenhs ekwa ihkwesenhs wiihsiniwak wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Pine pahpaapiwinink. Pootawewak awaashihshak. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. 1. m. n. o. p. Dialogues: ity Listen to these dialogues carefully in class, then practice them with your partner. English translations on page 176. A. 1 - Aanti animohsh? C. Knock! Knock! 1 - Awanen aha? 2 - Ihiweti naaniyahii matikwaanink. 2 - Niin (oh)sha John. 1 - Aan entootank? 1 - Ahaaw piintiken! Apin ohomaa! 2 - Wiihsini. Kiwii-minihkwe na tii? 1 - Kiin tahsh wiin? Aan entootaman? 2 - Kaawin, nipi ehta 2 - Keniin niwii-wiihsin. 1 - Kaawin niin niwii-wiihsinihsiin. Niwii-maacaa. Q eh ea d U ni ve rs 2. 0 1 - Aan waa-tootaman? 2 - Piish anahkonaa kaye waawan! Kekiin na kiwii-wiihsin? 1 - Kaawin, niwii-anohkii. 2- Aanti? 1 - W aahsa noohpimink. Kekiin na? 2 - Kaawin, niwii-nipaa. La k B. 0 98 �1 - Aan entootank ihkwe? 2 - Pootawe ishkoteh.kaanaapihkonk. Wii-kiishitepo. 1 - Aasha na kii-wiihsiniwak naapenhsak? 2 - Kaawin. Wii-wiihsiniwak shemaak. 1 - Kiin tahsh wiin? Kekiin oa kiwii-wiihsin? 2 - K.aawin. Aasha niin nikii-wiihsin. Niwii-anohkii shemaak. E. 12121212- of Aan waa-tootamek noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? Niwii-masinahikemin. Keniinawint. Aanti masinahikanaahtikoon? Weti naaniyahii masinahikanink. Aahti piitoonan ohomaa? Kekiin ohomaa apin ! Ahtoonan kimasinahikanan ohomaa. Ed D. uc at io n INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 cu lty Practice writing: English translations on pages 176 and 177. Fa 3. Write full answers to these questions about the picture at the beginning of this lesson. Aan entootamowaac awaashihshak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti piihsimohkaan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aan entootank ihkwe? Wiihsiniwak ina naape ekwa naapenhs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti mahkisinan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----------------------- ity ( rs Aasha na kii-pootawe ihkwe?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ni ve Wiipac na ta-tepi-wiihsiniwak ihkwesenhsak?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti waashtenikan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ U Aan entootank naapenhs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k eh ea d Aan entootank animohsh? ---------------------4. Answer these questions from your own experience. Aan entootaman noonkom? --------------------Aan eshinih.kaasoyan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti wenciiyan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kiwii-wiihsin ina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kiwii-nikam ina? Kiwii-nipaanaawaa na? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-aahkosinaawaa na awahsinaak:o?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ------------------------- Aan entootamek noonkom kaa-kiishikaak:? Kika-maacaanaawaa na awahsiwaapank?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kipootawenaawaa na?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ---------------- 99 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 5. Complete each of these phrases with a suitable word. 0 A. Wiipac! Pahkiteho _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ B. Piitoon shiiwihtaakan ekwa _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ C. Wiipac piishaan pi-_ _ _ _ _ _ __ D. Kekiin ina _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? uc at io n E. Ahtoon masinahikan _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ F. Waapank kika-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ G. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? H. Nitanohkii. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Ed I. Kikiiwena _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? J. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ta-maacaawak. wiin? N. nitishinihkaas. of K. Kiinawaa L. Keniinawint M. Animohsh tahsh cu lty waapank. ? Kewiin na _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Fa 0. eshinihkaasoyan? P. Paahpiwak _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Q. Ta-nikamo _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ity R. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ niwii-nipaa. ? kii-kohtaaciwak. 0 rs S. Tepwe La k eh ea d U ni ve T. 0 100 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise E Noohpimink Diminutives: Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Listen to the names of the animals listed below and watch as your instructor points to them. When you think you can identify them yourself, try doing so, imitating Ojibwe pronunciation carefully. Next. write the correct identifying number beside each picture. English translations on page 177. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity C. L 1. shikaak 2. shikaakoonhs 3. moos 4. moosoonhs 5. mahkwa 6. mahkoonhs 7. waapoos 8. waapoosoonhs 9. amihk 10. amihkoonhs 11. atihk 12. atihkoonhs 13. nihka 14. nihkenhs 15. pinehshiinsh 16. pinehshiinshenhs 17. mahiinkan 18. mahiinkanenhs 19. mahkehshi 20. mahkehshiinhs 101 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 2. How does an Ojibwe speaker indicate a "small,. (young) animal? When the ending (nhs) is used to indicate smallness, the form is called a DIMINUTIVE. Diminutive forms can be made from animate and inanimate nouns. Listen, for example, to these: English translation on page 177. emihkwaan emihkwaanenhs aanahkonaa aanahkonaanhs masinahikan masinahikanenhs onaakan onaakanenhs kinooshe kinooshenhs animohsh animoonhs pahpaapiwin pahpaapiwinenhs tihkinaakan tihkinaakanenhs Ed uc at io n tehsapiwin tehsapiwinenhs Q shikaak= amihk:::; e. atihk = f. ahkihk= ciimaan = ciishtahikan = mahkwa= o. moohkomaan = p. minihkwaakan = q. waapoos= r. pahpaapiwin = s. shiiwihtaakan = t. tehsapiwin = u. shiihshiip = rs ity n. J. nipewin = v. mahiinkan = k. kinooshe = w. tihkinaakan = animohsh = X. waashtenikan = d 0 La k eh 1. U i. nihka= onaakan:::; ea h. pimite = moos:::; ni ve g. m. Fa a. b. c. d. cu lty of 3. You may find that the form of the diminutive suffix changes slightly when you add it to different nouns. Look at the dimunitive forms above and see if you can spot the differences we are talking about. Can you see a pattern which predicts when the forms are different? For the following list of nouns, write the dimunitive form beside each one. Check your answers with the instructor if you need help. English translationn on page 178. 0 102 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 4. In this exercise, put the dimunitive nouns from part 3 above into the proper columns. Inanimate Nouns Animate Nouns uc at io n 1. 2. 3. cu lty of Ed 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Fa 12. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Memenkwe (butterfly) L 103 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 2 5. Diminutives are used in Ojibwe to refer to small and young animals. Fill in the missing letters and then write the correct diminutive fonn as shown in the example. Go back to page 101 for spelling corrections. 3. n__ ka 1. pinehshiinsh pinehshiinshenhs 6. uc at io n 7. - t -- k 8. - Ed 5. a__ h 4. - - - - - of 2. Q 10. 12. hiin Fa 11. 0 ni ve rs ity 9. mah___ shi cu lty ~~ 15. kaak 16. _ _ _ __ eh ea d U 13. mahk 14. _ _ _ _ _ «-- hsh La k 17. sh 18. _ _ _ _ __ 19. ___ poos 20. _ _ __ 21. - - - 22. _ _ _ __ 0 104 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise F Introduction to Transitive Verbs 1. Listen to understand, and then pronounce the following sentences. In each sentence the verb means "see": English translations on page 178 for sections 1 to 5. Niwaapamaa moos. Kiwaapamaa na nihka? Mahkoonhs niwaapamaa. Kiwaapamaa na waapoos? Niwaapamaa amihk. uc at io n Niwaapantaan tihkinaakan. Kiwaapantaan ina masinahikanaahtik? Tehsapiwinenhs niwaapantaan. Kiwaapantaan ina atihko-wiiyaahs? Niwaapantaan masinahikan. 2. Now, with a partner, turn back to the picture of the animals at the beginning of this lesson, and put each of the animal names in one of the sentences: "I see _ _ _ _. " or "Do you see ___?" of Ed Experiment with a variety of word orders, as the sentences above illustrate. It is also possible to simply say "Niwaapamaa" or Niwaapantaan" without any other words to form a complete sentence. In this case, you would mean, "I see him" or "I see it." cu lty 3. Did you notice in section 1 that the Ojibwe word for "see" was written in two different ways? How do you account for this difference? Fa Niwaapamaa and Kiwaapamaa are _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ forms. forms. Niwaapantaan and Kiwaapantaan are 4. Now look at these sentences. In each case below, the verb means "eat". ity Nimiicin wiiyaahs. Kimiicin ina anoominaapoo? Ashkipwaaw nimiicin. Pimite ina kimiicin? ni ve rs Nitamwaa waapoos. Kitamwaa na mahkwa? Kinooshe nitamwaa. Atihk ina kitamwaa? d U You now know three Ojibwe words for "eat". How are they different? 1. niwiihsin 2. nitamwaa 3. nimiicin eh ea 5. Using the verbs niwaapamaa. niwaapantaan. nitamwaa and nimiicin. go back over all the nouns you have learned so far in the course, and, using one of these four verbs, put each into at least one sentence. If you can make more than one, do so. Use your file cards for this, supplemented with the list of animal names from Exercise E of this lesson. Now go through your noun list again, asking the following questions of each noun: La k ( Kiwaapamaa na? or Kiwaapantaan ina? 2. Kitamwaa na? or Kimiicin ina? 1. In both 1 and 2 use whichever form is appropriate for the noun in question. 105 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Thinking about verb types: Subj~t I I I Ym:12 Obj~l eat. eat eat fish. meat. 0 uc at io n 6. In the chart below, you'll notice that all three of the sentences have subjects and verbs, but that only two of the sentences have objects. Ed - Verbs that take an object are called TRANSITIVE VERBS. - Verbs that do not take an object are called INTRANSITIVE VERBS. cu lty of When we talk about subjects and objects, what do we mean? Roughly, the subject of a sentence is the person or thing that is doing the action, or in some cases, the person or thing that is being described. The ~ is the person or thing that the action is being done to, or in some way is affected by the verb. If you look at the English translations in the box above, you can see how these rough definitions apply. Fa Which of the following verbs are transitive and which are intransitive? Put a 'T' beside the transitive one and an 'I' beside the intransitive ones. nitamwaa niwaapantaan piitoon 0 nimiicin nitanohkii apin ni ve rs ity niwiihsin niwaapamaa piish U Notice that on each line above there are two transitive verbs but only one intransitive verb. What is the difference between the two transitive verbs in each case (look back to section 3)? eh ea d Some transitive verbs take an ANIMATE object. These are called TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs or (VTA) for short. Other transitive verbs take an INANIMATE object. These are called TRANSITIVE INANIMATE or (VTI) for short. From now on, when we need to talk about verb types, we' 11 use the short forms: VTA and VTI verbs. La k Now you should be able to fill in this chart, using the nine verbs from above: l011:Bnsilb'.e Verbs VTA Vech~ VTIVtcbs 0 106 �INTRODUCTORY OllBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise G New Vocabulary (VD) 1. Listen carefully as your instructor says the words that correspond to each of the following pictures. :::•l· ... . ~ Ed j : -: 0 - 1 \ \ 2 Fa &c:::::i ity s 7 8 ea d U ni ve rs ( ~i 4 cu lty 3 of ••• .... .. • ~ uc at io n Aan eshiwepahk? / How is the Weather? La k eh Write the number which corresponds to each picture. English translations on page 179. Nootin Tahkaayaa Kishite Sookihpwan L #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ Waahshehkwan #_ _ #_ _ Kimiwan Kashkawan # Anwaahtin #_ _ Pinehsiiwan #_ _ Ninkwahkwan #_ _ Waawaahte #_ _ Papiihkwaanakwan # 2. Learn this vocabulary in the usual way: Listen, then pronounce the words, then in your notebook make up a little sentence for each of the words. Be creative when writing sentences. For example: "Naanta ta-tahkaayaa waapank." "Kii-waahshehkwan onaako." 107 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseH Working with the Language: 0 - a little canoe, a small house, a baby partridge. - far away in the bush, the dog is under the table. - by the tipi, a moose is in the bush, it was hot yesterday. - maybe it will rain tomorrow, it was snowing yesterday. - today is windy, today is a sunny day. nitamwaa (VTA) nimiicin (VTI) ninanaantawaapamaa (VTA) ninanaantawaapantaan (VTI) Fa niwaapamaa (VTA) niwaapantaan (VTI) cu lty of Ed 2. Some More Transitive Verbs: English translations on page 179. uc at io n 1. Say these words and sentences in the Native language. ni ve rs ity 0 niminohpwaa (VTA) niminohpitaan (VTI) ninihsaa (VTA) ninipahtoon (VTI) U nimaamitonenimaa (VTA) nimaamitonentaan (VTI) d 3. With which picture does each of the following words go? La k eh ea look for, see, like the taste of, eat, kill, think Kekonen? Kekonen natawentaman? Kekonen tahsh? Aan tahsh ekaa? Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? Aan tahsh wiin ihi? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayek? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkarnikank? Maawac Some Useful Expressions What? What do you want? What about? or what for? Why not? Why is it not so? How come? Where are you going? (sing.) Where are you going? (plur.) How• s the weather? What's going on? Exceedingly, most, most of all 108 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Reading and understanding exercise: 4. Read these dialogues carefully and make sure you understand them. Work with a partner for practice speaking. 1 - Aanti eshaayan? 2 -Nikiiwe. 1 - Kekonen tahsh? 2 - Nitaahkos. B. 1 - Kekonen natawentaman? 2 - Kaawin kekoon ninatawentahsiin. 1 - Aan tahsh ekaa? 2 - Niwii-nipaa. C. I - Kiwii-nipaa na? 2- Kaawin. 1 - Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? 2 - Nimaamitonenimaa nitootem. D. 1 - Aan eshiwepahk? 2 - Sookihpwan. 1 - Kiwii-metawe na akwaciink? 2 - Kaawin, niwii-nipaa. E. 1 -Aanti eshaayek? 2 - Nikiiwemin. 1 - Aan tahsh wiin ihi? 2 - Niwii-wiihsinimin ekwa maawac niwii-nipaamin. F. 1 - Nah! Aasha sookihpwan! 2 - Kiwii-metawe na ackwaciink? 1 - Kaawin, nimaacaa. 2- Kah! Aanti eshaayan? 1 - Waahsa noohpimink. Niwii-nanaantawaapamaa waapoos. 2- Kikii-waapamaa na tahsh waapoos onaako? l - Eba, peshik ebta nikii-waapamaa. G. 1 - Kikii-waapamaa na moos awahsinaako. 2 - Eba, nikii-waapamaa. 1 - Aanti? 2 - Ihiweti pehshonc noobpimink. 1 - Kikii-nihsaa na moos? 2 - Eba. Kiminohpwaa na moos? 1 - Miina ihkiton ! 2 - Kiminobpitaan ina mooso-wiiyaahs? 1 - Eba, maawac niminohpitaan. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n A. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity C Exercise I In this exercise, write two mini-dialogues of no less than eight lines each. After you have done that, practice speaking using these mini-dialogues. You can also work with the dialogues from Exercise H - 4 (A-G) and the expressions from Exercise H - 3. L 109 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 Exercise J Q Write sentences in Ojibwe using the Present, Past and Future tenses. :: :·fdj· t - •• i ., J • uc at io n • • •: 2 1 1. 2. 1.________ l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2. 2. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3. 3 . _ _ _ _ _ _ __ of Ed 3. 3 4 cu lty 1{ 5 l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ Fa 1. 0 U ni ve rs ity 2. 3. 6 d 7 eh 1. 1. 2. 3. 2. 3. La k 2. 3. ea 1. 8 10 l._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 11 1._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3._ _ _ _ _ _ __ 110 l. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 2. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 3. _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 2 ExerciseK Translate the following sentences into Ojibwe. uc at io n 1. I see the bear cub. 2. I am looking for the skunk. Ed 3. I am eating one potatoe. 6. I like the taste of bannock. ity ( Fa 5. I am thinking about a small canoe. cu lty of 4. I will kill a moose tomorrow. ni ve rs 7. I saw a pipe the day before yesterday. U 8. I am eating bread. eh ea d 9. I am looking for a small plate. La k 10. I saw a small house yesterday. 11. I am thinking about the small bed. 12. I like the taste of moose-meat. L 11 1 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise A Introduction to the Obviative 0 1. Listen to and imitate these sets of sentences: Translation on page 180. Nimiicin wiiyaahs. Kimiicin wiiyaahs. Otamwaan kinooshen. Omiicin wiiyaahsini. Niwaapamaa shikaak. Kiwaapamaa shikaak. Niwaapantaan waahkaahikan. Kiwaapantaan waahkaahikan. Owaapamaan shikaakwan. Owaapantaan waahkaahikanini. Ed uc at io n Nitamwaa kinooshe. Kitamwaa kinooshe. cu lty of Look carefully at the objects of each sentence. Do you notice anything different about some of these sentences? Fa Look back to Unit 1, Lesson 5, Exercise G, if you need a reminder about what we mean when we say "first", "second", and "third" person. It's in sentences with _ _ _ _ _ _ _ person subjects that you may have noticed an extra ending on the noun object. Nouns having this form are called OBVIATIVES. Can you make a rule about when you can expect to find obviative nouns? ity ni ve rs It is common in paradigm work to use numbers for the different persons to help in an orderly arrangement and identification of your work. The following numbers are used in Severn Ojibwe paradigms: First Person 13 First Person Exclusive 2 Second Person 21 First Person Inclusive 22 Second Person Plural 33 Third Person Plural Third Person eh ea 3 U 1 d 2. 0 La k Think about why the numbers 13 and 21 are used for the first person exclusive and inclusive. The order in which these numbers occur is also important. Notice that singular forms always come before the plural forms and that the numerical order is I, 2, 3. Translation on page 180. 0 112 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 TA Verbs Niwaapamaa mahkehshi. Kiwaaparnaa mahkehshi. Owaapamaan mahkehshiwan. Nitamwaamin nihka. Kitamwaamin nihka. Kitamwaawaa nihka. Otarnwaawaan nihkan. Niwaapamaamin mahkehshi. Kiwaapamaamin mahkehshi. Kiwaapamaawaa mahkehshi. Owaapamaawaan mahkehshiwan. uc at io n Nitamwaa nihka. Kitamwaa nihka. Otamwaan nihkan. Ed TI Verbs Nimiicinpimite. Kimiicinpimite. Omiicin pimiteni. cu lty of Niwaapantaan paashkisikan. Kiwaapantaan paashkisikan. Owaapantaan paashkisikanini. Nimiicimin pimite. Kimiicimin pimite. Kimiicinaawaa pimite. Omiicinaawaa pimiteni. Fa ity Write out and practice reading aloud full paradigms for these verbs. Use the paradigms in Section 2 if you have forgotten anything. rs ( Niwaapantaamin paashkisikan. Kiwaapantaamin paashkisikan. Kiwaapantaanaawaa paashkisikan. Owaapantaanaawaa paashkisi.kanini. TAVerbs ni ve 1 TI Verbs Ninihsaa mahkehshi. U 2 niwaapantaan waahkaahikan. ea d 3 eh 13 21 La k 22 33 L 113 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Forming the Obviative: ciimaan masinahikanaahtik pimite waahkaahikan ciimaanini masinahikanaahtikoni pimiteni waahkaahikanini to to to to Q uc at io n To make the obviative form of an inanimate noun, simply add (oni) to inanimate nouns that have singular forms ending in (k); add (ini) to a noun that ends in any other consonant; for nouns that end in vowels, add (ni). Change mahkwan mahkehshiwan to to Check the rule you made in Section 1, above, to see if it works all through the paradigm. If not, adjust your rule to fit what's really happening. of 3. mahkwak mahkehshiwak Ed Making the obviative form of an animate noun is simple if you know the plural. Simply change the final (k) of the plural to (n), and you have the obviative form. animate nouns? inanimate nouns? both animate and inanimate nouns? cu lty Does your rule apply to: Fa Working with the Language: Do you (plural) like the taste of _ _ _ _ _ _ ? Answer: Yes, we like the taste of him/it. 0 ni ve rs (a) ity 4. In groups of three using all your new VTA and VTI verbs, each person take a turn asking to the other two: Are we (inclusive) looking for _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Using as many different animals as possible, work with your partner asking and answering questions: ea d (b) U Answer: Yes, we're looking for him/it. Yes, I see _ _ _ _ _ __ Does he see _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _? Yes, he sees _ _ _ _ __ eh Do you (singular) see _ _ _ _ _ _? La k Be certain in this exercise to use the obviative form when it's needed. (c) Using as many different things that you can eat as possible, work with your partner asking: Are you (singular) eating _ _ _ _ _ _ ? Yes, I _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Is he/she eating _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ? Yes he/she _ _ _ _ __ Be certain in this exercise to use the obviative form when necessary. 114 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 3 (d) Make up several little two or three line dialogues with this pattern: Nika-nanaantawaapamaa waapoos waapank. Kekiin na kiwii-piishaa? Kaawin, niwii-nipaa. More About Verb Types Ed of cu lty Fa rs ( He hunts He sets out by vehicle He arrives It arrives I am helping him I am helping it I am going with him/her I cook it (animate) I cook it (inanimate) I need him/she, want him/she I need it, want it I give to him (TA) I put him in (a container/packsack); I pack him I put it in (a container/packsack); I pack it Listen! Someone, person a. Nantawencike b. Maaciipiso c. Takohshin d. Takohse e. Niwiicihaa f. Niwiicihtoon g. Niwiiciiwaa h. Nikiishiswaa i. Nikiishisaan j. Ninantawenimaa k. Ninantawentaan L Nimiinaa m. Nipiinahwaa n. Nipiinahaan o. Mah! p. Awiya ity 1. ni ve 2. Reading and Understanding Exercise: Nantawencike John. Owii-nihsaan moosoon. Maaciipiso Mary. Kiiwe. c. Mary waapank ta-takohshin. Ta-anohkii. d. Ta-takohse pimihsewin awahsiwaapank. e. Niwiicihaa nitootem noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. ea d U a. b. Niwiicihtoon anohkiiwin. eh f. uc at io n ExerciseB Nika-wiiciiwaa nitootem waapank. h. Nikiishiswaa kinooshe. i. Nikiishisaan wiiyaahs. j. Ninantawenimaa niwiiciiwaakan. k. Ninantawentaan ciimaan. 1. Nimiinaa minihkwaakanini. m. Nipiinahwaa waapoos. n. Nipiinahaan waapoyaan. o. Mah! Aasha pimihsewin takohse. p. Nah! Awiya pi-naakosi. (visible) La k g. 115 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 B. l - Mah! Aasha awiya takohshin. 2- Aanti? l - A.kwaciink ishkwaantek. 2 - Kekonen tahsh, kikohtaac na? 1- Eha, nikohtaac. Wiipac piitoon nipaashkisikan! 2 - Kaawin ! Kaawin niin nikohtaacihsiin. 1 - Aahti inaapin akwaciink? 2-Ahaaw. 1 - Awiya na kiwaapamaa? 2 - Kaawin. Animohsh ehta niwaapamaa. Ed 1 - Aanti waa-ishaayek noonkom kaa-kiishikaak? 2 - Noohpimink niwii-ishaamin. 1 - Aanahpii waa-maacaayek? 2 - Shemaak niwii-maacaamin. l - Aan waa-tootamek weti. 2- Niwii-nantawencikemin ehta. l - Naanta kaana moos kika-nihsaawaa. 2 - Siyaaken maawin. of A. Q uc at io n Read these dialogues carefully. Pay attention to proper pronunciation. Check with your instructor if you need help understanding any of the sentences. Translations on page 181. Write your own two mini-dialogues. Then get someone to work with you for practice speaking, using those dialogues above plus your own. 0 ni ve rs 4. ity Fa cu lty 3. Exercise C U Introduction to Possession eh ea d 1. Listen, understand and repeat these words: nipaashkisikan niwaahkahikan kipaashkisikan kiwaahkahikan opaashkisikan owaahkahikan niwiiskwehokaan kiwiiskwehokaan owiiskwehokaan nikinooshem kikinooshem okinoosheman nipinem kipinem opineman nitaanahkonaam kitaanohkonaam otaanohkonaaman nimoohkomaan kimoohkomaan omoohkomaan nitiiwahkihk kitiiwahkihk otiiwahkihkwan nitemihkwaan kitemihkwaan otemihkwaanan nitonaakan kitonaakan otonaakan nicoocoohshaappoom kicoocoohshaapoom ocoocoohshaapoom La k niciimaan kiciimaan ociimaan 116 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 2. Observations: - What prefix means "my"? - What prefix means "yours"? - What prefix means "his"? - What suffix do you find on third person forms? - Why is there a (t) in ni (t) emihkwaan? In this exercise, translate the following words in the Native language: Check with your instructor for your corrections. My clock Your kettle His cup My egg My door His bread Ed My chair Your pencil His tea uc at io n 3. My fork Yourknive His bannock of 4. An exception. There is a special way to say "dog" (animohsh) when it is possessed: eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Aanti nitanoominaapoom? Onantawentaan nipaashkisikanini. Aan eshinihkaasoc kitayish? Piitoon kiwaakaahkwat! Kiwaapantaan ina John owaahkaahikan? Aanti kimasinahikanaahtik? Nikii-miinaa opineman. La k ( Fa 5. Listen, understand and repeat: cu lty nitayihsh "my dog" kitayihsh "your dog" otayihshan "his dog" 117 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 ExerclseD New Vocabulary Listen carefully as your instructor pronounces the names of the nouns pictured here. After you have heard each word several times, match the pictures to the written words below: Translations and answers on page 182. 0 1 3 uc at io n ------ 4 8 7 6 cu lty of Ed 5 #__naapihkaakan #_ _micihkaawan #__ makoot #__ashikan #__mitaahs #_ _ ashtotin #__pakwaan #_ _kihcipison ity Fa #__ shiipiikwaan 0 rs #__ pihkwan ni ve In this exercise, write the three possessive forms for each of the nouns. The first set is done for you. my = your= his/hers = my my = your:::.: his/hers = d U my = nimicihkaawan your = kimicihkaawan his/hers = Qlllicihkaawan.m -= eh your ;; his/hers ea ; my = your= his/hers my = your :::.: his/hers = my = your= his/hers = my = your :::.: his/hers = my = your= his/hers = La k my :;: your :::.: his/hers = 118 -= 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise E Understanding Different Classes of Words A. Animohsh! Ninantawentaan nimahkisin! Wiipac piitoon! Ni YII Nil uc at io n 1. This exercise is to give practice identifying the different types of words (nouns, verbs, and particles). Underline each word and then write its abbreviation underneath. The first sentence has been done for you. B. Kiwii-wiiciiwaa na Peter? Onanaantawaapamaan atihkwan. Ed C. Oldi-nantawentaan moohkomaanini, nikii-miinaa tahsh. of D. Kaawin owiicihaahsiin ihkwesenhs ihkwewan. Aasha nipaa. cu lty E. Nika-wiicihaa naapenhs waapank. Kaye awahsiwaapank. Fa F. Kaawin oldi-waapamaahsiin moosoon. Naapewan ehta oldi-waapamaan. G. Kinanaantawaapantaanaawaa na ciimaan? ity ( ni ve rs H. Kiwii-miicinaawaa na mooso-wiiyaahs? Kaawin, shiihshiip niwii-amwaamin. I. Mahkoonhs oldi-waapamaan shikaakwan. Kii-kohtaaci ! La k eh ea d U J. Nitayihsh oldi-amwaan waapoosoon. 119 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise F Reading and Understanding: A. Kikii-wiicihaawaa na naape? Kii-nantawencikewak ina? Okii-waapamaan ina mahkehshi pinewan? Aanti pimihsewin? Kiminohpwaawaa na anahkonaa? Kiwii-wiiciiwaawaa na Frank? Kikii-miinaa na mooso-wiiyaahsini? 0 uc at io n Answer these questions with full sentences using both positive and negative responses. Translations on page 182. Ed 1. of Listen as your instructor reads the dialogues in B and C below. Then work with your partner to practice them. cu lty 1 - Aan ke-tootank waapank? or (with obviative "waapaninik") 2 - Wii-maacaa waapaninik. Aasha kwayaacii. 1 - Aanti waa-ishaac(t)? 2 - W aahsa noohpimink. 1 - Kika-wiiciiwaa na? 2 - Eha, nika-wiiciiwaa iitok. 1 - Kekiin na kiwii-piishaa? 2- Kaawin. ni ve 1 - Aanti Henry? 2 - Aasha kii-maacaa. 1 - Aanahpii? 2 - Awahsinaako. 1 - Aanti kaa-ishaac? 2 - Noohpimink nanaantawencike. 1 - Peshiko na? 2 - Kaawin. Otayihshan owiiciiwaan. 1 - Naapenhs tahsh wiin? Kewiin na maacaa? 2 - Kaawin. Kiiyaapic nipaa. La k eh ea d U C. 0 rs ity Fa B. D. Write two of your own mini-dialogues containing obviative endings. Practice these with your partner. 0 120 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise G -Translations on page 183. Introduction to Kinship; ''My Family" 1. uc at io n niwiiciiwaakan niin niciimic Ed nimihsens niciimic nikosihs ity Kinship words are always found in the possessive form. The suffix "pan", when used with kin terms, means that the relation is no longer living. For example. nimaamaapan means my late mother. U 3) There are three terms for siblings in Ojibwe, one for an older brother, one for an older sister, and one for a younger brother or sister. rs 2) nitaanihs ni ve Note that: 1) ea d Kinship charts are structured from the point of view of a particular family member, referred to as EGO. On the chart above, EGO is identified a "niin", the Ojibwe pronoun. eh Now make your own chart, similar to the one above, but with your own family depicted. Draw a line through deceased family members. La k ( Fa cu lty of nishtehs noohkom nimaamaa nitaataa nimihshoom Then, with a friend. ask and answer questions about relatives' names such as: 1) Aan eshinihkaasoc kimihshoom? Peter ishinihkaaso nimihshoom. 2) Aan eshinihkaasoc koohkom? Mary ishinihkaaso noohkom. 3) Aan eshinihkaasoc kitaataa? Jacob ishinihkaaso nitaataa. 4) Aan eshinihkaasoc kimaamaa? Sarah ishinihkaaso nimaamaa. 5) Aan eshinihkaasoc kikosihs? Thomas ishinihkaaso nikosihs. 6) Aan eshinihkaasoc kitaanihs? Emily ishinihkaaso nitaanihs. 12 1 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Ojibwe Kinship: 2. In English, we have one word for "aunt" which means "sister(s) of your father or mother". In Ojibwe, there are two words for "aunt". The first is used for your father's sister(s) and the other is used for your mother's sister(s). The same division is found with the word for uncle. In Ojibwe, there are two terms whereas in English there is but one. Q uc at io n This is just the beginning of an important difference between the Ojibwe and the English kinship systems. In the Ojibwe system, there are two types of aunts, uncles, and cousins. In the first category are mother's sister and her children and father's brother and his children. These are called "parallel" aunts, (uncles and cousins) because they are related to you through siblings {brothers or sisters) of the same sex. of Ed The second category consists of those aunts, uncles and cousins who are related to you through siblings of opposite sexes. In this category are your mother's brother and his children and your father's sister and her children. These are called "cross" aunts, uncles and cousins. cu lty The concepts of "parallel" and "cross" relatives are necessary for understanding the Ojibwe terms for cousins. You will find that parallel cousins use the same terms as "brothers" and "sisters" but crosscousins are designated by different terms. ni ve rs Male speaker (female) niinim niihtaawihs niinim nitawemaa niicihkiwesi Female Speaker (male) niinim niinim nicaahkohsh niitihkwe nitawemaa 0 U Cross-cousin Brother-in-law Sister-in-law sister {unspecified)* brother (unspecified)* ity Fa Certain kin terms are used when a male is speaking and others if a female is speaking. The following list covers these specific terms. Remember on your own family chart to use the appropriate terms. ea d *"unspecified" means whether older or younger. La k eh You will notice that the word for a cross cousin of the opposite sex of EGO in the diagram is the same as the word for brother-in-law (for a female), or sister-in-law (for a male). This is because traditionally it was common (and even preferred) for a person to marry his cross-cousin. So, in a way, these crosscousin terms mean "marriageable relative". Ask your instructor for the words for mother-in-law and father-in-law. Where else on the chart do you find these words? 0 122 �INTRODUCTORY OllBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Additional Vocabulary (Optional): 3. Below is a basic chart of the Ojibwe family. Using the words given under the diagram, produce a colour key and colour each person on the chart according to their kin name. This chart has a male as EGO, so be sure to use the correct terms for a male speaker. 6,=0 OJ6 6-b o-1 1-o b=~ I-o o=X pta=n=d n n=6 !-o n t1nn uc at io n 6-1 I Ed o=?"b 1-J English Equivalent Line /-2/ noohkom nimihshoom my grandmother my grandfather line /-1/ nimaamaa nitaataa nitoosihs noohkomihs nisikohs nishihshensh my mother my father my parallel aunUparallel uncle's wife my parallel uncle/parallel aunt's husband my cross aunUcross uncle's wife my cross uncle/cross aunt's husband Line/0/ rum cu lty Fa ity rs ( of Ojibwe Line /+1/ nitaanihs nikosihs nitooshimihkwem nitooshim ninahaankanihkwem ninahaankihshiim my daughter my son my parallel niece my parallel nephew my cross niece/daughter-in-law my cross nephew/son-in-law Line /+2/ noosihs my grandchild ni ve niihtaawihs I (EGO) my older sister/older parallel female cousin my older brother/older parallel aunt's husband my younger brother or sister/my younger parallel cousin my cross cousin of the opposite sex/my sibling-inlaw of the opposite sex. my cross cousin of the opposite sex my female cross cousin/sister-in-law (female speaking) my brother-in-law (male speaking) U nimihsens nishtehs niciimic ea d niinim La k eh niicimohsh nicaahkohsh 123 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Pages 89 and 91 of this text are adapted from a language learning book called L,A.M.P. (which stands for "Language Acquisition Made Practical"), by E. Thomas and Elizabeth Brewster. (Published by Lingua House, 915 West Jackson, Colorado Springs, CO 80907, 1976. Material here is from pp. 206208. Use restricted.) Q uc at io n L.A.M.P. is designed to help learners of languages for which teaching aids such as grammars and dictionaries are not readily available. Many of the methods in L.A.M.P, are adaptable to Ojibwe language learning, easpecially if one has the opportunity of living in a community of Ojibwe speakers. L,A.M.P. is recommended for students who wish to continue their Ojibwe studies after this course is over. Ed 4. Here are some questions and answers involving kinship tenns. English translations on page 183. Aan entootank kimihsens piintikamink? Kiishitepo. Wii-wiihsini. Fa Aan entootank kiwiiciiwaakan waapaninik? Ta-anohkii noohpimink. cu lty of Aan entootank kishtehs akwaciink? Nahke piko. Naanta anohkii. 0 rs ity Aan waa-tootank kitaataa noonkom kaa-kiishikaanik? Wii-nanaantawencike. ni ve Aan kaa-tootank kimaamaa onaako? Kii-pootawe akwaciink. Kii-k.iishitepo. La k eh ea d U 5. Now, try making up some questions and answers that use kinship tenns. 0 124 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise ff Using the diagram below, and the vocabulary on kinship terms: Produce a legend using a colour key and colour each person on the chart according to their kin name. This chart has "niin" as EGO, so be sure to use the correct terms for a male or female speaker. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n r Ojibwe Kinship ni ve rs ity ( U = NHN <EGO} = = --------= --------= --------= --------- La k eh ea d = = = = L --------- ----------------- =--------- --------- = --------- = = = = = --------- = = = --------- ----------------= --------- ----------------- --------- --------- =--------= --------125 --------- �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Exercise I More About TA Verbs 1. The following words express actions with different subjects (the doers of the action) and objects (those who have the action done to them). A heading such as; 0 (1 acting on 2) uc at io n means a first person (1), "niin", is doing something to a second person (2), "kiin". English translation on page 184. (1 acting on 3) (2 acting on 1) kiwaapamin kinanaantawaapamin kiwiichihin kiwiiciiwin niwaapamaa ninanaantawaapamaa niwiicihaa niwiiciiwaa kiwaapamihsh kinanaantawaapamihsh kiwiicihihsh kiwiiciiwihsh (2 acting on 3) (3 acting on 1) kiwaapamaa kinanaantawaapamaa kiwiicihaa kiwiiciiwaa niwaapamik ninanaantawaapamik niwiicihik niwiiciiwik of kiwaapamik kinanaantawaapamik kiwiicihik kiwiiciiwik Fa cu lty (3 acting on 2) 0 ni ve rs ity (3 acting on 4) owapaamaan onanaantawaapamaan owiicihaan owiiciiwaan Ed ( 1 acting on 2) The verb stem is the part that doesn't change when you change the subject and the object: kiwaapamihsh U niwaapamaa d Here, the verb stem is WAAparo, eh ea 2. Copy all the above examples into your notebook, and underline each verb stem. Working with first person markers (ni-) and second person markers (ki-), highlight all the SUBJECTS in yellow and all the OBJECTS in blue. La k Questions and Answers Exercise: (2 acting on 1) Q. Kiwaapamihsh na? ( 1 acting on 2) A. Eba, kiwaapamin. (2 acting on 3) Q. Kiwaapamaa na? (1 acting on 3) A. Eba, niwaapamaa. (3 acting on 1) Q. Niwaapamik na? (3 acting on 2) A. Eha, kiwaapamik. Now try making up some questions and answers by using TA verbs listed above. 126 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Observation: In some Ojibwe verbs, the sukject marker comes at the beginning. These are called DIRECT forms. In other Ojibwe verbs, the~ marker comes at the beginning. These are said to be INVERSE forms. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n You' 11 need lots of practice in lill!li these forms until you can understand and use them without thinking. First, try reading them in the comics on page 130. When the comics make sense to you, work with a partner and create your own short dialogues, to include as many forms as possible in meaningful contexts. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Ohpwaakan (smoking pipe) 127 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 The Unspoken Language In English, we associate certain qualities or ideas with specific animal, for example: "as sly as a fox", "as busy as a beaver", "as wise as an owl", etc. Ojibwe speakers often make different associations than English speakers do. 0 uc at io n As you learn the Ojibwe language and culture, watch for concepts that connect with the various animals in Ojibwe; don't bring your English associations with you to Ojibwe! 3. In exercise I, you learned seven combinations of Transitive Animate (VTA) forms. Here is one more: Ed 4 acting on 3 owaapamikoon "he (obv) sees him" Does John (3) see her (4)? John na owaapamaan? Yes, and she (4) sees him (3). Ebe, owaapamikoon kaye. cu lty 3 acting on 4: 4 acting on 3: of This form would only be used when you've already been referring to the two people involved, and the subject of the action has previously been referred to in the obviative. For example: Other verbs in the 4 acting on 3 form: omiinikoon Fa owiiciiwikoon ity Now, let's TRANSFORM some TA combinations: English translations on page 184. VTA rs Negative kaawin owiicihikohsiin kaawin kitamwaahsiin kaawin niwaapamikohsiin kaawin ominohpwaahsiin 0 okii-wiicihikoon kikii-amwaa nikii-waapamik okii-minohpwaari Voluntative Future kiwii-wiiciiwin kiwii-miinik (ki)ka-wiiciiwin* (ki)ka-miinik ea d U ni ve owiicihikoon kitamwaa niwaapamik ominohpwaan Past eh kiwiiciiwin kimiinik La k *The sequence of prefix kika- is usually reduced to ka-. Practicing with TA Verbs 4. You have learned to handle eight different VTA subject-object combinations. Here they are: 2on 1 2on3 lon3 3on4 ki-ihah ki-:rul ni--~ 1 on2 3on2 Jon 1 ki--in Q------aan 4on3 Q------ikoon 128 ki--ik ni--ik 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Practice the forms above by combining various stems with the prefix-suffix combinations above. Here are some stems to practice with: English translations on page 185. New Vocabulary Ed of ity Go through the appropriate language learning steps for each word. If you' re not sure of what any word means, your instructor will help you. Listen carefully as your instructor pronounces these words. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( I love him/her. I love it. I take care of him/her. I take care of it. I like him/her. I like it. I am worried. I forget him/her. I forget it. I tell him/her. I ask him. cu lty Nisaakihaa Nisaakihtoon Nikanawenimaa Nikanawentaan Niminwenimaa Niminwentaan Nimikoshkaatentaan Niwaniihkenotawaa Niwaniihkenotaan Niwiintamawaa Nikakwecimaa Fa ExerciseJ uc at io n -nantawenim-saakih-kanawenim-waniihkenotaw- -waapam-wiicih-wiiciiw-miin- L 129 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 3 Nimaacaa 2. English translations on page 185. AAtm !.SIIAAV4W? -nu111oe.P- &AY 0 uc at io n NlTIS~AA A4\I,-\ OWU-1\ A~~,,_ • MA~\NA\.11 KA~ltl\ MIKAtM A4S\.\A 01\5"~ "TIIUMt)~1' e,4y I cu lty of Ed A.VA.A, Aanti nitootem AAS"~ NtWAAPA MAA AA1HA IWAAPAMAA Fa 'NEfl' IIUWE.T' AASMA ni ve rs ity 0 Romance t<u.a TAMS~·Wit tt\lSiAlU KtSAA)(l ll \ij. .ClSAAKI ij UISH KE."'' N. eh ea d U WA.? ~", K15AA"'U\1~ La k Chief and Counselor OKlt-1\M OllS" Kl'-IANAA~"Ti E.~A~ WUPAC ~AAVJll-1, ~lltJ OMSHA !:NTA S"E.MAA K 01\S Ktwll • wAAl'AMI )(AA-WI\· WAAPAtA\\.\ ~. 11'-0\tTA \11'1 3. wn For further exercise, create your own comic strips and write mini-dialogues. 130 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise A Scenery and Useful Articles cu lty of Ed uc at io n 1. Listen carefully as your instructor says the words which correspond to each of the following pictures. 6 7 8 11 12 Fa 5 ni ve rs ity ( 10 U 9 ea d Write in the number which corresponds to each picture. English translation on page 186. La k eh Saakahikan Paawihtik Waanipiiyaa Apwi Niimaawiniwash Minihtik #_ _ Paashkisikan Siipi Pihkwaamatinaa Pimipanihcikan Pikwatahkamik Wacii #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ L 131 #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ #_ _ �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Reading and Understanding: 2. Listen carefully to the following questions and answers. Notice that many of the answers contain locative particles and endings. Notice also the obviative forms. English translation on page 186. Q uc at io n Aanti kinooshek? Weti paawihtikonk. Aan entootank Piitan (Peter) pikwatahkamik? Pinewan onanaantawaapamaan. Aan entootank amihk waanipiiyaak? Ed Onanaantawaapantaan siipiini. of Kekonen ihiweti saakahikaniink? cu lty Minihtik. Aanti saakahikan? Fa Weti naaniyahii siipiink 0 rs Naaniyahii siipiink. ity Aanti eshaayan? Kiwaapamaa na ahtihk wakiciyahii pihkwaamatinaak? ni ve Eba, niwaapamaa. U Kinanaantawaapamaa na mikifil pehshonciyahii waciik? d Kaawin. Ninanaantawaapamaa mahkoonhs. ea Aanti nipaashkisikan? Niwii-nihsaa mahiinkan. eh Kaawin kekoon kipaashkisikan ohomaa. La k Aanti niniimaawiniwash? Niwii-wiihsin. Weti wakiciyahii wiihsiniiwinaahtikonk. Kinantawenimaa na nitapwi? Kaawin. Kaawin mahshi. Paanimaa waapank. Kipimipanihcikan tahsh wiin? Kinantawentaan na? 0 Eha, shemaak ninantawentaan. 132 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise B Translation: 1. Translate the following questions and answers in Ojibwe. A. What are you doing today?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ uc at io n I am working today. Where are you going tomorrow? I am going home tomorrow. C. Are you going hunting now? No, I want to sleep. D. Are you always dancing at night? No, I am always eating. E. Are you going to kill the moose? No, I want to kill the caribou. F. Will you be going to the forest today? Yes, I will be going with Frank. G. Does this man always sleep? Yes, he is always sleeping. H. What do you want to do today? I want to go home. of cu lty Fa ity rs ni ve What will you be doing the day after tomorrow?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ I don't know. Maybe I'll be working._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ eh ea I. d U ( Ed B. Are you going by the river?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Yes, I want to look for ducks._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ K. Did you see the eagle at the mountain yesterday?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ No, I only saw a bear._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ L. Did Sally see the dog the day before yesterday?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ No, she only saw a wolf. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k J. 133 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise C Mini-dialogues: Listen to the following dialogues in class and then read them on your own. Practice speaking these with your partner. English translation on page 187. 1 - Aanti nipaashkisikan? Niwii-nanaantawencike. 2 -Aanti waa-ishaayan? 1 - Weti naaniyahii pihkwaamatinaak. 2 - Kitayihsh na kika-wiiciiwik? 1 - Eba. 2 - Kik.osihs tahsh wiin? Kewiin na kiwiiciiwik? 1 - Kaawin. Wii-nipaa kiyaapic. B: 1 - Aanti niniimaawiniwash? 2-Nahke piko. Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Niwii-maacaa. 2- Kah! Kekonen tahsh? Kiwii-nanaantawaapamaa na awiyaashihsh. 1 - Eba, niwii-nanaantawaapamaak awiyaashihshak. 2 - Kitaanihs na kiwiiciiwik? 1 - Eba, kewiin owii-waapamaan awiyaashihshan. 2- Ahaaw, naake kika-waapamin. C: 1 - Wiipac piitoon paashkisikan! 2 - Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Kekoon niwaapantaan weti. 2 - Aanti? Kaawin kekoon niin niwaapantansiin. 1 - Piishaan ohomaa. Kiwaapamaa na? Moos (o)hsha aha! 2 - Kiwii-paashkiswaa na? 1 - Kaawin. Kiin paashkiso. of Ed uc at io n A: 0 0 ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty 1. La k eh 2. Now write two dialogues of your own of up to eight lines each. Practice these with your partner. 0 134 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise D Introduction to Preverbs 1. Increase your own "word power". Since the beginning of the course, you have been using preverbs, as in "pi-wiihsinin" and "tepi-wiihsini". The preverbs in these words are: uc at io n pi - here, come towards tepi- enough, sufficient These are the ones you already know, but there are plenty more where they came from. Here are a few more preverbs to add to your vocabulary. Remember the hyphen (-) is important when joining preverbs to the verbs. Ed of cu lty Fa ni ve U 2. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the third person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. eh ea d Tepi-wiihsini Pooni-minihkwe Nihtaa-kiishitepo Ani-kiiwe Ishkwaa-anohkii (Mwaye-) Piishaan mwaye-kimiwak! Kakwe-nikamo Kiimooci-maacaa Kwenawi-minihkwe Maacil-masinahike Antawi- or natawi-niimi Wani-tootam Noonte-wii-kiiwe Mate-metawe Kihci-wiihsini La k ( ity nihtaa- aniishkwaamwayekakwekiimoocikwenawimaaciiantawi- or natawiwaninoontematekihci- stop, quit skilled at, knows how, can do away from, in progress towards after, done, complete before try, to make an effort towards secretly unable to find, fail at, no place for start, begin, proceed, move forward go to do, to go there and to do something in error, wrongly, mistake want to, anxious, need to do something (before usual time) visible (at a distance) big, great, very rs pooni- He/she has eaten enough. He/she is stop drinking. He/she is skilled at cooking. He/she is getting ready to go home. He/she completes the work. Come before it rains. He/she is trying to sing. He/she is secretly leaving. He/she is unable to find something to drink. He/she is starting to write. He/she is going out to the dance. He/she is making a mistake./wrong doing. He/she want to go home anxiously. He/she is playing (over there) He/she eats a big meal. 135 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 3. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the first person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. of Ed uc at io n I have eaten enough. I stop drinking. I am skilled at cooking. I am getting ready to go home. I complete the work. I am coming before it rains. I am trying to sing. I am secretly leaving. I am unable to find something to drink. I am starting to write. I am going out ot the dance. I am making a mistake/wrong doing. I want to go home anxiously. I am playing (over there). I am eating a big meal. cu lty Nitepi-wiihsin Nipooni-minihkwe. Ninihtaa-kiishitep. Nitani-kiiwe. Nitishkwaa-anohkii. Nipiishaa mwaye-kimiwak. Nikakwe-nikam. Nikiimooci-maacaa. Nikwenawi-minihkwe. Nimaacii-masinahike. Nitantawi- (or) Ninatawi-niim. Niwani-tootaan. Ninoonte-wii-kiiwe. Nimate-metawe. Nikihci-wiihsin. 0 ity Come and eat! You have eaten enough. You stop drinking. You are skilled at cooking. You are getting ready to go home. You complete the work. You are coming before it rains. You are trying to sing. You are secretly leaving. You are unable to find something to drink. You are starting to write. You are going out to the dance. You are making a mistake/wrong doing. You want to go home anxiously. You are playing (over there). You are eating a big meal. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs Pi-wiihsinin! Kitepi-wiihsin. Kipooni-minihkwe. Kinihtaa-kiishitep. Kitani-kiiwe. Kitishkwaa-anohkii. Kipiishaa mwaye-kimiwak. Kikakwe-nikam. Kikiimooci-maacaa. Kikwenawi-minihkwe. Kimaacii-masinahike. Kitantawi- (or) Kinatawi-niim. Kiwani-tootaan. Kinoonte-wii-kiiwe. Kimate-metawe. Kikihci-wiihsin. Fa 4. Here are some examples of how to use preverbs for the second person in sentences. Study and understand these sentences. 0 136 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise E Understanding How to Use Preverbs: In this exercise, write your own sentences using preverbs. The examples given were in Exercise D and refer to first, second and third person. Repeat this exercise until you completely understand how to use preverbs in sentences. ~ Nouns kakwenihtaakwenawiishkwaaantawi- anoh.kii takohse sookihpwan kiiwe wiihsini kimiwan nipaa maacaa maaciipiso aahkosi niimi •metawe piintike pootawe naapenhs pimihsewin awaashihsh wiiciiwaakan *ihkwesenhs pine ihkwe animohsh kinooshe wiipac paanimaa otaapaan wemihtikooshi naape ni ve ta- Pooni-metawe ihkwesenhs 1. 2. La k eh ea d U 3. 4. 6. 7. 8. 9. of cu lty rs ity Fa wanimwayekihcinoontemaaciimatekii- 5. Ed Preverbs ani- ( uc at io n Exercise F More Preverbs: In this exercise, write complete sentences using the following words. Each sentence should have a minimum of three words. The first one is done for you as an example. 10. 11. 12. 13. L 14. 15. 137 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseG New Vocabulary and Expressions 1. ishinihkaate. ishinihkaaso. It is called His/her name is 0 (or He/she is called) Indian Indian woman whiteman white woman He speaks "Indian". He speaks English. An expression roughly translated: "oops!" or "Oh my!" Ed uc at io n anibshinini / anihshinaape anihshininiiwihkwe / anihshinaapekwe wemihtikooshi / shakanaahsh wemihtikooshiihkwe / shakanaahshiikwe anihshininiimo / anihshinaapewimo wemihtikooshiimo / shakanaahshiimo (k)ooshta! of Introduction to the Dubitative Ojibwe speakers make an important distinction between what they are certain about and what they have some doubts about. For example: English translations on page 187. cu lty 2. Uncertain ity nitaahkosinaatok kitaahkosinaatok aahkositok nitaahkosiminaatok kitaahkosiminaatok kitaahkosinaawaatok aahkositokwenak 0 d 22 33 rs 13 21 ni ve 3 nitaahkos kitaahkos aahkosi nitaahkosimin kitaahkosimin kitaahkosinaawaa aahkosiwak U 1 2 Fa Certain ea Listen to and repeat the paradigm above. Note and underline the part ofeach word that indicates information is uncertain or there is some doubt about it. Verbs taking this form expressing doubt are said to be eh DUBITATIVE. La k A dubitative form indicates that the speaker is unable or unwilling to say for sure that the action/state of the verb has really occurred. The speaker may be unwilling because he did not personally witness the event, or because he has only inferred or supposed the action. He may feel that he has forgoten some details, and so doesn't want to wholly commit himself to what he has said. The dubitative may also be used with knowledge that is of a traditional nature. The dubitative is expressed in English by adding words such as "seems to be", or "must be" to the basic idea For example: Certain Uncertain He's sick. He must be sick. He seems to be sick 138 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 An important difference between the dubitative in Ojibwe and English is in the consistency of its usage. Aahkosi Bill. Bill is sick. (I've seen it with my own eyes.) Aahkositok Bill. Bill seems to be sick. (I've heard it, but haven't seen it.) uc at io n In Ojibwe, most information that you assume or have not personally verified by direct observation is presented in the dubitative. So, if someone tells you something that you have not personally verified, you would normally use a dubitative in Ojibwe if you were to tell anyone else this information. Compare the following sentences. of Ed Watch for dubitatives as you listen to people speaking, and try to use them in your own speech, when appropriate. Reply to the following questions using the dubitative form for your answers. The first one has been done for you. English translation on page 188. rs 3. ni ve _____;;...;;.;..;.;.;..;;.~~---------- eh ea d U Aanti anihshininiiwihkwe? Maacaatok Aanti wemihtikooshi?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti kikosihs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti Soosan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti nishtehs?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti kiciimic?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti Piitan?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aanti animohsh?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ La k ( Nantawenciketok. Maaciipisotok. Kiishitepotok. Metawetok. ity Fa Aan entootank kishtehs? Aan entootank kimihsens? Aan entootank kiwiiciiwaakan? Aan entootank kiciimic? cu lty Now, ask and reply to the following questions which assume, rather than observe, the answers given. Then ask and answer some questions of your own in the same way. English translations on page 187. 139 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseH Mini-dialogues 1 - Aanti kishtehs? 2 - Nahke piko. Anohkiitok akwaciink. 1 - Nimihsens onanaantawaapamaan kishtehsan. 2 - Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Nahke piko. Owii-wiiciiwaatokwen maawiin. (or Maawin) 2- Kiln tahsh wiin? Aanti waa-ishaayan? 1 - Niwii-kiiwe. Niwii-wiihsin. B: 1 - Aanti kiciimic? 2 - Kiiyaapic maawin nipaatok. 1 - Aan ke-tootaman noonkom ke-kiishikaak? 2 - Nika-nanaantawaapamaak pinewak. 1 - Aanti? Noohpimink na? 2 - Kaawin. Weti naani-saakahikaniink. 1 - Keniin nika-piishaa. of Ed A: 0 uc at io n Listen to the following dialogues in class, and then practice them with your partner. English translation on page 188. In this exercise, write two mini-dialogues using dubitative forms. Practice your dialogues ity 2. Fa cu lty 1. Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs with your partner. Check each other's pronunciation, and get help from your instructor if you need it. Mahkehshi 0 140 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 4 Exercise I Dubltatives Change each of the following verbs into the dubitative form. Be sure to include the English translation also. Do as shown in the example. English translation on page 188. Uncertain Certain Anihshininiimo 3. Ishinihkaate 4. Kishitepo 5. Kohtaaci 6. Macaa 7. Masinahike 8. Niimi 9. Nikamo 10. Mawi Ed 2. ea Piintike La k eh 11. d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of 1. uc at io n Aahkositok He seems/must be sick. Aahkosi He is sick. Anohkii 12. Takohse 13. Tahkaavaa L 14. Wemihtikooshiimo 15. Waawaahte 141 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 4 ExerciseJ Dubitatives In this exercise, answer the following questions in the dubitative only. Use the verbs listed below. 0 Give three different answers to each question. English translation on page 188. a) Aan entootank naapenhs? uc at io n 1. b) c) 2. a) Aan entootank kitayihsh? Ed b) c) Aan waa-tootank wemihtikooshi? a) of 3. b) 4. Aan waa-tootank awaashihsh? cu lty c) a) c) 5. Aan eshiwepahk akwaciink? a) Fa b) b) ity 0 ni ve rs c) wemihtikooshi maaciipiso kiiwe mawi aahkosi tepi-wiihsini kishiwaasi metawe nipaa kishite ishinihkaaso masinahike maacaa niimi kishitepo piishaa paahpi ishinihkaate tahkaayaa piintike nikamo waawaahte wanishkaa minihkwe wiihsini d U anohkii anihshininiimo eh tahkose ea pootawe La k kohtaaci 0 142 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Exercise A The Sun and the Moon 1. Listening and Understanding: In this exercise, listen carefully as your instructor pronounces the names of the words pictured uc at io n below. After you have heard each word several times, rewrite the words until you completely understand the meaning of the words. English translation on page 189. of tipihkaa wanankohsh tipihki-piihsim . P-114 Fa ,, cu lty ~ Ed ..._ ity ( saakaahte pankihshimon 2. Listening, speaking and understanding: English translation on page 189. U 1 - Aasha tipihkaa ~nipaan! 2 - Kaawin, kaawin mahshi niwii-nipaahsiin. Kiiyaapic niwii-metawe. 1 - Wiipac hsha kika-wanishkaa waapank. 2 - Kekonen tahsh? 1 - Kika-antawi-anohkii waapank. eh ea d A) B) 1 - Kiwaapamaa na tipihkii-piihsim? 2 - Kaawin. Aanti? 1 - Weti waasha naaniyahii wanankohshink. 2 - Aanti? Kaawin niwaapamaahsiin. Pine ehta niwaapamaa. C) 1 - Aasha saakaahte ~ wanishkaan ! 2 - Kekonen tahsh? Kiiyaapic hsha niwii-nipaa. 1 - Kika-maacii-anohkii aasha wiipac. 2 - Kaawin niwii-anohkiihsiin noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Nitaahkosiiwamacih. Wiintamaw nitookimaam. 1 - Kaawin. Kiin wiintamaw. 143 La k _...,,.... -~- ni ve rs kiishikaa piihsim (1) tipaacimo (2) aatihsoohke �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseB Writing, Reading and Understanding: 0 uc at io n 1. In this exercise, write some of your own mini-dialogues. After completing your dialogues, work in pairs to practice the dialogue out loud. Make sure you understand the meanings of each sentence, and get help from your instructor with pronunciation if you need it. ExerciseC Introduction to the Preterit of Ed 1. Ojibwe speakers distinguish between past activities or states that contrast with the present situation and those that do not. The PRETERIT marker "pan" indicates an action or state that was cut off in the past and no longer occurs, or an action or state that happened/existed in the remote past. We have already seen the use of "pan" at the end of a kin term, to indicate the contrast between a former, li,ying, relationship, and the present. In verbs, this contrast would be expressed in such ideas as: cu lty "We went there every summer." Nikii-ishaamin tahso-niipin. (Inference: "and we still do.") Fa Nikii-ishaaminiilW} tahso-niipin. (Inference: "but we no longer do.") 0 ity "He got married five years ago. ni ve rs Kii-wiikito niyaananoyahki otaanaank. (Inference: "and is still married.") Kii-wiikitoo12m1 niyaananoyahki otaanaank. (Inference: "but is not longer married.") U "I bought a house." ea d Nikii-ataawe waahkaahikan. (Inference: "and I still own it.") La k eh Nikii-ataawenaapan waahkaahikan. (Inference: "but I no longer own it.'') 2. 1 2 3 13 21 22 33 Neutral Preterit nitipaacim kitipaacim tipaacimo nitipaacimomin kitipaacimomin kitipaacimonaawaa tipaacimowak nitipaacimonaapan kitipaacimonaapan tipaacimoopan nitipaacimominaapan kitipaacimominaapan kitipaacimonaawaapan tipaacimoopaniik 144 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Preterit-like ideas can be expressed in English by means of phrases, such as "formerly." I (formerly) worked on a trap line. He was (formerly) a sick child. Exercise D Tipaacimo uc at io n I. Understanding the difference between "Tipaacimo and Aatihsoohke." ~~ Verb: Noun: Ed Tipaacimo Tipaacimowin ~ Aatihsoohke Aatihsoohkewin of Verb: Noun: ~ Fa cu lty There are basically two kinds of stories in Ojibwe. A tipaacimowin is an ordinary story, true or fictional, short or long. An aatihsoohkewin is a legend story. An aatihsoohk,aan is a legend, with traditional (and sometimes religious) importance. In some areas, it is appropriate to tell aatihsoohkewin QJllI in certain seasons. Check this out in your area to ensure you do not cause offense. ity rs ni ve eh ea d U 2. Some examples: A) Ahaaw, pankii nika-tipaacim. Weshkac peshikwaa mekwaac kii-niipik, nikii-nanaantawaapamaa moos. Wiipac piko nikii-waapamaa moosoonhs. Kaawin nitoonci-paashkiswaahsiin. Osaam kii-akaahsheshi. B) Ahaaw, pankii nika-aatihsoohke. Weshkac peshikwaa aatihsoohkaan. Cahkaapehsh kii-ishinihkaaso. Kii-nihtaa-papiikonike. Mooshak kii-kakwe-pahkinaake. Niin kahkina kekoon nitipentaan kii-inentam. Mooshak kii-mawinehike. Kii-nihtaa-nootikwewe kaye. Kaawin wiihkaa onci-pahkinaakehsiin. Mooshak kii-pahkinawaakanoo. Amihiwe pinamaa minikohk ke-aatihsoohkeyaan. Paanimaa miina waapank. La k ( After work is finished for the day, a family on the trapline can enjoy the evening together by telling stories. But don't stay up too late! Everyone will be up early the next morning for a full day of hard work: men checking and setting traps, women scraping and stretching skins, preparing and smoking meat and fish caught, in addition to the everday tasks, and children carrying water, gathering wood, setting snares. And so to sleep... 145 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 In order for you to understand the sentences on the previous page, you have to work with your instructor. Listen very carefully as your instructor pronounces the words. After you have heard each word several times, list the words that you don't know the meaning of. The instructor will give you proper translations. Q More About Preterits: uc at io n There are many cases of preterit use in Ojibwe that are not matched by English equivalents. Therefore, it will be important for you to listen carefully to fluent speakers, note when they use "-pan" and think about what they mean. Gradually, as you grasp the idea, you'll be able to start using the preterit in you own speech. 3. Here are some dialogues in which the preterit is used. Ask your instructor to read them to you, and to explain any words you're not sure of: English translation on page 190. Aanti kiicihkiwesi e-ayaac? Peshiko maacaapan hsha ntiko. Kiwiiciiwaapan na tahsh ahko? Mooshak hsha nikii-nanaantawencikeminaapan. Noonkom hsha tahsh kaawin wiihkaa ci-wiiciiwak. B) Kiwii-wiihsininaapan na? Ebe, weshkac hsha kaa-kii-wiihsiniyaapaan. Ishkotehkanaapihkonk ayinaapin. Wiiyaahs hsha ihimaa ahtepan onaako. Aasha kaana miina kii-onci-kocipanihcikaatetok. C) Aanti tahsh wiin kimoohkomaan? Nahke piko aanti, amohshahi ahpin e-kii-wanihtooyaapaan awahsinaako. Aapin ekaa e-saakihtooyaampaan. 0 rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed A) ni ve Do not be concerned, for a while, about mastering the preterit in your own speech. Do, however, work on recognizing and understanding it when you hear the preterit in the speech of others. U For further practice with the preterits, with your instructor's assistance, try to write some of your own sentences. eh ea d For example; Nikii-nihtaa-masinahikenaapan. I used to be good at writing, (but not anymore). La k Reading and Writing Practice: 4. Rewrite the following sentences using the preterit form of the verb: English translation on page 190. Kii-pootawe weti saakahikaniink. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Anihshininiiwihkwe kii-kiishitepo. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-masinahike na?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Aashakii-maaciipiso. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-kishiwaasimin._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Kikii-paahpina?_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 146 0 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise E An Introduction to the Pejorative 1. Sometimes a speaker wants to indicate that something he is talking about is for some reason not very good. In English he may describe it as: DMtX, useless, poorly made. broken down. &ood-fornothin&. worn-out, and the like. In Ojibwe, all these ideas (and more!) are conveyed in one neat way. Check the examples below to see how it is done: uc at io n ahkihkolw) pimitewibm waawmm ciimaanibm waakaahikanibsh paashkisikanilw} of Ed 2. The word PEJORATIVE is usually used to denote this "ihsh" suffix. To give yourself lots of practice in hearing and understanding pejoratives, collect and bring to class "sets" of articles: a regular comb and a comb with missing teeth, a good cup and a cracked or chipped cup, etc. Have your teacher name these things for you. The more articles you bring, the more words you'll hear, and the easier it will be for you to recognize and use pejoratives in your own conversations. b. ishkotehkaanaapihk wiiskwehokaan wiihsiniiwinaahtik piihsimohkaan pimihsewin wanihiikan rs ity moohkomaan minihkwaakan matikwaan Fa mahkisin waapoyaan tehsapiwin a. If you're not sure about any of your answers, look back to the work that you did on diminutives, U moohkomaanihsh minihkwaakanihsh matikwaanihsh ea d a. ni ve pages 101 and 102. Notice that the idea of "not very good" works similar in fashion to the idea of "small in size." Now check your answers: ishkotehkaanaapihkohsh piihsimohkaanihsh wiihsiniiwinaahtikohsh eh b. mahkisinihsh waapoyaanihsh tehsapiwinihsh piishimohkaanihsh pimihsewinihsh wanihiikanihsh La k ( cu lty 3. What is done to the word to give this "not very good" idea? Could you try doing it yourself with the following words? 4. Other notes on the Pejorative: a. An expression, roughly translated as "yuk!" carries the pejorative sound: ihshay! b. Like the diminutive, the pejorative may be used also as a term of affection. Ask your teacher for examples of this. c. Sometimes you may have occasion to use both the dimunitive and the pejorative endings at the same time. If you do, your word will sound something like this: ciimaanenhsihsh 147 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 Which ending comes first? Ask your instructor for lots of other examples so that you will become very familiar with the sound and the usage of the pejorative, and of the combination of pejorative and diminutive forms. Q cu lty of Ed uc at io n Write a sentence about each of the following pictures. Be sure the pictured nouns take the pejorative or diminutive/pejorative forms. Exercise F Fa Reading, Understanding and Translation: 1. Before you begin your translation, you may find it helpful to look at the comment in Exercise E potato salt duck Q Pejorative B: frying pan pot fish U teakettle ni ve A: rs Pejorative ity above. Remember that the pejorative endings look like "ihsh" or "ohsh". English transalation on page 190. plate lamp ea d carrot pipe cradleboard key eh do La k 2. Sometimes you may have occasion to use both the diminutive and the pejorative endings at the same time. If you do, your word will sound something like this: r. ciimaanenhshihsh / noun . dmunutlve i. peJorattve 0 148 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 In this.exercise. again use the words in (1) .above. This time, try using both diminutive and pejorative . form together. Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n • La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Kapehshiiwi-pootawaan (campfire) L 149 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Preterit and Pejorative and Diminutive Exercise G In this exercise, use the preterit "pan", pejorative "ihsh" or the diminutive "enhs" / "oonhs". Add the most appropriate suffix to each of the following words below. Example: tipihkaa12m = It was night then. = l. wanankohsh = 2. pootawe 3. wanishkaa =--------------------4. piihsim 5. niciimic 6. animoonhs =--------------------7. kiwiiciiwaa =--------------------8. saakaahte 9. moohkomaan 10. aatihsooke_ __ =--------------------11. pimihsewin._ __ =--------------------12. pakihshimon.___ 13. shiihshiip._ _ __ 14. maaciipiso._ _ __ 15. nitayihsh._ _ __ ;; 16. tipaacimo_ _ __ 17.pahkinaake._ __ = 18. piihsimohkan._ _ = 19.nootihkwewe_ __ 20. shiiwihtaakan._ __ 21. nipaaskihswaa._ _ 22. nikosihs._ _ __ 23. mahkisin._ _ __ =--------------------- 0 uc at io n ----------------------------------------- Fa cu lty of Ed =--------------------=--------------------- ity ______________________ 0 ea d U ni ve rs ------------------------------------------ La k eh 24. kihcipison._ __ 25. kiishikaa._ _ __ 26.onaakan_ _ __ 27. masinahike- - 28. nipewin._ _ __ 29. ishkotehkanaapihk._ __ 30. nanaantawencike._ _ __ 31. tipihki-piihsim.__ _ __ 32. ishinihkaaso_ _ _ _ __ =--------------------- =--------------------=--------------------=--------------------=--------------------=--------------------- =--------------------150 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 5 ExerciseH Geographical Map Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n Listen carefully as your instructor points to different places on the map. When you have heard each one several times, see if you can locate where the numbered terms go on the map. Ask your instructor to repeat the terms if you need to hear them again. English translation on page 191. La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. noohpimink mashkiik aashokan neyaahsh akaami-siipi niminaaweyaatawaan 9. 10. 11. 12. 151 naanew onikam akaamink minihtikwaapihk waashahaa minihtik �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON S Exercise I Geographical map (terms) 1. Aanti ciimaan? 2. Aanti eshaayan? 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Aanti matikwaan? 0 uc at io n In this exercise, answer the following questions In some cases you may need to use the locative endings on nouns. Aanti minihtik? Ed Aanti neyaahsh? Aanti aashokan? of Aanti kinooshenhsak? . Aanti tahsh apwiyak? Aanti iitok tahsh shiihshiip? 11. Aanti iitok kihci-kinooshe? 12. Aanti onikam? Fa 10. cu lty Aanti waa-noonte-ishaayan? ity Exercise J 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs Now draw your own map and use the list of words below to label the geographical features. aashokan waashahaa mashkiik waanipiiyaa minihtik onikam niminaaweyaatawaan akaami-siipi minihtikwaapihk noohpimink paawihtik wacii 152 akaamink pihkwaamatinaa neyaahsh saakahikan naanew siipi 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Unit t and Unit 2 Review Twenty-Four Articles Exercise A 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. Using Numbers Fa ExerciseB ity 1. Numbers are very common words in Ojibwe. Review the pronunciation and the meaning of the words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. rs ( Milk Fish Porridge Potatoe Carrot Duck cu lty Spoon Fork Salt Ed Knife Bannock Partridge Rabbit Meat Bread Egg of Pepper Lard Water Teakettle Pot Frying pan Plate Cup uc at io n 1. This final lesson will review lessons 1 to 5. To successfully complete the review you will need to go over the vocabulary and structures you have learned, and review the pronunciation of each item.. After each exercise is completed, you will be given a variety of mini-tests, both oral and written. Let's begin with the twenty-four kitchen articles. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Thirteen Fourteen Fifteen Sixteen Seventeen Eighteen U ni ve Seven Eight Nine Ten Eleven Twelve eh ea d One Two Three Four Five Six After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k 2. Nineteen Twenty Twenty-one Twenty-two Twenty-three Twenty-four L 153 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Using Numbers in Verb Forms Exercise C YAI Yil There is one egg. There are two partridges. There are two plates. There are three fish. There are three knives. There are four spoons. There are four forks. There are five carrots. There are five eggs. There are six bannocks. There are seven pots. There are six peppers. There are eight ducks. There are eight pieces of meat. Ed There is one rabbit. cu lty of There are seven pieces of lard. There are nine cartons of milk. There are nine teakettles. There are ten frying pans. There are ten containers of salt. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. Fa 2. Q uc at io n 1. In lesson one, exercise H, you learned how to use numbers in verb form. Review your notes and textbook before you start to work on this exercise. Check the pronunciation of each Ojibwe word, and make sure you understand the meaning of each Ojibwe and sentence. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. May I Introduce Myself? ity Exercise D 0 ni ve rs 1. When visiting Native language speaking communities, you will need to know some words, phrases and sentences to introduce yourself. Study the useful phrases listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. eh ea d U Yes No Thank you What is your name? My name is _ _ _ _ _ __ Where are you from? I am from _ _ _ _ __ La k Me too. How about you? Say it again. Say it slowly. Do you understand? Yes, I understand. No, I don't understand. What is that (inanimate)? Who is/what is that (animate)? What is his/her name? His/her name is _ _ _ __ 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 154 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Imperatives and Locatives Exercise E 1. Imperative: uc at io n Imperatives are those words we use when we are telling someone what to do. You already have a very good idea how to use imperatives. Study those words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. cu lty of Ed Come in! Stand up! Go away! Go home! Go to sleep! Sit down! Come here! Make (build) a fire! Sing! Getup! eh ea d U ni ve On the stove. At the airplane. At the door. In the canoe. On the chair. In the house. At the window. On the car. On the kitchen table. In the tent. On the bed. At the teepee. rs ity In the Native language, nouns with locative endings could mean "in", "at" or "on". Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. La k ( Fa 2. Locatives: 3. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 155 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Intransitive Verbs (VAl) ExerciseF uc at io n Sick Dancing Make afire Working Angry Eating Go home Enough eating Cooking Playing Ed Sleeping What Time is it? cu lty After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. ExerciseG Using what you have learned. In this review exercise, you will study some of the telling time phrases. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Fa 1. Q of Singing Q. What time is it? 0 ni ve 1. It is one o'clock. ity 2. As you are already aware, in the Native language, all intransitive verbs are complete sentences. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Translate the following verbs with the form that means he/she... rs 1. 2. It is two o'clock. 3. It is three o •clock. U 4. It is four o'clock. d 5. It is five o'clock. ea 6. It is six o'clock. eh 7. It is seven o'clock. 8. It is eight o'clock. La k 9. It is nine o •clock. 10. It is ten o'clock. 11. It is eleven o'clock. 12. It is twelve o'clock. 2. After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 156 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 What Are They Doing? Exercise ff In Unit 2, Lesson 1, Exercise A, you learned nouns and expressions. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Woman Man Child Boy Girl Women Men Children Boys Girls uc at io n l. I don't know. Fa cu lty of Ed What are you doing? (singular) What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are XQY doing? (pl.) What are~ doing? (pl. inclusive) What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do )'.Ql! want to do? (pl.) What is he/she called? (What's his name?) What is it called? (What's it's name?) Ask him! Tell him! After completing the translation, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. ni ve 2. rs ity ( Exercise I U As you already know, it is possible to put the prefix "wii-" before most verbs. Doing this expresses the idea "want to" or "intend to". Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. eh ea d 1. Voluntatives La k I want to drink water. Do you want to drink water too? The man wants to work today. He/she wants to work today. He/she wants to make a fire outside. No, I don't want to play. How about the children. Do they want to play? Do you want to go home? (pl) L 157 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 2. Past, Present and Future Tenses: 0 I am going home today. Did you work yesterday? He/she will be leaving tomorrow. You slept yesterday. (pl) After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed 3. uc at io n They will be dancing soon. Omatwehike (Drummer) 0 158 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Vocabulary ExerciseJ Shoe Lamp Book Broom Cradleboard Key Pencil Pipe Blanket Pillow Ed Ax First Person Plural: of 2. Dog We are going home. (incl.) cu lty We are eating. (incl.) We are making a fire. (incl.) Fa We are working. (incl.) We are sleeping. (excl.) rs We are playing. (excl.) ity We are writing. (excl.) ( uc at io n Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Diminutives: Skunk U 3. ni ve We are leaving. (excl.) Wolf Duck Baby beaver Baby wolf Baby duck After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh 4. ea d Baby skunk Beaver L 159 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Transitive Verbs Exercise K I am looking for a boy. You are eating a fish. Ed Do you see an airplane? I want/need a book. of Are you looking for a knife? How is the Weather? e) Northern lights f) Thundering g) Raining h) Sunny ity i) Foggy j) Calm k) Overcast 1) Cloudy 0 rs Some Useful Expressions: ni ve 3. Fa a) Windy b) Cold c) Hot d) Snowing cu lty I am eating moose meat. 2. Q uc at io n 1. Study the meaning of the words listed below, and check the pronunciation with your instructor if necessary. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. I see a woman. Do you want/need a dog? What? What do you want? U What for? ea d Why not? Where are you going? (sing) Where are you going? (pl.) eh How is the weather? La k What's going on? Exceedingly, most, most of all 4. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 0 160 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Obviatives Exercise L 1. In this review exercise, concentrate on the meanings of the words, phrases and sentences. Pay particular attention to extra endings. Look carefully at the objects of each sentence. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. of Ed Third Person Only: He/she sees the partridge. He/she likes the taste of bear. He/she is looking for goose. He/she is cooking skunk. He/she wants/needs a spoon. He/she loves the dog. He/she is taking care of my older brother. He/she is eating an egg. He/she sees the house. He/she likes the taste of meat. He/she is looking for a lard. He/she is cooking a potatoe. He/she loves milk. He/she takes care of the canoe. U ni ve rs ity ( Fa cu lty 2. uc at io n I am eating meat. You are eating meat. He/she is eating meat. I am eating fish. You are eating fish. He/she is eating fish. d After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh ea 3. L 161 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 ExerciseM Possessive Nouns Your pencil His tea My doors His bread Your kettle His cups Sweater Shirt Hat Belt Sock Mitten Blouse Pants Coat My forks Your knives His bannock Ed Vocabulary: cu lty of Scarf My Family: Myself My grandmother My father My spouse My older sister My younger sister My son My mother My older brother My daughter ity Fa My grandfather My younger brother 0 After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh ea d U 4. My clock rs 3. My eggs ni ve 2. My chair Q uc at io n 1. In this review exercise. concentrate on the meanings of the words, phrases and sentences. As you are already aware, the possessive nouns do not have any particular rule that you can follow. Pay particular attention to extra endings. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. 0 162 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE • UNIT 2; LESSON 6 More About TA Verbs ExerciseN 1. In this review exercise, concentrate on the meanings of the sentences listed below. The following words express actions with different subjects (the doers of the action) and objects (those who have the action done to them). A heading such as; uc at io n (1 acting on 2) means a first person (1), "niin" is doing something to a second person (2), "kiin". (1 acting on 3) I see you. I am looking for you. I am helping you. I am going with you. I see him/her. I am looking for him/her. I am helping him/her. I am going with him/her. cu lty of (1 acting on 2) (2 acting on 3) ni ve rs You see me. You are looking for me. You are helping me. You are going with me. ity Fa (2 acting on 1) ( Ed Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Note: The verb stem is the part that doesn't change when the subject and object do. · U (3 acting on 1) (3 acting on 2) He/she sees you. He/she is looking for you. He/she is helping you. He/she is going with you. La k eh ea d He/she sees me. He/she is looking for me. He/she is helping me. He/she is going with me. You see him/her. You are looking for him/her. You are helping him/her. You are going with him/her. (3 acting on 4) He/she sees him. He/she is looking for him/her. He/she is helping him. He/she is going with him. 2. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 163 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Scenery and Useful Articles E:xerciseO 1. In this review exercise, study the meanings of the words listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. Vocabulary and Expressions: White woman He speaks "Indian". He speaks English Whiteman He is sick He is working He must be working cu lty He must be playing He must be sick He must be sleeping 0 rs After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. La k eh ea d U ni ve 4. Fa Certain and Uncertain: ity 3. of It is called His/her name is Indian Indian woman Ed 2. uc at io n Gun River Hill Outboard Motor Forest, Wilderness Mountain Lake Rapid Bond Paddle Lunch Box Island Q 0 164 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; LESSON 6 Exercise P More ll Verbs (Vll) l .In this review exercise, study the meanings of the words listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. It is night Moon It is day Sun uc at io n It is sun rise Telling story Telling a lengend story Star It is sunset Preterit: Ed 2. We went there every summer but we no longer do. of He got married five years ago but is no longer married. cu lty I bought a house but I no longer own it. Name these articles in pejorative form: 4. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. Fa 3. ea d U ni ve rs ity ( Geographical Terms La k eh Exercise Q 1. In this review exercise, study those words which are listed below. Translate the following into Ojibwe. Write your answers in your notebook and check them. In the bush (in the forest) Swamp Bridge There is a peninsula (point in the lake) Across the river L On the shore Portage Across the lake or river Dock There is a bay. 2. After completing the translations, you will be given a quiz in both oral and written formats. 165 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Let's Look Back at What You Have Learned Unit 2; Lessons 1 to 5 0 1. Review the words you know: A. Nominals Animate Nouns: of Ed uc at io n nihka nimihshoom, omihshooman noohkom, oohkoman nitaataa, otaataaman nimaamaa, omaamaaman nishtehs, oshtehsan nimihsens, omihsensan niwiiciiwaakan, owiiciiwaakanan niciimic, ociimican nikosihs, okosihsan cu lty micihkaawan mitaahs mahiinkan mahkwa mahkehshi moos naape naapenhs ihkwe ihkwesenhs nitaanihs, otaanihsan ohpwaakan piihsimohkaan piihsim shikaak wemihtikooshi wemihtikooshiihkwe wanahkohsh tipihki-piihsim 0 ni ve rs ity Fa animohsh nitayihsh, otayihshan awaashihsh aatisoohkaan anihshinini anihshininiihkwe amihk atihk apwi ashikan naapihkaakan Inanimate Nouns: La k eh ea d U aapihsakahikan ahpikweshimon ashtotin kihcipison masinahikan masinahikanaahtik makoot mahkisin mashkiik matikwaan minihtik noohpimink niimaawiniwash pakwaan paawihtik paashkisikan pihkwan pihkwaamatinaa pikwatahkamik pimihsewin pimipanihcikan piihsimoo-masinahikan saakahikan siipi shiipiikwaan tihkinaakan tipaacimowin waakahkwat waapoyaan wepahikan wacii waashtenikan wiiskwehokaan 0 166 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Pronouns: kiinawaa kiinawint awiiya ninawint wiinawaa B. Verbs ni ve rs ity Fa papiikwaanakwan pinehsiiwan takohse tahkaayaa sookihpwan waahshekwan waawaahte Transitive Animate Verbs: eh ea d U niwaapamaa nitamwaa ninanaantawaapamaa niminohpwaa ninihsaa ninantawenimaa nilcanawenimaa niwaniihkenotawaa nikakwecimaa La k ( anwaahtin kashk.awan kimiwan kishite nootin ninkwahkwan pankihshimon cu lty Intransitive Inanimate Verbs: taashkikahike tipaacimo saakaham wemihtikooshiimo Ed aatisoohke anihshininiimo kwayaacii kahkiiwe kawaci pimaatisi takohshin of minihkwe metawe mawi maaciipiso masinahike nantawencike naatahipii uc at io n Intransitive Animate Verbs: nimiinaa niwiicihaa niwiiciiwaa nikiishiswaa nipiinahwaa nisaakihaa nikocaanimentamihik niwiintamawaa nimaamitonenimaa 167 waanipiiyaa �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; REVIEW LESSONS Transitive Inanimate Verbs: waapank weshkac wiipac kekonen? maawac! of cu lty mah! kekonen tahsh? noonkom onaako paanirnaa Ed C. Particles aanahpii? aan tahsh ekaa? aan tahsh wiin ihi? awahsinaako awahsiwaapank 0 uc at io n ninipahtoon ninantawentaan niwiicihtoon nikiishisaan nisaakihtoon nikocaanimentamihikon nikocaanimentaan niwaapantaan nimiicin ninanaantawaapantaan niminohpitaan nipiinahaan nikanawentaan niwaniihkenotaan nimaamitonentaan pitepipooninihtaamate- Fa D. Preverbs kakwekiimoocikwenawimaacii- antawi- or natawiwaninoonte- 0 ni ve rs ity aniishkwaamwayekihci- E. Expressions La k eh ea d U nahke piko. Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Kekonen nantawentaman? Kekonen tahsh? Kakwecim? (k)ooshta! Wiintamaw Aan waa-tootamek? Aan eshinihkaasoc? Aan eshinihkaatek? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkamikahk? Aan tahsiwaac? Aan tahsh ekaa? Aan tahsh wiin ihi ekaa? Aani minikohk? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayek? 0 168 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Unit2; ~ons 1-6 r In this section, we have provided English translations for the Severn Ojibwe words and sentences introduced in Unit 2. ~onl. 1st Row woman women child children man men Some Useful Expressions: Note: Translations are done in text. ( 5. I am sleeping. 2). 3). 4). You are sleeping. H/she's sleeping. They're sleeping. ni ve 1). I'm not sleeping. You're not sleeping. H/she's not sleeping. They're not sleeping. d ea eh La k Ed You are angry. H/she's angry. They're angry. I'm not playing. You're not playing. H/she's not playing. They're not playing. I'm not angry. You' re not angry. H/she's not angry. They're not angry. Ne&ative Fonns; 1). 2). 3). 4). 6. I am angry. I am playing. You are playing. H/she's playing. They're playing. U 3. rs ity Fa cu lty The partridge is eating. The fish are afraid. The men are working. The women is working. The partridges are eating. The girl is building / making a fire. The women are working. The child is sleeping. The fish is afraid. The man is working. The children are sleeping. The girls are building / making a fire. of 1. girl girls boy boys Exercise B uc at io n Exercise A The children are afraid. The boys are going home. I am sleeping. The girls are working. Are the partridges full / had enough to eat? Are the boys angry? No, thefre building/ making a fire. Maybe they are sick. They're eating soon. The women are singing. Are the fish afraid? 169 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION c 0 1 - Where are the children? 2 - They are playing outside. 1 - Where outside. 2 - Over there beside the teepee? 1 - Are you playing too? 2 - No, I'm working. How about you? 1 - No, I'm working too. Example: uc at io n Exercise Exercise D Ed The Voluntative: H/she wants to go home. No, h/she does not want to go home. H/she's going home. Does h/she want to go home? 2nd Line They're sleeping. Do they want to sleep? 3rd Line You are working. Do you want to work? 4th Line H/she's making a fire. Does h/she want to make a fire? cu lty They want to sleep. No, they don't want to sleep. rs ity Fa You want to work. No, you don't want to work. I am drinking. d ea A). 0 You are eating. H/she's eating. They're eating. eh La k 3. No, h/she does not want to make a fire. I am eating. I am laughing. You are laughing. H/she's laughting. They're laughing. * I want to drink. Hfshe wants to make a fire. I am crying. You are crying. H/she's crying. They're crying. U You are drinking. H/she's drinking. They're drinking. ni ve 2. of 1st Line You want to laugh. H/she wants to cry. 1 - The child is crying. 2 - Maybe hfshe want to drink. 1-Milk? 2 - H/she' s drinking now. 1 - H/she wants to sleep. 2 - H/she' s sleeping now. 0 170 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 1 - Where are the women? 2 -They're building a fire. They want to cook. 1 - Where? 2 - There in the teepee. 1 - Do they want to eat/ Are they hungry? 2-Yes 1 - You (too) come and eat. (too) C). 1 - Are the boys angry? No, they're working. 2 - Do they want to go home soon? 1 - Yes, they want to go home soon. 2 -They want to eat and they want to go to sleep. How about you? 1 - I'll go home too later. (in a while) Ed Exercise F What are you doing? Me? Yes, you. I'm cooking. How about you? I don't want to cook. I want to play. Do you want to eat? Okay, only a little bit. Me too. I want to eat a little bit/some. 2. A). What are they doing? B). They're not working, they're sleeping. A). How about you? B). I don't want to sleep; I want to work. A). Where? B). By the house. A). Me too, I want to work. ity Fa cu lty A). B). A). B). A). B). A). B). U ni ve rs ( 1. of r uc at io n B). ea d Exercise G eh 1. Past, present and future tenses: La k Note: Translations are done in text. 2. Present Tense: I am going home. You are going home. H/she is going home. You (plural) are going home. They are going home. L 171 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Past Tense: 0 uc at io n I went home / I did go home. You went home. / You did go home. H/she went home. / h/she did go home. You (plural) went home. They went home. Future Tense: of Ed I will be going home. You will be going home. H/she will be going home. You (plural) will be going home. They will be going home. cu lty What did you do to form the voluntative: ity 0 rs Today, I am working. Yesterday, I worked / I did work. Tomorrow, I'll work/ I'll be working. ni ve 3. Fa I want to go home. You want to go home. H/she wants to go home. You (plural) want to go home. They want to go home. d U Do you want to sleep now? Were you sleeping yesterday? Are you going to be sleeping tomorrow? La k eh ea Hfshe is playing now. H/she played the day before yesterday. H/she will play the day after tomorrow. Are you sick now? Were you sick a long time ago? Are you going to be sick much later? 4. I am going home. I went home/ I did go home. I will be going home. He is making a fire. He was making a fire. He'1l be making a fire. 0 172 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION They are working. They were working. They will be working. uc at io n You (singu.) are eating. You were eating. You will be eating. Are you (plural) laughing? Were you {plural) laughing? Will you be (plural) laughing? Ed Exercise J Fa ity Lesson 2: ni ve rs Plural Pronouns; Note: Translations are done in text. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. How about us (exclusive)? How about us (inclusive)? How about you (plural)? How about them/they? We/us. (exclusive) We/us. (inclusive) You (plural) They/them. eh ea d U 2). La k ( cu lty pencil/ pen blanket pillow pipe axe key dog shoe book/paper craclleboard lamp broom of New Vocabul30'; Us first/next, our tum (exclusive). Us first/next, our tum (inclusive). You (plural) first/next, your tum. Them first/next, their turn. Us, too (exclusive). Us, too (inclusive). You (plural) too. They/them too. Not us/we (exclusive) Not us/we (inclusive). Not you (plural). Not them/they. 173 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION First Person Plural; 0 Ed ni ve rs getting up leaving come in building a fire singing coming angry dancing 0 What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does h/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do you (plural) want to do? What do we want to do? U What are you doing? What am I doing? What is h/she doing? What are they doing? What are you (plural) doing? What are we doing? La k eh ea d 6. of ity 5. Using what you have learned; cu lty We are drinking (exclusive) We are writing. (exclusive) We are afraid. (exclusive) We want to eat/ We're hungry. We are full / had enough to eat. We are sleeping. (exclusive) We are cooking. We are making a fire (exclusive) We are working. Fa 3. uc at io n We are going home. (inclusive) We are eating. (inclusive) We are making a fire. (inclusive) We are sick. (inclusive) We are writing. (inclusive) We are crying. (inclusive) We are singing. (inclusive) We are laughing (inclusive) We are working (inclusive) Exercise B I Are you (plural) working today? Yes, we are working. Are we going to work today? Yes, we are going to work. Are you (plural) going home tomorrow? No, we're not going to go home. 0 174 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Are we leaving tomorrow? We are not leaving tomorrow. Were you (plural) singing yesterday. Yes, we sang I we did sing. uc at io n Are we going to cook soon? Yes, we will cook soon. Do you (plural) want to eat? Are you going home tomorrow? Were you (plural) sick the day before yesterday? Are we going to work the day after tomorrow? Are we going to leave soon? Do they want to sleep now? Are you full now I did you have enough to eat now? Are we going to make a fire in the stove tomorrow? 3. Note: Translations are done in text. Fa Exercise c cu lty of 2. Ed Are you (plural) sleeping now? We're not sleeping yet. Where is the calendar? Beside / near the window. Where is the clock? Where is the dog? Where is the lamp? Where is the cradleboard? Where is the book? Where is the house? Where is the axe? U ni ve rs ity ( Exercise D a. The dog is sleeping /asleep now. The clock is on the table. The children are crying. The woman is cooking on the stove, (now, then) The lamp is on the table. The man is drinking (now, already). The girl is making a fire already. The cradleboard is at the door. The boy is writing (now, already). The calender is on the chair. The shoes are by the door. The woman is laughing. The dog is singing. The man, boy and girl are eating at the table. The partridge is by the door. The children are making a fire. 175 ea b. d 1. La k eh c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION uc at io n 1 - What do you want to do? 2- Bring the bannock and eggs! Do you want to eat, too? 1 - No, I want to work. 2- Where? 1 - Far away in the bush. You too? 2 - No, I want to sleep. C) 0 Ed B) 1 - Where is the dog? 2 - Over there by the teepee. 1 - What is he doing? 2 - He is eating. 1 - How about you? What are doing? 2 - I want to eat, too. 1 - Not me, I don't want to eat. I want to leave/ go. of A) Knock! Knock! 1 - Who's there/ Who's that? ity Fa 2 - Me, it's John. 1 - Well, come in! Sit down here! Do you want to drink tea? 2 - No, only water. cu lty 2. 1 - What is the woman doing? 2 - She is making a fire in the stove. She wants to cook. 1 - Did the boys eat already? 2 - No, they want to eat right away. 1 - How about you? Do you want to eat, too? 2- No, I ate already. I want to work right away/ right now. E) 1 - What do you (plural) want to do today? 2 - We want to write. 1 - Us, too. 2 - Where are the pencils / pens? 1 - There beside the book. 2 - Please, bring them here! 1 - You too, sit down here! 2 - Put your books here! 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs D) 3. What are the children doing? Where is the clock? What is the woman doing? Is/ are the man and boy eating? Where are the shoes? 0 176 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION What are you doing now? What is your name? Where do you come from? Do you want to eat? Do you want to sing? Do you (plural) want to sleep? Were you (plural) sick the day before yesterday? What are you (plural) doing today? Are / will you (plural) be leaving the day after tomorrow? Are you (plural) making a fire? cu lty of Ed 4.. uc at io n Did the woman make a fire already? Are the girls going to be full soon? Where is the lamp? What is the boy doing? What is the dog doing? Fa Exercise E Inland; ni ve rs ity 11. Caribou 12. Baby caribou 13. Goose 14. Baby goose 15. Bird 16. Baby bird 17. Wolf 18. Baby wolf 19.Fox 20. Baby fox Spoon Small spoon Bannock Small bannock Book Small book. Plate Small plate Fish Small fish (minnow) Dog Small dog (pup) Window Small window Cradleboard Small cradleboard Chair Small chair eh 2. ea d U 1. Skunk 2. Baby skunk 3. Moose 4. Baby moose 5. Bear 6. Baby bear 7. Rabbit 8. Baby rabbit 9. Beaver 10. Baby beaver La k ( 177 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION m. fork n. bear o. knife p.cup q. rabbit r. window g.canoe h.goose i. plate j. bed k.fish I. dog a. skunk b. beaver c. lard d. moose e.caribou f. pail / bucket s. salt t. chair u.duck v. wolf w. cradleboard x. lamp 4. Done in text by student. 5. Done in text by student. Ed Exercise E Do you see a rabbit? I see a beaver. cu lty Do you see a goose? I see a bear cub. I see a cradleboard. Do you see a pencil /pen? I see a small chair. Do you see the caribou-meat? I see a book. Fa I see a moose. of TA Verbs: 1. I am eating. 5. 1). 3. I am eating (inanimate). ea d Do you see (animate)? Do you see (inanimate)? Are you eating (animate)? Are you eating (inanimate)? I am eating. I see him/her. Bring something (animate). I am eating something (animate). I see it (inanimate). Bring something (inanimate). I am eating something (inanimate). I am working. Sit down. La k 6. 2). I am eating (animate). eh 2). 0 U 1) I am eating meat. Are you eating porridge. I am eating a potato. Are you eating lard? ni ve Are you eating a bear? I am eating fish. Are you eating a caribou? rs I am eating a rabbit. ity Note: #2/3 are done in text. 4. 0 uc at io n 3. 0 178 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION How is the weather? (VII) Exercise G uc at io n It is thundering. There are northern lights. It is foggy. It is calm. It is overcast. It is cloudy. It is windy. It is cold. It is hot. It is snowing. It is a sunny day. It is raining. Exercise H I am eating something animate. I am eating something inanimate. I am thinking of something animate. I am thinking of something inanimate. I am killing something animate. I am killing something inanimate. C) 1 - Do you want to sleep? of 1 - Where are you going? 2 - I am going home. 1 - What for? or what about? 2 - I am sick. B) cu lty A) Fa 4. Ed I see something animate. I see something inanimate. I'm looking for something animate. I'm looking for something inanimate. I like the taste of something animate. I like the taste of something inanimate. D) ity 2-No. 1 - Why is it not so? 2 - I am thinking about my friend. rs ( 1 - What do you want? 2 - I don't want anything. 1 - Why not? 2 - I want to sleep. 1 - How is the weather? 2- Snowing. 1 - Do you want to go outside? 2 - No. I want to sleep. 1 - Where are you going? (plural) 2 - We are going home. (exclusive) 1-Howcome? 2- We want to eat and most of all we want to sleep. (exclusive) F) 1 - Look! It's snowing now. 2 - Do you want to play outside? 1 - No. I am leaving/ going. 2- Oh yeah! Where are you going? 1 - Far away in the bush. I want to look for a rabbit. 2 - So did you see a rabbit yesterday? 1 - Yes. I saw one only. La k eh ea d U ni ve E) G) 1 - Did you see a moose the day before yesterday. 2 - Yes. I saw him. 1- Where? 2 - Over there near the woods / bush. 1 - Did you kill the moose? 2 - Yes. Do you like the taste of the moose? 1 - Say it again! 2 - Do you like the taste of moose-meat? 1 - Yes. I like the taste of it very much. 179 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 3: 0 I am eating fish. You are eating fish. H/she's eating fish. I am eating meat. You are eating meat. H/she's eating meat. I see a skunk. You see a skunk. H/she sees a skunk. I see a house. You see a house. Hfshe sees a house. Ed 1) uc at io n Obviative; YIA Verbs: of 2) Fa ity rs 0 ea d U ni ve I see a fox. You see a fox. H/she sees a fox. We see a fox. (exclusive) We see a fox. (inclusive) You (plural) see a fox. They see a fox. cu lty I am eating a goose. You are eating a goose. H/she's eating a goose. We are eating a goose (exclusive) We are eating a goose (inclusive). You (plural) are eating a goose. They are eating a goose. eh VTIVerbs; La k I am eating lard. You are eating lard. H/she's eating lard. We're eating lard (exclusive) We're eating lard. (inclusive) You (plural) are eating lard. They are eating lard. I see a gun. You see a gun. H/she sees a gun. We see a gun. (exclusive) We see a gun. (inclusive) You (plural) see a gun. They see a gun. 0 180 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise B 1 - Where do you(plural) want to go today? 2 - We want to go in the woods/ bush. 1 - When are you (plural) going to leave? 2 - We want to leave right away. 1 - What are you (plural) going to do over there? 2 - We want to hunt only. 1 - Maybe it is possible that you (plural) will kill a moose. 2- I hope so. B) 1 - Listen! Someone is arriving now. 2- Where? uc at io n A) Fa cu lty 1 - Outside the door/ at the door. 2 - What for, are you afraid? 1 - Yes, I am afraid. Bring the gun, hurry! 2 - No, I'm not afraid. 1 - Why don't you look outside! 2- Okay. 1 - Do you see someone? 2 - No, I only see a dog. Ed 3. of r 1. My gun Your gun h/her gun rs Possession; ni ve ( ity Exercise c ea d U my canoe your canoe h/hercanoe La k eh my bannock your bannock h/her bannock my spoon your spoon h/her spoon 5. L my house your house h/her house my tent you tent h/her tent my fish your fish h/her fish my partridge your partirdge h/her partridge my knife your knife h/her knife my tea-pot your tea-pot h/her tea-pot my plate your plate h/her plate my milk you milk h/her milk Where is my porridge? H/she wants my gun. What is your dog's name: Bring your axe! Do you see John's house? Where is your pencil / pen? I gave him his partridge. 181 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise P 0 1. mitten 7. scarf 9. sock 10. shirt 3. pants 8. belt Exercise E H). J). Ed of E). F). G). Dog! I want my shoe! Hurry, bring it! Do you want to go with Peter? He's looking for a caribou. H/she wanted a knife, so I gave it to him/her. The girl is not helping the woman. She's sleeping already. I will help the boy tomorrow. The day after tomorrow, too. They did not see the moose. They only saw a man. Are you (plural) looking for a canoe? Do you (plural) want to eat moose-meat? No, we want to eat the skunk. They were afraid. My dog ate the rabbit. cu lty A). B). C). D). Did you (plural) help the man? Were they hunting? Did the fox see the partridge? Where is the airplane? Do you (plural) like the taste of bannock? Do you (plural) want to go with Frank? Did you give him/her the moose-meat? 0 1 - What is he/she going to do tomorrow? 2 - H/she wants to leave tomorrow. Hfshe is ready now. U B). ni ve rs ity A) Fa Exercise F 1. uc at io n 4. sweater 2. coat 6. hat 5. blouse d 1 - Where is h/she going to go? ea 2 - Far away in the bush. La k eh 1 - Will you be going with h/her? 2 - Yes, probably I'll be going with h/her. 1 - Do you want to come along too? 2-No. C). 1 - Where is Henry? 2 - He left already. 1 - When? 2 - The day before yesterday. 1 - Where did he go? 2 - He is hunting in the bush. 1 - Is he alone?/ Go by himself? 2 - No, he went with his dog. 1 - How about the boy? Did he go, too? 2 - No, he is still sleeping. 182 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G 4). 5). 6). Ed What is your older brother doing outside? (outdoors) I don't know. Maybe be is working. ni ve rs 4. ity 3). of What is your grandfather's name? Peter is my grandfather's name? What is your grandmother's name? Mary is my grandmother's name. What is your father's name? Jacob is my father's name. What is your mother's name? Sarah is my mother's name. What is your son's name? Thomas is my son's name. What is your daughter's name? Emily is my daughter's name. cu lty 1). Fa my grandfather my grandmother my father my mother my older brother my older sisiter 2). ( me, I my spouse, campanion my younger sister my younger brother my son my daughter 1. uc at io n Kinship: U What is your older sister doing indide? (indoors) She is cooking. She is hungry. ea d What is your spouse going to do tomorrow? H/she is going to work in the bush. La k eh What is your father going to do today? He wants to go hunting. What did your mother do yesterday. She made a fire outside. She cooked. L 183 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise I I see him/her. I'm looking for h/her. I help h/her. I accompany him/her. 2on 1 2on3 You see me. You're looking for me. You help me. You accompany me. You see h/her. You're looking for h/her. You help him/her. You accompany him/her. 3 on 1 3 on2 H/she sees me. H.she's looking for me. H/she helps me. H/she accompanys me. Hfshe sees you. H/she's looking for you. Hfshe helps you. H/she accompanys you. 3on4 uc at io n I see you. I'm looking for you. I help you. I accompany you. cu lty of Ed 1 on 3 Fa 0 1 on2 ity 0 ni ve rs H/she sees him/her. H/she's looking for him/her. H.she's helping him/her. H/she accompanys him/her. Transforming some TA combinations; Past He helped her. Negative You are not eating (animate) Past You ate (animate) Present (3 on 1) He sees me. Negative He doesn't see me. Past He saw me. Present (3 on 4) He like the taste of (animate) Negative He doesn't like the taste of (animate) Past He liked the taste of (animate) Present (1 on 2) I accompany you. Voluntative I want to accompany you. Future I will accompany you. d U Negative He doesn't help her. Present (4 on 3) He helps her. La k eh ea Present (2 on 3) You are eating (animate) Present (3 on 2) He gives you. Voluntative He wants to give you. 184 Future He will give you. 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Verb Stems: uc at io n want I to want love / to love keep / to keep forget / to forget See /to see help / to help accompany/ to accompany give/ to give Comic Strips 1. I am leavin&: Fa cu lty of Where are you going? I'm going to Thunder Bay. Is Alec going with you? Yes, he's going with me/ he wants to see Richard. Where is Richard? He's in Thunder Bay, already. Are you going to see Sally? Probably I'll see her. Can you give her this book please? Okay, I'll give it to her ifl see her. Thank you! Ed 1st Caption 2nd Caption d Romance: U ni ve rs Where is Gordon? I don't see him. Now, I see him over there. Where? Over there, do you see him now? Now, I see him in the canoe. ea 3rd Caption eh I love you. Oh, he loves me. I love you lots; how about you, do you love me? Yes, I love you, too! La k ( ity Where is my friend? Chief and counselor: 4th Caption The boss is looking for you. Oh my! Is he looking for me? Are you sure? Yes, hurry! He wants to see you right away. I'm afraid! Please come with me! No, he wants to see you only. 185 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE • UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lesson 4 0 Exercise A 2. Where are the fish? Over there at the rapids / falls. Ed lake (s) falls / rapids pond paddle(s) lunch box(s) island(s) cu lty of What is Peter doing in the wilderness? He is looking for a partridge. What is the beaver doing in the pond? He is looking for the river. ity ni ve Where are you going? By the river! 0 rs Where is the lake? There by the river. Fa What is over there in the lake? An island. uc at io n gun(s) river(s) hill(s) motor(engine)(s) wilderness mountain 1. d U Do you see a caribou on top of the hill! Yes, I see him/her. eh ea Are you looking for an eagle near the mountain? No, I'm looking for a bear cub. La k Where is my gun? I want to kill a wolf. Your gun is not here. Where is my lunch-box? I want to eat! There on top of the table. Do you want my paddle? No, not yet. Later on tomorrow. How about your motor? Do you want it? Yes, I want it right away/right now. 0 186 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION 1 - Where is my gun? I want to go hunting. 2- Where do you want to go? 1 - There by the hill. 2 - Is your dog going along with you? 1 - Yes. 2 - How about your son? Is he going with you, too? 1 - No, he still wants to sleep some more. B). 1 - Where is my lunch-box? 2 - I don't know, what about it? of 1 - Hurry, bring the gun! 2-Whatfor? 1 - I see something over there! 2 - Where? I don't see anything. 1 - Come over here! Do you see it? It's a moose! 2 - Do you want to shoot him/her? 1 - No, you shot him! ( rs ity Fa C). cu lty 1 - I want to go. 2 - Oh yeah! Do you want to look for an animal? 1 - Yes, I want to look for animals. 2 - Is your daughter going along with you? 1 - Yes, she wants to see the animals too. 2 - Okay, I'll see you later on. Ed A). uc at io n Exercise C ni ve Exercise D Note: Explained in text. U Exercise E d Note: Done in text by the student. eh ea Exercise G 1. 2. 3. 13. 21. 22. 33. La k 2. L I am sick. You are sick. H/she is sick. We are sick. (exclusive) We are sick. (inclusive) You (plural) are sick. They are sick. What is your older brother doing? What is your older sister doing? What is your spouse doing? What is your younger sibling doing? I seem to be sick. You must be sick. H/she must be sick. We must be sick. We seem to be sick. You (plural) must be sick. They must be sick. He must be hunting. She must be driving off. She must be cooking. He must be playing. 187 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE .. UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Where is the native woman? She must be leaving. Where is the white man? Where is your son? Where is Suson's husband? Where is my older brother? Where is your younger sibling? Where is Peter's older sister? Where is the dog? 0 uc at io n 2. of Fa 1 - Where is your younger sibling? 2 - H/she must still be sleeping. 1 - What will you be doing today? 2 - I'll go looking for the partridges. 1 - Where? In the woods / bush? 2 - No? Over there by the lake. 1 - I'll come along too. 0 rs ity B. cu lty 1. A. 1 - Where is your older brother? 2- I don't know. He must be working outside. 1 - My older sister is looking for your older brother. 2- What for? 1 - I don't know. Maybe she wants to go with him. 2 - How about you? Where do you want to go? 1 - I want to go home. I want to eat. Ed Exercise H ea d U H/she is working. It is called... H/she is afraid. H/she is writing. H/she is singing. H/she enters (comes in) It is cold (weather). There is Northern Lights. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. 12. 14. H/she speaks the native language. H/she is cooking. H/she is leaving. H/she is dancing. H/she is crying. It arrives (inanimate) H/she speaks English. La k eh 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. 11. 13. 15. ni ve Exercise I Exercise J 1). 2). 3). 4). 5). What is the boy doing? What is your dog doing? What does the white person want to do? What does the child want to do? How is the weather outside? 0 188 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Lessons Exercise A: sun. (1) tell news (2) tell legend 2. A) 1 - It is night now, go to sleep! 2 - No, I don't want to go sleep yet. I want to play more. 1 - You will be getting up early tomorrow morning. 2- What for? 1 - You will be going to work tomorrow. B). 1 - Do you see the moon? 2 - No. Where? 1 - There far away beside the star. 2- Where? I don't see it. (animate) I only see a partridge. C). 1 - The sun is rising now, get up! 2 - What for? I want to sleep more. 1 - You will start working soon. 2 - I don't want to work today. I feel sick. Tell my boss. 1 - No. You tell him. ni ve rs ity ( Fa cu lty of Ed It is night It is day uc at io n star sun sets moon sun rise 1. U Exercise P ea d 1. Tell news and tell legends. eh Verbs: tell news. Tell legends. Nouns: News. Legends La k 2. Some examples: L A). Okay, I will tell a short story. Long ago, once during the summer, I was hunting/looking for moose. Soon I saw a baby moose/calf. I didn't shoot him. He/she was too small. B). Okay, I will tell a short story about legend. Long ago, once there was this legend. His name was Cahkaapehsh. 189 �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION He was always causing problems. He was always trying to win. "I know everything", he thought. He was always competing. He was always after the women too. He never did win. He was always losing. That is all for now. I will tell a legend again tomorrow. uc at io n 0 Dialo&ues in which the preterit is used; 3. A). cu lty of Ed Where is your brother? He must have gone alone. Do you usually go with him? We usually always go hunting. Now I don't go with him anymore. Did you want to eat? Yes, it bas been a long time since I ate. Look in the stove. There was meat in there yesterday. Probably someone swallowed it up again already. C). Where is your knife? I don't know where. Fa B). ity rs ni ve Reaclin& and Writing Practice; 0 4. eh ea d U He built the fire there beside the lake. Indian women were cooking. Did you write? He/she already drive away. We were angry. (inclusion) Did you laugh? Note: This exercise will be done in the text. Corrections will be done by the instructor. La k Exercise E ExerciseF A). ashkipwaawihsh shiiwihtaakanihsh tiiwahkihkohsh shiihshiipihsh ohkaataahkohsh animohshihsh tihkinaakanihsh B). paanahkihkohsh ahkihkohsh kinooshewihsh onaakanihsh waashtenikanihsh ohpwaakanihsh aapihsakahikanihsh 190 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise G Note: Corrections will done by the instructor. Exercise H 7. on the shore 8. portage 9. across the lake or river 10. rocky island 11. there is a bay 12. island In the bush swamp bridge peninsula across the river dock uc at io n 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Exercise J Note: Corrections will be done by the instructor. of Lesson 6, Review Lessons: rs ity Fa aanahkonaa pine waapoos wiiyaahs piihswe-aanahkonaa waaw coocoohshaapoo kinooshe anoominaapoo ashkipwaaw ohkaataahk shiihshiip d U ni ve C cu lty Exercise A - Twenty Four Articles; onaakan rninihkwaakan moohkomaan emibkwaan ciishtahikan shiiwihtaakan pepaa pirnite nipi tiiwahkibk abkihk paanabkihk ea Exercise B - Numbers: La k eh peshik niishin nihsin niiwin niyaanan ninkotwaahso niishwaahso ayinaanew saankahso mitaahso peshikoshaap niishoshaap L Ed Exercise I Note: Corrections will be done by the instructor. nihsoshaap niiwishaap niyaananoshaap ninkotwaahsoshaap niishwaahsoshaap ayinaanewishaap saankahsoshaap niishitana niishitana peshikoshaap miishitana niishoshaap miishitana nihsoshaap niishitana niiwishaap 191 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise C 0 Usin~ Numbers in Verb Fonns; VTA VTI Peshiko waapoos Niishiwak pinewak. Nihsiwak k.inooshek Niiwiwak emihkwaanak Niyaananiwak ohkaataahkwak. Ninkotwaahsiwak aanahkonaak Niishwaahsiwak ahkihkwak. Ayinaanewiwak shiihshiipak. Saankahsiwak tiiwahk.ihkwak. Mitaahsiwak paanahk.ihkwak. cu lty of Ed uc at io n Peshikwan waaw. Niishinoon onaakanan. Nihsinoon moohkomaanan. Niiwinoon ciishtahikanan. Niyaananinoon waawan. Ninkotwaahsinoon pepaan. Niishwaahsinoon pemiten. Ayinaanewinoon wiiyaahsan. Saankahsinoon coocoohshaapoon. Mitaahsinoon shiwihtaakanan. Exercise P Fa May I Introduce Myself? Eha/ehe rs 0 ni ve Mii.kwehc Aan eshinihkaasoyan? Nitishinihkaas Aanti wenciiyan? Nitooncii. ity Kaawin Keniin La k eh ea d U Kiin tahsh wiin? Miina ihk.iton ! Pehkaac ihkiton ! Kinihsitohtaan ina? Eba, ninihsitohtaan. Kaawin, kaawin ninihsitohtahsiin. Kekonen ihi? Awenen aha? Aan eshinihkaaso? _ _ _ _ _.ishinihkaaso. 0 192 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise E Imperatives; 1. l. Piintiken ! Ed uc at io n 2. Niipawin! 3. Maacaan! 4. Kiiwen! 5. Nipaan! 6. Apin! 7. Piishaan ! 8. Pootawen! 9. Nikamon! 10. Wanishkaan! of Locatives: 2. ishkotehkaanaapihkonk ishkwaantemiok tehsapiwini,nk pahpaapiwin.ink wiihsiniiwinaahtik.Qllk nipewinink cu lty Fa ity kishiwaasi kiiwe kishitepo nipaa niimi anohkii d U nikamo aahkosi pootawe ni ve Intransitive Verbs; rs Exercise F ea Exercise G eh Aan eshihsek? Peshik Niishin Nihsin Niiwin Niyaanan Ninkotwaahso Niishwaahso Ayinaanew Saankahso Mitaahso Peshikoshaap Niishoshaap La k ( pimihsewini.ok ciimaanink waahkaahikanink otaapaanink wiiskwebokaanink matikwaanink ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse ishihse 193 wiihsini tepi-wiihsini metawe �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise H 0 What Are They Doing? awaashihsh awaashihshak ihkwesenhs ihkwesenhsak rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed Nahke piko. Aan entootaman? Aan entootamaan? Aan entootank? Aan entootamowaac? Aan entootamek? Aan entootamak? Aan waa-tootaman? Aan waa-tootamaan? Aan waa-tootank? Aan waa-tootamowaac? Aan waa-tootamek? Aan eshinihkaasoc? Aan eshinihkaatek? Kakwecim! Wiintamaw! 0 ni ve Exercise I naapenhs naapenhsak uc at io n naape naapewak ihkwe ihkwewak \Toluntatives: La k eh ea d U 1. Niwii-minihkwe nipi. Kekiin na kiwii-minihkwe nipi? Naape wii-anohkii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Wii-anohkii noonkom kaa-kiishikaak. Wii-pootawe akwaciink. Kaawin, kaawin niwii-metawehsiin. Awaashihshak tahsh wiin. Wii-metawewak na? Kiwii-kiiwenaawaa na? 2. Nikiiwe noonkom kaa-kishikaak. Kikii-anohkii na onaako? Ta-maacaa waapank. Kikii-nipaanaawaa onaako. Wiipac ta-niimiwak. 0 194 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise J Waakaahkwat Waashtenikan Wepahikan Aapihsakahikan Ohpwaakan Ahpihkwehshimon 1. Animohsh Mahkisin Masinahikan Tikinaakan Masinahikannahtik Waapoyaan Ed First Person Plural: nimasinahikemin ninipaamin nimetawemin nimaacaamin Diminutives: Fa ity ni ve Transitive Verbs: mahiinkan mahiinkanenhs rs Exercise K amihk amihkoonhs d U 1. Niwaapamaa ihkwe. Kinantawenimaa na animohsh? Ninanaantawenimaa naapenhs. Kitamwaa kinooshe. eh ea Kiwaapantaan ina pimihsewin? Ninantawentaan masinahikan. Kinanaantawaapantaan ina moohkomaan? Nimiicin mooso-wiiyaahs. La k ( shikaak shikaakoonhs cu lty of 2. Kikiiwemin Kiwiihsinimin Kipootawemin kitaahkosimin 3. uc at io n Vocabulazy: How is the Weather? 2. a). nootin b). tahkaayaa c). kishite d). sookihpwan i). kashkawan j). anwaahtin k). nikwahkwan I). papiikwaanakwan e). waawaahte f). pinehsiiwan g). kimiwan h). waashekwan 195 shiihshiip shiihshiipenhs �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Some Useful E,wressions: 0 uc at io n 3. Kekonen? Kekonen nantawentaman? Kekonen tahsh? Aan tahsh ekaa? Aanti eshaayan? Aanti eshaayek? Aan eshiwepahk? Aan enahkamikahk? Maawac. Nimiicin wiiyaahs. Kimiicin wiiyaahs. Omiicin wiiyaahsini. cu lty 1. Nitamwaa kinooshe. Kitamwaa kinooshe. Otamwaan kinooshen. of Ed Exercise L Obviatives; ity 0 ni ve rs 2. Owaapamaan pinen or pinewan. Ominohpwaan mahkwan. Onanaantawaapamaan nihkan. Okiishiswaan shikaakwan. Onantawenimaan emihkwaanan. Osaakihaan animohshan. Okanawenimaan nishtehsan. Fa Third Person Only: La k eh ea d U Omiicin waawini. Owaapantaan waahkaahikanini. Ominohpitaan wiiyaahsini. Onanaantawaapantaan pimiteni. Okiishisaan ashkipwaawini Osaakhtoon coocoohshaapooni. Okanawentaan ciimaanini. Exercise M Possessive Nouns: 1. Nitehsapiwin Kimasinahikanaahtik Otiim Niwaawiman Kitishkwaanteman Opiihswe-aanahkonaaman Nipiihsimohkaan Kitiiwahkihk Ominihkwaakanan Niciishtahikanan Kimoohkomaanan Otaanahkonaaman 196 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION vocabuJary: 2. shiipiikwaan ashtotin pihkwan naapihkaakan pakwaan kihcipison mitaahs ashikan micihkaawan makoot niin niwiiciiwaakan nimihsens nishtehs niciimic niciimic nikosihs nitaanihs Ed 3. nimihsoom noohkom nitaataa nimaamaa uc at io n My Family: of Exercise N cu lty More about TA Verbs; (1 acting on 2) Fa means a first person (1), "niin", is doing something to a second person (2), "kiin". (1 acting on 3) kiwaapamin kinanaantawaapamin kiwiichihin kiwiiciiwin ni ve U (2 acting on 3) kiwaapamihsh kinanaantawaapamihsh kiwiicihihsh kiwiiciiwihsh (3 acting on 1) (3 acting on 2) niwaapamik ninanaantawaapamik niwiicihik niwiiciiwik kiwaapamik kinanaantawaapamik kiwiicihik kiwiiciiwik La k eh ea d kiwaapamaa kinanaantawaapamaa kiwiicihaa kiwiiciiwaa (2 acting on l) niwaapamaa ninanaantawaapamaa niwiicihaa niwiiciiwaa rs ( ity (1 acting on 2) (3 acting on 4) owapaamaan onanaantawaapamaan owiicihaan owiiciiwaan L 197 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise o 0 Scenezy and Useful Articles: Yocabulazy and Ex;pressions; wemihti.kooshiihkwe anihshininiimo wemihtikooshiimo wemihti.kooshi ishinihkaate ishinihkaaso anihshinini anhshininiiwihke cu lty 2. Certain and Uncertain: metawetok aahkositok nipaatok Fa aahkosi anohkii anohkiitok Moon and sun: piihsim saakaahte tipaacimo aatihsoohke eh ea d U tipihkaa tipihki-piihsim kiishikaa wananlcohsh pakihshimon ni ve rs Exercise P 1. 0 ity 3. Ed uc at io n Paashkisikan Siipi Pihkwaamatinaa Pimipanihci.kan Pi.kwatahkamik Wacii Saalcahikan Paawihtik W aanipiiyaa Apwi Niimaawiniwash Minihti.k of 1. La k Preterits: 2. nikii-ishaaminaapan tahso-niipin kii-wiikitoopan niyaananoyahki otaanaank. nikii-ataawenaapan waahkaahikan Pe;orative: 3. tehsapiwinihsh onaakanihsh ciimaanihsh wiiskwehokaanihsh nipewinihsh mahkisinihsh 0 198 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Exercise Q mashkiik aashokan neyaahsh akaami-siipi uc at io n naanew onikam akaamink minihtikwaapihk niminaaweyaatawaan 1. noohpimink ity Fa cu lty of Ed waashahaa La k eh ea d U ni ve rs C L 199 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION A. Nominals 0 Animate Nouns: of Ed uc at io n bear star fox moon moose goose my grandfather, his grandfather man boy my grandmother, his grandmother woman my father, his father girl my mother, his mother my daughter, his daughter my older brother, his older brother smoke pipe my older sister, his older sister clock my spouse, his spouse sun my younger brother/sister, his younger brother/sister skunk my son, his son Whiteman white woman cu lty dog my dog, his dog child legend native man native woman beaver caribou paddle sock scarf mitten pants wolf rs ity engine/motor calendar lake river sweater cradleboard story 0 ax blanket bloom mountain lamp La k eh ea d U ni ve key pillow hat belt book pencil/pen coat shoe swamp teepee island inland lunch box shirt rapids gun blouse hill forest/wilderness airplane Fa Inanimate Nouns: Pronouns: we/us (exc.) they/them we/us (inc.) person/someone 200 you (pl) 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE - UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION B. Verbs of Intransitive Inanimate Verbs: ity rs Transitive Aimate Verbs: Fa ram hot wind overcast sunset/sundown ea d U ni ve I see him. I eat him. I look around for ... I like the taste of... I kill him. I need/want. .. I take care of... I forget him. I ask him. I give it to him. I help him. I go with him. I cook him. I put him in a container. I love him. I am worrying about him. I tell him. I think about him. La k eh cloudy thundering it arrives cold snowing sunny northern lights cu lty calm foggy ( Ed get ready/prepare portages cold alive arrive split wood tell news go out speaks English drink play cry drive off write hunt fetch water tell legend speaks native language uc at io n Intransitive Animate Verbs: L 201 pond �INTRODUCTORY OilBWE · UNIT 2; TRANSLATION SECTION Transitive Inanimate Verbs: tomorrow long time ago hurry/soon What? exceedingly, most of all of cu lty What about/what for? now yesterday after a long while Fa When? Why not? Why is not so? The day before yesterday The day after tomorrow Listen Ed C. Particles 0 uc at io n I kill it. I need/want it. I help it. I cook it. I love it. I am worried about it. I am worried. I see it. I eat it. I look around for it. I like the taste of it. I put it in a container. I take care of it. I forget it. I think about it. ity D. Preverbs ea d U ni ve rs here, towards enough, sufficient stop, quit skilled at, knows how, can do visible, (a distance) away from, in progress towards after, complete before big, great try secretly unable, fail to start, begin go to do in error, wrongly need to do (before usual time) 0 E. Expressions Ohmy! Oops. Tell him. What do you want to do? (pl) What's his name? What's it called? How's the weather? What's happening? How many are they? Why not? Why is it not so? How much? Where are you going? Where are you going? (pl) La k eh I don't know What are you doing? What am I doing? What is he/she doing? What are they doing? What are you doing? (pl) What are we doing? What do you want to do? What do I want to do? What does he/she want to do? What do they want to do? What do you want/need? What about/what for? Ask him. 202 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Guide to the Glossaries This section is divided into two parts: Anihshininiimowin-English Glossary, and EnglishAnihshininiimowin Glossary. The glossaries contains listings of basic words (word stems) and some prefixes. In order to make the glossaries more useful we will explain the way that entries are organized and the information they contain. We will treat the Anihshininiimowin-English and English- uc at io n Anihshininiimowin sections separately, because they are organized differently. The glossaries are intended only to be a listing of words used in the books in this series. Because there are often local variations in pronunciation and vocabulary, students are encouraged to make Ed notes in the glossaries about aspects of the usage and vocabulary of their instructor which are not of already indicated there. As well, the glossaries do not present detailed information about all the possible different forms which many Anihshininiimowin words may take, especially nouns and cu lty verbs. Fa In both sections the following alphabetic order is used for Anihshininiimowin words, in which long vowels are sorted after the corresponding short vowels: h e 1 ii k m n 0 00 p s sh t w y ity c rs ANIHSIUNINIIMOWIN-ENGLISH GLOSSARY ni ve In the Anihshininiimowin-English section, each entry contains at least an Anihshininiimowin HEAD woRD, an abbreviation for the WORD CLASS code, and an English translation, as in the following entry. U Notice that the Anihshininiimowin head word is in bold print, the word class code is in italic type, ea d and the English translation is in plain type. eh kiiwe vai go home, return La k ( a aa Each Anihshininiimowin word is assigned a word class code. We will review examples of each type, and will explain the types of information which may be found in entries for different word classes. Nouns There are two main types of nouns, ANIMATE and INANIMATE. Their word class codes are as follows. na animate noun ni inanimate noun 203 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Typical entries for each are given here. 0 ahcaap -iik na bow uc at io n minihkwaakan -an ni cup The head word for a noun is usually the SINGULAR form of the noun. PREFlxEs and SUFFIXES may be added to this form to give extra meaning and grammatical infonnation. The head word for a noun is followed by the form of the PLURAL suffix that the noun takes. This suffix can be added directly to Ed the head word (minus the hyphen) to make the plural form. So for example, the entry for the noun ahcaap 'bow' given above contains the plural suffix -iik. They can be combined to give the plural of form ahcaaplik 'bows.' are as follows. dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun Fa nad cu lty There are also two other types of nouns, which are called DEPENDENT nouns. Their word class codes Dependent nouns are nouns that must always occur with a POSSESSIVE prefix to indicate who the noun ity belongs to (the 'possessor'). Dependent nouns are nearly always words for body parts or kinship 0 rs terms. In the glossary dependent nouns for kinship terms are always given in the form in which the ni ve basic word is preceded by the first-person prefix ni or n. U nimihsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nimihsens (W) d The head word is the prefixed form that means 'my older sister.• You will see that after the English ea translation appears the notation 'Stem: /-mihses/. • The fonn that is given in angled brackets is called eh the STEM. It is the basic form of the word without any prefixes or suffixes. This is the form of the La k word that is used when you wish to make other forms of this word by adding prefixes or suffixes. For many glossary entries the head word and the stem are identical, so the entry does not need to give any special indication of what the stem is. As with dependent nouns, we will see that other types of words may contain information indicating that the stem is slightly different from the head word. Entries for dependent nouns for body parts are slightly different from those for kinship terms. They are given in the form that contains the prefix mi or m, which means 'someone's.' Here is an exam- ~ 204 0 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ Note that the entry is indicates what the stem of the word is. There are also a small number of entries that have the following class code: uc at io n animate noun with participle na-pt of kaa-tahkwekisoc plihsim na-pt shorter month, February Ed Entries of this type are mostly only found with names for months of the year. This is a noun which consists of two parts. The first part is a participle form of an Animate Intransi- noun (in this case piihsim 'moon, month') Verbs cu lty tive verb (in this case kaa-tahkwekisoc 'the one which is shorter') and the second part is an animate Fa Apart from nouns, there are several different types of VERBS. We will first discuss the two main types JECT but no OBJECT. Their word class codes are as follows. animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-mn/.rul) vai+o ni ve rs vai animate intransitive verb+ object U The head word for any animate intransitive verb is usually the THIRD-PERSON singular form, that is, d the one that means 'he/she is... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. eh ea Here is a typical entry for an animate intransitive (vai) verb. anohkll vai work La k ( ity of INTRANSmVE verbs. ANIMATE INTRANSmVB verbs are those that have an animate grammatical SUB- The class of animate intransitive verbs referred to as vai2 are very similar to animate intransitive verbs of the vai class. Here is the entry for a typical example. saakaham vai2 go out, exit The entry for a verb of the vai2 class will always have a head word that ends in am. Vai2 verbs are 205 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY slightly different than other animate intransitive verbs because in any form that involves a FIRST- or SECOND-PERSON the end of the verb stem changes. For example the first-person form for the vai2 verb stem just mentioned is nisaakahaan 'I go out' (first person). 0 There is one other type of animate intransitive verb, refererred to as vai+o. Verbs of this class uc at io n resemble ordinary verbs of the vai class, but frequently occur with a grammatical object. There are not many verbs of this type, and only a few are used in the books in this series. Here is an entry for a verb of this type. those that have a grammatically inanimate subject but no gram- of INANIMATE INTRANSITIVE verbs are Ed ataawe vai+o buy s.t. inanimate intransitive verb vii cu lty matical object. There is only one word class code for inanimate intransitive verbs. The head word for any inanimate intransitive verb is usually the third-person singular form, that is, Fa the one that means 'it is ... ' Such forms have no prefix or suffix on the head entry. 0 ni ve rs ahte vii be in a certain place ity Here is a typical entry for an inanimate intransitive (vii) verb. Some animate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they ... '). U As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually ea d wak. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. La k eh nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ Similarly, some inanimate intransitive verbs, particularly verbal forms of numbers, always occur in a plural form. In the glossary the head entry is the third-person plural form (the form that means 'they (inanimate) ... '). As a result the head entry consists of the basic verb stem and the third-person plural suffix, usually oon. The stem is identified between diagonal slashes. Here is an example. nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ 0 206 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Transitive verbs are those that have a subject and an object. There are several different types of transitive verbs. Their word class codes are as follows. transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-mn/-ruu vti2 transitive inanimate verb (-QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (-i) uc at io n via All transitive verbs have a grammatically animate subject. TRANSITIVE ANIMATE verbs are those that have a grammatically animate object. Ed For transitive animate verbs, the head word of the glossary entry is always the form of the verb that means you are telling someone to do the action to someone, or to some entity that is grammatically of animate (this is called the IMPERATIVE form). The entries for some transitive animate verbs contain extra information about what the stem is, as in cu lty the following example. Fa amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ stem of the word. To make other forms of the word, prefixes and suffixes are added to the form rs ( ity The head word is still the imperative form, but you will notice there is extra information about the ni ve between the diagonal slashes, rather than to the head word. The head word for some transitive animate verbs ends in sh. When a transitive animate verb ends in U sh, the stem is not identical to the head word. ea d milsh vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ eh Notice that the stem of this word is given in the entry as /miiN-/. The capital N means that in certain La k forms the final consonant of the stem is an n sound, as in nimiinaa 'I give it to him/her' (with prefix ni and suffix aa). But in others the final consonant of the stem is sh, as in command forms such as the head entry. If the entry for a transitive animate verb does not contain information about the stem, then other forms of the verb may be made by adding prefixes and suffixes directly to the head word of the entry. Here is a typical example. l., kanawaapam vta look at s.o. 207 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Notice also that the entries for transitive animate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.o.' This is short for 'someone.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive animate verb 0 must be animate, and so it may refer to a human being, an animal, or anything else that is classified uc at io n as animate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.o.• to refer to any of these possibilities. Ed Here is a typical entry for a TRANSITIVE INANIMATE verb which has the word class code vti. of caakisan vti burn s.t. cu lty Verbs of this class nearly always have a head word that ends in an. To make other forms of verbs of this class it is necessary to change the final an to aan for many of the forms that will be used in the books of these series. For example, 'I am burning it up' is nicaakisaan, with the first person prefix Fa ni. More rarely the an is changed to am when other endings are added: '(that) I bum it up· would be caakisamaan, with the suffix aan. ity Here is a typical entry for a transitive inanimate verb which has the word class code vti2. 0 rs ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ ni ve Verbs of the vti2 class contain a long vowel oo at the end of the basic stem. The final n which follows the long oo in the head word is a suffix found in the command forms. You will find that nearly U all of the different forms of words of the vti2 class which you will learn also have a suffix of the formn. ea d There are very few verbs of the vti3 class. Here is an example. La k eh miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ The n at the end of the head word is an imperative suffix. As with the vti2 verbs, most of the forms of vti3 forms that you will learn also have a suffix of the form n. The entries for transitive inanimate verbs given above all contain the abbreviation 's.t.' This is short for 'something.' We know that the grammatical object of a transitive inanimate verb must be inanimate, and so it may refer to anything that is classified as inanimate in Anihshininiimowin. For convenience, we use the abbreviation 's.t.' in glossary entries. 0 Particles 208 �INTRODUCTORY onBWE GLOSSARY There are several other word classes in Anihshininiimowin. There are two different types of PARTICLES. This term is used to refer to words that do not take any prefixes or suffixes to indicate informa- tion such as person or number. Here are the word class codes for the two types of particles. pc uninflected particle nu number particle uc at io n The term 'uninflected particle' emphasizes that these particles never take suffixes for what are sometimes called 'inflectional' information, such as person and number. Here is a typical entry for of mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako Ed an uninflected particle. The number particles are forms of numbers which never take any prefixes or suffixes. Here is a cu lty typical entry for a number particle. Fa peshik nu one rs number particles. Some may be verbs, prenouns, or preverbs. ni ve Pronouns The word class code for PRONOUNS is as follows. pronoun U pr ea d Here is an example of a entry for a pronoun. eh niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun] Prenouns and Preverbs La k ( ity In Anihshininiimowin, numbers may take many different forms. This means that not all of them are All of the word classes we have discussed are for items that can be words on their own. However there are certain word classes whose members never occur on their own, but must always be fol- lowed by another word. pren prenoun prev preverb pre preverb and prenoun A PRENOUN must always be directly followed by a noun. The head word of the entry for a prenoun is 209 �INTRODUCTORY OHBWE GLOSSARY always followed by a hyphen. to indicate that the prenoun must be followed by a noun. Because prenouns may be followed by many different nouns, the entry for a prenoun does not attempt to list any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the 0 uc at io n books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a prenoun follows. sblipaa- pren beneath A PREVERB must always be directly followed by a verb. The head word of the entry for a preverb is Ed always followed by a hyphen, to indicate that the preverb must be followed by a verb. Because preverbs may be followed by many different verbs, the entry for a preverb does not attempt to list of any of the possible combinations (examples will be presented in several different lessons in the cu lty books in this series). A typical example of an entry for a preverb follows. Fa saakici- prev out ni ve kihci- pre big, great, very 0 rs to these. A typical entry is as follows. ity Some elements may be used both as a preverb and as a prenoun. The word class code pre is assigned U Other Information in Glossary Entries Some glossary entries contain information about sub-dialects of Anihshininiimowin. In the section ea d 'Writing Anihshininiimowin (Severn Ojibwe)' we discussed how in the 'Western' Anihshininiimowin communities, such as Bearskin Lake and Muskrat Dam, the sound n is not eh pronounced before another consonant. Information about pronunciation variation is recorded in La k glossary entries, such as the following one. kwayaancil vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) This notation '(E)' indicates that the head word reflects the 'Eastern' pronunciation, which includes the sound n before the c. As an alternative form, the entry also includes the 'Western' form of the word, in which then before c is dropped (the 'W' indicates that it is the 'Western' form):kwayaacii 0 (W). 210 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Some entries also include infonnation about alternative pronunciations of the word, as in the following entry. uc at io n aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] Note that this entry also contains further infonnation about the head word in square brackets. A few entries for preverbs contain an abbreviation 'IC' in their translation. of Ed waa- prev will, want to. IC< wii- This abbreviation refers to INrnAL CHANGE, which is a change in the pronunciation of the vowel in cu lty the first syllable of certain forms of verbs. The notation 'IC<Wii-' means that waa- is the fonn of the preverb wil- which has undergone Initial Change. Wii- also has an entry. The differences in the Fa use of waa- and wii- are explained in the lessons. rs lshi- prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshi- ni ve The notation 'IC> eshi-' means that the fonn of the preverb ishi- with Initial Change is eshi-. U Now look at the following entry, which also makes use of the right-pointing arrowhead. ea d ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= eh The entry for this verb tells us what the form of the basic verb is when it has Initial Change. However there is an equal sign(=) at the end of the form with Initial Change. This is to indicate that La k ( ity Some entries may also tell you what the fonn with Initial Change is. appropriate endings need to be added. For example if you were asking 'someone what their name was you would need to add the suffix yan 'second-person Conjunct Order': Aan eshinihkaasoyan? 'What is your name?' You will also find that other entries contain an arrowhead'>' or'<.' amohsha pc it is indeed. < amii ohsha 2 11 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY The left-pointing arrowhead indicates that the head word is based on a sequence of words which are 0 contracted, much like English 'don't' is a contraction of 'do not.' uc at io n Some entries may also contain further information about related words, as in the following. naanilmi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi The notation 'Reduplication of: niimi' indicates that the head word is related to the separate word Ed niimi 'he/she dances' by a pattern of word formation called REDUPLICATION. In this case reduplication involves copying the first consonant of the shorter word at the beginning of the word and adding the of vowel aa, as if the basic word niimi is modified and becomes n-aa-niimi (the hyphens are only used for illustrative purposes and are not normally written). The meaning of the reduplicated word is cu lty related to the shorter word, but slightly different. Hence niimi means 'he/she dances,• but naaniimi means 'he/she keeps on dancing.' ity Fa ENGLISH-ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY In the English-Anihshininiimowin section the head word is an English word or phrase. Each head word may include reference to one or more Anihshininiimowin words. The following entry contains Q ni ve rs information about one Anihshininiimowin term. AIRPLANE U pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane d The Anihshininiimowin entry given under this head word is identical to the entry given in the ea Anihshininiimowin-English section. La k eh Some headwords may include entries for more than one Anihshininiimowin term. AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 0 212 �INTRODUCTORY OJIBWE GLOSSARY Word Class Codes ni inanimate noun nad dependent animate noun nid dependent inanimate noun na-pt animate noun with particle vai animate intransitive verb vai2 animate intransitive verb (-am/-aa) vai+o animate intransitive verb+ object vii inanimate intransitive verb vta transitive animate verb vti transitive inanimate verb (-am/-aa) vti2 transitive inanimate verb (:QQ) vti3 transitive inanimate verb (:i) Ed of cu lty Fa ity uninflected particle ni ve pc number particle prenoun prev preverb pre prenoun and preverb pr pronoun eh ea pren d U nu La k uc at io n animate noun rs ( na Other Abbreviations s.o. someone, something animate s.t. something 213 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] 0 ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] na bow uc at io n ahcaap -lik ahcanihsh -ak na ring ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table. Also: ahclkan na pail, kettle Ed ahklhk -wak -ook cu lty ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length of ahko pc usually, formerly, used to, keep on ahpihkwehshimon -an ni pillow Fa ahpil pc when, at that time ity ahpii ahpfn pc finally when 0 rs ahpil plko pc anytime ni ve ahpllhci- prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihci- U ahpiihciklnl vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini na net eh ea ahsap -iik d ahpln pc when, since, then, for a reason, gone, subsequently na shuttle (with twine) for net making La k ahsapaahtik-ook ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait ahsl vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahsin -ilk na stone, rock 214 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ahslnilwan vii be rocky ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade uc at io n ahte vii be in a certain place ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshl (W) Ed akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river of akaahslkamaa vii be a small lake akaaml- pren across, right across Fa akaaml-kihcikam pc across the ocean cu lty akaamahklink pc in Europe, abroad (E). Also: akaamahkiik (W) rs akaamlnk pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamik (W) ni ve akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely U akohke vai stick on, adhere d akoncln vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) ea akontln vii float, soak (E). Also: akotln (W) eh akoocin vai hang, be in sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang La k ( ity akaamlhkana pc across the road or trail akwacllnk pc outside (E). Also: akwaclik (W) akwanahan vti cover s. t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ ami ahko pc used to, usually 215 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY amihl pc so. it is.< amil lhiwe. Also: amihlwe 0 amihl pc that's amlhimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location uc at io n amlhiwe pc so is that amihk -wak na beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amlhko-wanlhlikan Ed amihko-wliyaahs ni beaver meat of amihkohkonlm -Un ni beaver dam cu lty amli pc so, it is amiinahi pc is that so. is that right ity amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ Fa amlicikahl pc that is so 0 rs amohsha pc it is indeed. < amll ohsha ni ve amohshahi pc it is indeed so. < amil ohsha ihlwe. Also: amohshahii vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. d anaamenim U anaamaakonak pc under the snow eh ea anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. La k anaamink pc under something (E). Also: anaamlk (W) anaamipiik pc underwater anl- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time anl-naakosl vai be seen going (from the speaker) anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute anihshinaape -k na Indian, person 0 anihshininl -wak na Indian, person 216 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY anlhshlnlnlimo vai speak the Native language na anlhshinlniiwihkwe Native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshlnlniihkwe anllpilwaa vii be green uc at io n anllpliwlsl vai be green na dog anlmohsh -ak anohkli vai work be Monday of anohkilwl-kllshlkaa vii Ed anohkiinaakan -ak na worker na anoominaapoo cu lty anohkliwin -an ni job, employment, work porridge anwaahtinikamln vii be a nice and calm body of water rs ( ity anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) Fa anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon ni ve anwepiiwikamik -oon ni restroom/washroom apl vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home U na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak d apwi -yak -wak ashepite vii ea go backwards na eh ashikan -ak sock La k ashkipwaaw -an ni potato ashtotln -an ni hat; cap ataawe vai+o buy s.t. ataawikamik -oon ni store, trading post atihk -wak L na caribou (locally called deer) atihkamek -wak na whitefish 217 �ANIBSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY atlhko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat atlhtemlnl•pllhslm awaashihsh -ak 0 na ripe berry month, August na child uc at io n awaashihshiiwi vai be a child awahshlme pc to greater extent, more and more awahsinaako pc day before yesterday Ed awahsite pc beyond, back of awahslwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahslwaapak (W) cu lty awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen awaso vai warm oneself na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh ity awlyaashiihsh -ak Fa awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya U ayaan vti have s.t. ni ve ayaa vai be, be there 0 rs awlyaashilhshlwl vai be an animal. Also: awliyaashiihshiwi d ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me ea ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. eh na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa La k ayahaa -k ayaml vai speak, talk ayamihaa vai pray ayamlhe-kiishikaa vii be Sunday ayamihewikamik -oon ni church ayamlihtamaw vta speak for s.o. 0 ayamlihtan vti speak for s.t. 218 �ANIHSffiNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ayapl vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: apl ayinaanemltana nu eighty aylnaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew uc at io n aylnaanewaaplhk na eight dollars aylnaanewlnoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewlwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ cu lty aylnaapl vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapi of ayinaanewlshaap tahswaaplhk na eighteen dollars Ed aylnaanewlshaap nu eighteen aylntootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) Fa aacaan pc gol rs aahkoslwin -an ni sickness, illness ni ve aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over U aahte- pv fade away, disappear d aahti pc please, why don't you, let mel Also: maahti ea aakim -ak na snowshoe eh aamoo -k na bee aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aanl, aanlin La k ( ity aahkosl vai be sick aan tahsln pc how many aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow, aanahkonaa -k na bannock aanahpil pc when? aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) 219 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) aanclpo vai 0 be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aaclpo (W) aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aanlman -oon vii uc at io n aanlln pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aanl be difficult, be hard aanlmihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated Ed aanimlsi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky aanti pc where aantl nehke pc whereabouts, which direction Fa aantl plko pc anywhere cu lty of aanta pc some, few ity aapaclhclkan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment 0 rs aapaclhtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ U aapatlsl vai be useful ni ve aapatan vii be useful, be useable d aaplhsakahlkan -an ni key eh ea aapl hta pc half La k aaplhtaa- prev half aapihtawaapihk •ook na half dollar aaplhtawan vii be Wednesday aapikoshllhsh -ak na mouse (W). Also: waapikoshiihsh (E) aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay aashokan bridge 0 aatlsoohkaan -an ni legend 220 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY aatlsoohke vai tell legends aaw pc well, well then, sure caahcaamohkl vai sneeze a lot be too tired to do anything, have no more energy caakil vai vti use s.t. up caakisan vti bum s.t. of caakinan Ed caakin vta use s.o. up uc at io n caakihse vai/ii get used up, run out, be exhausted caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ Fa caakite vii bum up, be burned up ity caam ni jam cahkaahtehsicikan -an ni camera rs ( cu lty caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up ni ve capashiihsh pc low, lower level U cl- prev to, that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] d cl-kii- prev could. cl-+ kll- 'potential' ea cllkahlkan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) La k eh clikic pc by, close to, near to cllmaan -an ni canoe, boat cllpay -ak na ghost, corpse cilpayl-mihtikowash -an ni coffin ciishtahlkan -an ni fork L cliweyaa vii be silent, be no sound cike pc for sure. Also: cikema 221 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY coocoohsh -ak na breast 0 coocoohshaapoo ni milk cwaapilhsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nlcwaapiihsh uc at io n e- prev [conjunct subordinator] ehe pc yes. Also: eha Ed ehshay pc oh yuck! ehta pc only ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then ity emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle Fa ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then cu lty ekaawin pc don't (E). Also: lkaawln (W) of ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] 0 ni ve rs eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa enikohk pc with more effort, harder anyways, effort, at least, anyhow U eniwehk pc ea d eshkam pc sometimes eh eshkan •an ni ice chisel La k himaa pc there. Also: lhimaa homaa pc here. Also: ohomaa hsa pc emphatic hsha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: ohsha ihl pr that. Also: lhiwe. (inanimate singular demonstrative] 0 ihimaa pc there. Also: hlmaa ihiwe pr that. Also: ihl, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] 222 �ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY lhlwetl pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti lhkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem lhkito vai say, speak in a certain way climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: lhkwaatawe (W) lhkwaantawe vai na woman, female lhkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: lhkwesehs -ak (W) of ihpahlwe vai run to a certain place for cover Ed lhkwe -wak uc at io n lhkwaamaclwe vai climb a hill lkaawln pc don't (W). Also: ekaawln (E) cu lty lltok pc maybe, must be Fa lklweniwak pr those. Also: iklweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] rs lko pc [emphatic] ni ve Ina pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: na. vai take a look, take a peek vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: lnakiso ("' ea lnanklso d lnaapl U lnaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to eh lnanklte vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: lnakite (W) La k ( ity lko pc emphatic lnehke pc in direction of lnentam vai2 think so, feel so lnentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so lnentl vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: inetl (W) lnlhtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so lniweniwan pr those. Also: inwenlwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] 223 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ishaa vai go to a certain place ishi 0 vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ lshl• prev to. Also: in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshl- uc at io n ishi-taa vai live there, reside there ishiclwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so lshlhse vai fly in a certain direction vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way of lshinan Ed ishihse vii it happens so, continues so, ran so, the time is. Also: lsihse ishinlhkaate cu lty lshinlhkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshlnihkaaso= vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= vai attend school. Also: lshoonoowl, lshkoonii ni ve lshkoonoo 0 rs lshkoonlwlkamik -oon ni school ity ishkii vai be tired of doing something Fa ishlwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= U lshkotehkaanaapihk -ook na stove, heater d lshkotewaapoo ni whisky, liquor eh ea lshkwaa- prev after, completed vii event is over La k lshkwaahkamlkan lshkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: lshkwaatem (W) lshkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate lshpimink pc up above (E). Also: lshplmik (W) lskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry 0 itl vai have such things happen to one 224 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kaa- prev one who, one that. [conjunct relativizer] kaa-tahkweklaoc plihslm na-pt shorter month, February kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. uc at io n kaahsanil ni gasoline kaahsanllwikamik -oon ni gas station kaahshaa vii be sharp Ed kaahslln vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. of kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahallnitiso vai clean oneself Fa kaahsiinlnaakane vai wash dishes cu lty kaahsiinike vai wipe things for cleaning kaak -wak na porcupine ni ve kaakaakl -wak na raven rs ( ity kaahsilnkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: kaahaiikwe (W) U kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps d kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope ea kaaah vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ La k eh kaatoon vti2 hide it kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan kaawln mahshl pc not yet kaawin wllhkaa pc never kaawinlln pc no < kaawln + wiin L kahkliwe vai to portage, make a prtage, go across land to water kahkina pc all, every 225 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kakwecim vta ask s.o. 0 kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawln maawln kanake pc at least vta look at s.o. uc at io n kanawaapam kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawenim Ed kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. vta remind s.o. cu lty kanoohkem of kanoohke vai+o remember kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. Fa kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ get off, disembark pre all the time, all the way, through U kape- ni ve kapat -an ni cupboard 0 rs kapaa vai ity kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. d kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room ea kashkatln vii freeze up La k eh kashkatlnoo-plihsim na freeze-up month, November kashkawan vii be misted over, fogged in kashklhl vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go Stem: /kashkih-/ kashkil-tlplhkaa vii be pitch dark kashkil-tlpihkanihse vii be night kawacl vai be cold (of a person) 0 kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed 226 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kayaash pc originally, Jong ago, former kaye pc and, also, too, as for kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably uc at io n ke pc as for. See: kenlln, kenllnawlnt, kekiin, kekllnawint, keklinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa ke- prev will, should, could. [Changed future and modal] kehcin pc probably,possibly Ed kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure of keka pc finally, eventually cu lty kekaat pc nearly, almost kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] Fa kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa rs ( ity kekiinawint prus too, as for us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kekiinawit (W) ni ve kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast U keklshepaayaa vii be morning d keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort ea kekonen -an pr what eh keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] La k keniinawlnt pr us too, as for us. [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. (E) Also: keniinawit (W) ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly kewlln pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] L kicikwaashkonl vai jump out kihci- pre big, great, very 227 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kihcl-ayaa na elder kihcl-mltaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa klhcl-mltahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. Q kihclnlhkllnk pc on the right (E). Also: kihclnihkiik (W) uc at io n kihcipison -an ni belt kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentaakwan -oon vii be known Ed kihkentam vai2 know of kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ kihklnoohamaw vta cu lty kihkentan vti know s.t. teach s.o. ity kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself Fa kihklnoohamaw vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. 0 rs kihtimi vai be lazy ni ve kll- prev [past tense]. Also: kllh-. IC> kaa- U klin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun) d kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] eh ea kiinawlnt pr we, us. [first person inclusive personal pronoun] (E). Also: kilnawlt (W) La k klinehta pr you alone, you only kllnehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kllnehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: klinehtawit (W) kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: nilnihtam kllshfhi vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ kilshlk ni sky, day 228 0 �ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kUshikaa vii be day kiishikaahte vii be moonlight kilshlpakaawi-pHhsim na leaves are fully grown month, July uc at io n kiishlsan vti cook s.t., done kiishiso vai be cooked done kiishite vii be cooked, done Ed kilshitepo vai cook of kiishiwaayaa vii be warm weather cu lty kilshkaayawaa vii be deep water kllshkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw Fa kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather kiiwe vai go home, return rs ( ity klishpin pc if ni ve kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back U kiiwekoote vii fly back d kliwenotan vti return to s.t. ea kliwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kHwetinok (W) eh kiiwewlsh vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ La k kilwewitoon vti take s. t. home. Stem: /kiiwewetoo-/ kllweyaahsln vii return through air, blow back kilwlke vai visit (especially in one's own community) kilwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) L kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic kimiwan vii rain. Also: klmowan 229 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY k1mootl va1+0 steal s.t. klneplk -ook 0 na snake. Also: kinepik-wak kinlka pc mix uc at io n klnipi- pv fast kinipihse vaVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) kinipll vai hurry, be quick, be fast kinokaapawl vai Ed stand tall, be tall na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) cu lty kinooshenhs -ak of kinooshe -k na fish kinwaanlhkwe vai have long hair Fa kinwaakaash pc for a long time ity kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) ni ve kipihcll vai stop be closed U klplhsln -oon vii 0 rs kipaahkwahitilwlkamik -oon ni jail d klplhtlnan vti block s.t. (in an action), stop s.t. eh ea klshaakamite vii be hot (liquid) be a fast current La k kishiiciwan -oon vii klshllwemakan vii be loud klshite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishlwaasl vai be angry, be mad kisiihslpaso vai take a shower kisllplikll vai take a bath, wash self 0 klsllpiikinike vai wash clothes 230 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY klsllplikinlkewlkamlk -oon ni laundromat kltohcike vai play a musical instrument klyaashk -wak na seagull. Also: kiiyaashk uc at io n kocl- pv try to do, to attempt koclhclkaate vii be tried kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate. Stem: /kocihpw-/ Ed kocihpo vta fear s.o., afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ cu lty kohsl of koclhtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ kohtaacl vai be afraid, get scared Fa koncipanihclkaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: koclpanlhcikaate (W) rs kocipanih-/ kookll vai dive ni ve koohkoohkohoo -k na owl U koon -ak na snow ea d kooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: ooshta vai awaken koshkosl vai be awake, wake up eh koshkosl La k ( ity koncipanlhi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /koncipanih-/ Also: kocipanihl (W). Stem:/ kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative pronoun] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative pronoun] kwaashkoni vai jump kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkweplcike vai fish with a hook 231 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook 0 kwaashkweplsh vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked uc at io n kwanta pc for no reason or purpose kwayaancll vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacil (W) kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) of kwilkwilhs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwlihshi -wak cu lty maacaa vai go, leave maacaamakan vii go, leave ity 0 rs maacihtan vii be ice breaking up Fa maaciciwan vii start to flow maacll- prev start, begin Ed kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) ni ve maacllhatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk U maacilhkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off d maacilhs -ak na match eh ea maacllhse vailii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) La k maaciikltowin -an ni telephone maacilpahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ maacilpahlwaatan vti run away from s.t. maaciipahlwe vai run away from maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maacilplso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off maacllwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away 232 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maacliwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maacliwltoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maacilyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves uc at io n maacishlkan -an ni scissors maaclsho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing of maamaw pc all together, in total Ed maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop cu lty maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves maamitonentam vai be thinking Fa maamitonenlm vta think about s.o., consider s.o. rs maanencike vai disobey, bother things ni ve maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) U maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, also, else d maataho vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ eh ea maatanohkll vai start to work maatlnawe-kiishikaa vii be Saturday La k C ity maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. maawac pc most; most of all maawaclhitowin ni gathering, meeting maawatoonan vti gather s.t. maawin pc most likely; perhaps; maybe; must be. Also: maawiln macentaakwan vii be dull, boring maci- pre bad 233 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY maci-mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather 0 macl-naakosl vai be bad looking macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ maclhse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong mahlinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahilkan (W) mahkatewisl vai be black ity mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin Fa mahkehshi -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh cu lty mahkatewaanlhkwe vai have black hair of mahkatewaa vii be black na bear month, May mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) 0 U na bear ni ve rs mahko-piihsim mahkwa •k Ed mah! pc listen! uc at io n maclhclke vai do something bad, get into trouble ea d mahshl pc yet eh makohshe vai feast, give a feast na feast day month, December La k makohahe-kilshlkani-pllhsim makohshewin -an ni feast makoot -ayan. Also: -an ni coat; dress; skirt; jacket mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes mamlshim vta tell on s.o. mamlshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamishitan (W) mamlslwe- prev all over, everything 234 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY manehtek -wak na smoke fish manlcoohsh -ak na bug, insect manihse vai get firewood vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ uc at io n manlpahl manlwaahkaahlkane vai buy a house manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ be frozen solid cu lty mashkawaahkwatln -oon vii Fa mashkawll vai be strong mashklhki •In ni medicine, drug of mashkash •Ilk nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ Ed manklhtlkweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: maklhtlkweyaa (W) mashkihkllwinlnl -wak na medicine person, doctor rs ( ity mashkihkilwikamik -oon ni nursing station ni ve mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp U masinaahtehslclkan -an ni television d masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. ea masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper La k eh maslnahlkanaahtlk -oon ni pencil, pen maslnahikanikamlk -oon ni library maslnahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahlkewlkamlk -oon ni office, band office mate- prev visible (at a distance) L matokwaan •an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matlkwaan matwehikan -ak na drum 235 �ANIHSHININIII\,fOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY matwehlke vai be drumming 0 mawl vai cry mawlnehlke vai compete, attack uc at io n mayaam pc exactly mekwaa pc while, during, at the time memecikaahclke vai examine things, check up on things Ed mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now cu lty of memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) na butterfly (E). Also: memekwe (W) memepiso vai swing oneself Fa memenkwe •k ity memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle 0 rs metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything ni ve metawe vai play metawewlkamik -oon ni recreation hall eye. Stem: /-caap-/ U micaap -an nid vti find s.t. eh mihkan ea d mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ La k mlhkaw vta find s.o. mlhkwam -iik na ice mlhsan ni firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural of: mlhsl mlhsat -an ni stomach mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although 0 mihshiin pc many, much, a lot 236 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY mlhshllnatlnoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ (' mlhshllnlwaa pc many times, often. Also: mlhshilnwaa mlhshllnowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ uc at io n mihshlkamaa vii be a big lake mlhsl ni stick of firewood. Stem: /mihs-/ Plural: mlhsan 'firewood' mihtlk -ook na tree (deciduous) of mlhtlk -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) Ed mlhtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ cu lty mihtlkowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. milcim ni food miihkana -n nl trail, path, road rs ( ity milcin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ Fa miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: mlicimihkacikan -an (W) ni ve mllhsaweshklshil val have a mustache U milhshitoone vai have a beard d miikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ ea miikaaso vai fight La k eh miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatlwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. milklhsikwaahson -an ni beaded article milkwehc pc thanks miina pc and, again, next L mlinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan mlish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ 237 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN .. ENGLISH GLOSSARY miishkoc pc mikaash vta in exchange, instead of, in turn 0 fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miklhtik •oon nid knee. Stem: /-kihtik-/ mikisllwi-plihsim na bald eagle month, March nid inside of mouth. Also: mikwinew. Stem: /-konew-/ worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. vta mlkoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. vti cu lty mikoshkaatentan nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ mlkot -an Ed mikoshkaatenlm of mikonew uc at io n mikanakaap •an nid forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ Fa mikotashkway •an nid throat. Stem: /-kotashkway-/ ity mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /-kwayaw-/ 0 rs mlncihkaawan .. ak na mitt, glove (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) ann. Stem: /-nlhk-/ U minihk -an nid ni ve minclnawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) ea d mlnihkwaakan •an ni cup eh minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. La k minlhkwewln •an ni drink, booze minihtlk •oon ni island minlhtikwaapihk •oon ni rocky island minlkohk pc much, many. Also: mlnikwahk minlnc •iin nid finger (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W) 0 mino• pre nice, good mino•ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better 238 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY mlno-kllshikaa vii be a nice day mlno-mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather mlno-naakosl vai look nice, good looking. Also: mlnonaakosi uc at io n minohpakosl vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. Ed minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ of minomaakosl vai smell nice, smell good mlntito vai be big (E). Also: mltito (W) Fa minwaahshln vii be nice, look nice cu lty minomaakwan vii smell nice, smell good vta like s.o. rs minwenlm ni ve mlnwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, be fun, be a good time, be appreciated U mlnwentam vai2 be happy, be glad d minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/. Also: pllway ea mipilway -an eh mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ La k C ity minwanclke vai eat well, enjoy one's meal (E). Also: minwaclke (W) mishookan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shookan-/ mlshtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mlstahl mlshtikwaan -an nid head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ misit -an nid foot. Stem: /-sit-/ misiwe pc all over, everything, whole mlskosl vai be red 239 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY vii mlskwaa be red 0 mlskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ uc at io n mltaahslnoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mltaahslwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ ten mltaahsomltana nu na ten cents (E). Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh (W) Ed mltaahso pllwaapihkonhsh -ak hundred. nlishwaa mltaahsomltana 'two hundred', etc. mltaahsoopllhlkan -ak na of nu ten dollar bill cu lty mltaahso mltaahswaaplhk na ten dollars nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ ity mitehi -In nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ Fa mltaamlhkan -an 0 rs mltenan -iln nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ ni ve mitlhs -iin nid navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako d mitonl U mltihtlman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ eh ea mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips). Stem: /-toon-/ La k mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mltootan (W) mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ mlyaw -an nid body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: mliyaw moohkomaan -an ni knife moos -ook na moose mooshak pc always, all the time 0 mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 240 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY mooshkine vii be full mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye uc at io n na pc [yes-no question marker]. Also: Ina. naacl- pv get, fetch, go for naaclhkomaane vai get a knife Ed naacimllclme vai go for food, fetch food cu lty naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively of naaclwanihlkane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihlikane naake pc later Fa naakosl vai be visible, show up. (pl-naakosi be seen coming this way) rs naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ ni ve naanew pc down at the shore, on the shore U naanewl- pren on shore d naanl- pren near, by ea naanllml vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: nllmi eh naanipaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe La k ( ity naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pl-naakwan be seen coming this way) naaniyahll pc near something naanta pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanlta naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares naape -wak na man naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs -ak (W) 241 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY naap1- prev put together, assemble naapihkaakan •ak na 0 kerchief; scarf naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naasihkaw vtia get, fetch s.o. uc at io n naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree, go downstairs (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) naasipll vai go to the shore, go to the water vti go to get s.t. by boat of naatahan Ed naataham vai2 go to get by boat cu lty naatahipii vai get water, go for water naatahsapll vai get one's net, check one's net Fa naatakwe vai go to check snares U nahsaw pc middle of ni ve nahke piko pc I don't know 0 rs nahl pc look! look outl ity naawl• pren center of, middle of d nahsemaa -k na tobacco eh ea nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently vta leave s.o. behind Stem: /nakaN-/ La k nakash nakatan vti leave s.t. behind nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik •oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakanlyaap -Un ni snare wire nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ nakwaaso vai be snared 242 0 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY namancinihklink pc on the left. Also: namacinlhkilk (W) namatapl vai sit down, be seated name -wak na sturgeon nanaahkom vta thank s.o uc at io n namekohs -ak na lake trout nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o. 1 hunt for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawaapam (W) Ed nanaantawenclke vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawenclke (W) of nanaantawenlm vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenlm (W) cu lty nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) nanaantawi-oocilwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oocliwe (W) Fa nanaantawl-prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawl- (W) nanaatlhkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people ni ve rs nanahaclke vai tidy things ity ( nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawenclke (W) U nantawenlm vta want/need s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) ea d nantawentaakosl vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosl (W). eh nantawentan vti want/need s.t. (E). Also: natawentan (W) La k nantohtamowln ni radio nantohtan vti listen to s.t. nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantonaw vta look for s.o. natawlhiwe vai heal people. Also: antawihiwe l., nato- pre real, natural, plain 243 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station 0 natohtan vti listen to s.t. natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise uc at io n nawac pc more, quite (-er) nehplci- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit neyaa vii be a peninsula, be a point in the lake of neyaahsh -Un ni point of land, peninsula Ed nekaaplihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) cu lty nlcaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ Fa nlclimic -ak nad my younger brother. Also: sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ ity nihka -k na Canada goose 0 rs nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow ni ve nihki-plihsim na goose month, April nihsaapaawe vai drown U nlhshiwanaatan -oon vii be spoiled ea d nihsi vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ eh nlhsln nu three La k nlhsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nlhsitawlnan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ 0 nihsomitana nu thirty 244 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY nihsoshaap nu thirteen nihsoshaap tahswaaplhk na thirteen dollars nlhswaa pc three times, thrice uc at io n nihswaapihk ni three dollars nlhtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk of nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well Ed nlhtaawanohkli vai work well, be a good worker cu lty niicl-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ nllcl-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ Fa niicl-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ nilciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ rs C ity niicihkiwesl -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ ni ve nllclmohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex. Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ U niihsllkinincaan -an ni finger. Also: niihsilkinlcaan d niihsllklsltaan -an ni toe ea niihtaawihs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: nlihtaawahs La k eh niikate pc a ways off, far away niikateshkaa vai go away nlimaawinlwash -an ni provisions box, container niimi vai dance niimitana L nu forty niin pr I, me. [first person singular personal pronoun) niinamii vai be weak 245 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY nlinawint pr we, us (E) [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: nilnawit (W) 0 niinehta pr I alone, me only nlinehtawlnt pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: nllnehtawlt (W) uc at io n nlinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ nllnishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: nlinlhtam Ed nllpaa- pv at night, happening at night, noctumal of niipawl vai stand, be standing cu lty niipin vii summer nlishln nu two Fa nlishlnoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ ity nilshltana nu twenty 0 rs nilshltana tahswaaplhk na twenty dollars ni ve nllshitanawepiihikan -ak na twenty dollar bill nllshiwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ U niisho-kllshikaa vii be Tuesday na two dollar bill ea d nlishoopilhlkan -ak eh niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two La k niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars niishwaa pc twice niishwaahslnoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven 0 niishwaahsomitana nu seventy 246 �ANIHSIIlNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven nilshwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na seventeen dollars nilshwaahswaapihk na seven dollars nliskaatan vii be miserable weather niltihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ of nliwaa pc four times Ed nlitfhkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ uc at io n niishwaapihk na two dollars. cu lty nliwaaplhk na four dollars nllwl-kilshlkaa vii be Thursday Fa nllwln nu tour rs nilwlshaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four ni ve nllwishaap tahswaaplhk na fourteen dollars nliwlwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ d U nlkamo vai sing ea nlkamowln -an ni song eh nlkayaashlm -ak nad my ex-spouse . Stem: /-kayaashim-/ nlkoslhs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ La k ( ity niiwlnoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ nlmaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ nlmlhsens -ak nad my older sister (E). Stem: /-mihses-/. Also: nlmlhsens (W) nimohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom nlmoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ 247 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ninahaankanlhkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece (E). Stem: /-nahaakanihkwem-/. Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) Q ninahaanklhshllm -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaakihshiim-/. Also: nlnahaakihshllm (W) uc at io n ninilkihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw-/ nlnlnc -iin nid my hand (E). Stem: /-nincy-/. Also: ninlc. Stem: /-nicy-/ (W) nlnklk -wak na otter (E). Also: nikik (W) of Ed ninklko-wanihlkan -an ni trap for otter (E). Also: nlklko-wanlhlkan (W), ninkiko-wanlhlikan (E) nlnkiso vai be melted (E). Also nlkfso (W) cu lty nlnkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahslnoon (W) six (E). Also: nfkotwaahso (W) nu nlnkotwaahsomitana nu 0 sixteen (E). Also: nlkotwaahsoshaap (W) ni ve nlnkotwaahsoshaap sixty (E). Also: nlkotwaahsomltana (W) ity nu rs nlnkotwaahso Fa nlnkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) U nlnkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaaplhk (W) na six dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahswaapihk (W) d ninkotwaahswaapihk ea ninkwahkwan vii be overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) La k eh nintawl- prev go to do. Also: nantawi-, ntawl- (E). Also: nltawi-, natawl-, ntawi- (W) nlpaa vai sleep nlpaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy nlpahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ nlpewln -an ni bed nipi ni water 0 nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak (W) 248 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY nipo vai die, be dead nlshlhsensh -ak nad my (cross-) uncle, my father-in-law (E). Stem: /-shihsensh-/. Also: nlshihsesh (W) uc at io n nlshtam pc first, next nishtehs -ak nad my older brother. Stem: /-shtehs-/ nlslkohs -ak nad my (cross-) aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ Ed nltaanlhs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ cu lty nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac of nltaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ nltawemaa •k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ Fa nitaylhihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ nitooshlm -ak nad my (parallel-) nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ rs ( ity nltiko pc it seems, probably. Also: ntiko ni ve nltooshlmlhkwem -ak nad my (parallel-) niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ U nltoosihs -ak nad my (parallel-) aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ d nlyaanan nu five ea nlyaanan pllwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents (W). Also: niyaanan pllwaaplhkoonhsh (E) La k eh nlyaananlwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ nlyaanano-ahkl pc five years niyaananomltana nu fifty. Also: nlyaanomltana nlyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ nlyaananoopllhlkan -ak L na five dollar bill niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: nlyaanoshaap niyaananoshaap tahswaapihk na fifteen dollars 249 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY myaananwaa pc five times 0 niyaananwaaplhk na five dollars noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ noohkomlhs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ noomake pc for a while cu lty noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) of nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshlpe (W) Ed noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimlk (W) uc at io n noocl-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear noonkom kaa-kllshikaak vii today (E). Also: noonkom kaa•kllshikaak (W) Fa noontaw vta hear s.o. (E). Also: nootaw (W) ity noonte- prev want to, need to (before usual time) (E). Also: noote- (W) 0 rs noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ ni ve nootlhkwewe vai womanize; chase women U nootln vii be windy, be a wind d nootlnikewln -an ni war, violence eh ea ntlko pc it seems, probably. Also: nitiko La k ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat ocilmitoo-pilhslm na kissing month, January. Also: ociiml-klishikaawi-piihslm ohkaataahk -wak na carrot oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ohsha pc [emphatic particle]. Also: hsha 250 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY okaanhs -ak na pickerel (E). Also: okaahs (W) oklmaa -k na boss, manager okimaahkaan -ak na chief uc at io n okin -iik ni tomatoe okowenlwan pr this, these. Also: okwenlwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] omplpaniho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: oplpaniho (W) of onaakan -an ni dish, plate Ed omakahkll -k na frog cu lty onaako pc yesterday oncl pc from (E). Also: oci (W) ity onci- prev from, cause (E). IC> wenci-. Also: oci- (W). IC> wecionci-wiicl-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: ocl-wiicl-taamaakan (W) rs C Fa onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ni ve oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: oclhclhse (W) U oncll vai come from a certain place (E). IC> wencii=. Also: ocll (W). IC> wecii= ea d oncinowe vii the wind is blowing from a certain direction (E). Also: oclnowe (W) eh onclta pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: oclta (W) La k onclwltoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place (E). Stem: /onciwitoo-/. Also: onclwitoon (W) onlkam -Un ni portage onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otaml- (W) ontamlhse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) L ontamii vai be busy (E). Also: otamll (W) 251 �ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY ontamlihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamllhke (W) 0 ontentl vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: otetl (W) oocil -k na fly uc at io n ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta oplhkwahko vai have arrows oplhkwanaacllhsh -ak na bat Ed osaawaa vii be yellow/brown of osaawaanlhkwe vai have brown hair cu lty osaawisl vai be yellow/brown oshaawashkosi vai be blue be made, be build, be processed ity oshihclkaate vii Fa oshaawashkwaa vii be blue 0 rs osohsotam vai2 cough ni ve ota pc emphatic U otaahplnan vti choose s.t.. accept s.t., take s.t.. pick s.t. d otaahplnlkaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ea otaanaank pc at the back, behind, previously (E). Also: otaanaak (W) eh na La k otaapaan -ak skidoo, car otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan paahkihsln -oon vii be open paahpi vai laugh paahpihl vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ 252 0 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY paakwaa vii be shallow water na paanahklhk -wak frying pan paane- prav wide; broad; roomy; expanded uc at io n paanesi vai be wide, broad, roomy, expanded paaneyaa vii be wide, broad, roomy, expanded paanlmaa pc much later, later on, after a long while of vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ paashkiso cu lty vai be skinny, be starving paawanli paawlhtlk -oon ni rapids Fa pahkaan pc different vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pahkihteho vta hit s.o. Stem: /pahkihtehw-/ rs ity pahkihtehan vta skin s.o., cut the pelt off s.o. U pahkon ni ve pahklnaake vai win; beat someone (in a competition) na flour, bread d pahkweshlkan ea pahkweshikanaapoo ni stew, soup with flour eh pahkweshlkanl-kllshikaa vii be Friday La k ( Ed paashklslkan -an ni gun pahpaaplwln -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin paklcllwln -an pakltahwe vai fish with a net, set a net pakitanemo pakltin ni airport. Also: pooniiwin vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ vta let go of s.o. pakltinan vti let go of s.t. 253 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pakohsenlmo vai wish, hope 0 pakwaan -an ni shirt pankihshimon panklhsin vii be the setting sun (E). Also: paklhshimon (W) vii fall (E). Also: paklhsln (W) pankll pc a little, some (E). Also: pakil (W) papaami-ishaamakan vai walk about, take a walk paplihkwahkamlkisi vai fumble things, cause problems vai fumble things, cause problems ity papilkwaanahkwan vii be cloudy Fa papiikonike vii go about, go there cu lty papaamohse Ed vai swim around of papaamaatake ni ve pashkwewash -an ni pack 0 rs pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area vai stand up, arise U pasikwii uc at io n paninan vti drop s.t. from hand d patoteplso vai drive off the road eh ea payahklnan vti clean s. t. La k payahtak pc very carefully payehklnlke vai clean things pehkaac pc slowly, carefully pehkihsh pc at the same time, while pehpeshik pc one by one pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation 254 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pepaa ni pepper peshlk nu one peshik pliwaaplhkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhs uc at io n peshiko vai be alone, single peshlko- pre one, single peshlkooplihlkan -ak na peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one of peshikoshaap tahswaapihk na eleven dollars cu lty peshikwaa pc once, one time peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshlk shoonlyaahsh rs ( ity peshikwan vii be alone, single Fa peshlkwaaplhk na one dollar peshlkwan pc same Ed one dollar bill ni ve pi- prev here, hither, towards U pl-kliwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. d pi-kliwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. ea pl-naakosi vai be visible coming this way La k eh plhkwaamatinaa -n ni hill plhkwahk -oon ni arrow plhkwan -an ni blouse plhkwatahkamlnk ni forest; wilderness (E). Also: pihkwatahkamik (W) plhtaahplso vai put clothes on, dress L plhtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ piiclwlsh vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish 255 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY plihl vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ 0 pliho vai wait, be waiting piihshaakaneyaap ni rope, string uc at io n piihslm -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom pllhslmohkaan -ak na clock piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) vii get broken, break down, break by itself cu lty piikohse of piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out Ed pllhsimoo-masinahlkan •an ni calendar pilkohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ ity pllnahikan -an ni purse Fa pllkoshkaa vaVii be broken vai put something in a container, pack something 0 rs piinahike ni ve pltnaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ U piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: plici- (W) d pllnciyahll pc inside something (E). Also: pllciyahii (W) eh ea piintikamink pc indoors (E). Also: piltlkamlk (W) La k pilntlke vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: plltlke (W) pllsh vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: pllclwlsh pllshaa vai come here. Also: pi-ishaa plitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /piitoo-/ piiway -an ni hair. Also: mlpllway piiwite -k na stranger 0 plko pc just. Also: poko 256 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, ail sort of pimaahkwepahlke vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey uc at io n pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current pimaatisi vai live, be alive Ed pimaatislwln -an ni life of plmahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimakoote vii fly along, fly by Fa piml- prev by, past, along, in process of cu lty pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by pimlhsewln -an ni airplane, plane. Also: plminaakan ni ve pimihshin vai lie down rs ( ity plmihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) U plmikonaakaa vii be a week d plminlke vai carry things along on one's shoulder ea plmlpahtoo vai run along, run by eh pimlpanlhcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine La k plmiplso vai drive along, drive by plmltaaclmo vai crawl along, crawl by pimltaapil vai go along by sled or sleigh pimlte ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas L pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ 257 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ 0 plmohse vai walk along, walk by plmoocike vai carry things uc at io n plnaahkwaan -an ni comb plnaahkweho vai comb one's hair na spruce hen na plnehshlinsh -ak bird (E). Also: pinehshlish (W) cu lty pine -wak of plnamaa pc wait a while; for a short while; in awhile Ed pinaahkwiiwi-plihslm na leaves are falling month, October plnehsllwan vii there is thunder Fa plpoon vii winter ity plshiw -ak na lynx be stocky, be chubby ni ve pltlkosl vai 0 rs pltlkohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice U poonanohkll vai quit a job, stop working d pooni- prev stop, cease, quit eh ea poonl-plmaatlsl vai die La k pooshoo pc hello poosl vai get on, embark poosihl vta put s.o. on board. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ pooslkwaashkoni vai jump aboard pooslpaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: pooslpanihoo pootaanitiso vai blow on oneself 258 0 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY pootawaan -an ni fireplace, campfire pootawe vai make a fire, build a fire Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) uc at io n pwaatawi- pv delayed, late pwatan ni butter saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up. Ed saakaapahte vii smoke comes out (in the distance) of saakaham vai2 go out, exit cu lty saakahlkan -an -lin ni lake saaklhl vta love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ Fa saaklcl- prev out saaklpaakaawl-plihslm na leaves are out month, June rs ( ity saakihtoon vti2 like s.t. Stem: /saakihtoo-/ ni ve saankahslnoon vii be nine (E}. Stem: /saakahsin-/. Also: shaankahsinoon (E), saakahsinoon (W) d U saankahsiwak vai be nine (E). Stem: /saankahsi-/. Also: shaankahslwak (E), saakahslwak (W) ea saankahso nu nine (E}. Also: shaankahso (E), saakahso (W) La k eh saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number} plus nine (E}. Also: shaakahsoshaap (W) saankahsomitana nu ninety. Also: shaankahsomitana (E), saakahsomltana (W) saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahswaapihk (W) sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire L sahkite vii be lit, be on fire 259 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY sakamaatapl vai stay in place, sit quietly 0 sakime •k na mosquito sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net uc at io n shaakashkine vii be full shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) Ed sheshtak -ook na thread of shiihshlip -ak na duck cu lty shiipaa- pren beneath shiipaahl pc beneath something be sweet ity shiiwaa vii 0 rs shilpiikwaan -an ni sweater Fa shiipllkii vai stretch one's body ni ve shilwaakamin -oon vii be sweet (liquid) U shliwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice d shiiwlhtaakan ni salt eh ea shlkaak -wak na skunk La k shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. shimaakanihshilwikamlk -oon ni police station shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop (W) shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) shoohp shookaa na soap 0 na sugar 260 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY shoomlnaapoo ni wine shoomlnlhsh -ak na raisin shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shoonlyaa uc at io n shooniyaawash -an ni wallet shooshkwahikan -ak na iron vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out vii be poured siikinikaate Ed siikinan of silkwan vii be spring cu lty slipi -in ni river siltawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly na vii snow, be snowing. Also: sookohpwan vai be brave (E). Also: aookitehe (W) rs soonkitehe ity sookihpwan ni ve ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] d U taaplshkooc pc alike, even, at the same time vai split wood ea taashkikahike vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ eh taashklsho taawin ni town, village La k ( weasel Fa sikohsl -wak tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair tahsh pc and, but tahsin pc a certain number 261 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ 0 tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso• pre so many, so much, every uc at io n tahso-niipln pc every summer tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome of takiin pc usually takohshin vii arrive Fa takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ cu lty takohse vii arrive by flying ity takoplsl vai arrive by vehicle 0 ni ve rs takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn takwan vii be there, exist Ed tahswaa pc so many times, every time U tanenlm vta think s.o. to be there d tanihtaakwan vii be heard there ea taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place La k eh tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play tashlihkewln -an ni village, settlement, community tashllwlhtoo vai do things in a certain location tashlm vta tell about, talk about s.o. tashoplsh vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ tatipaaclmo vai be telling. Reduplication of: tipaacimo tawehkonehlke vai plow snow 262 0 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN • ENGLISH GLOSSARY tehsaplwln -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowln tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance uc at io n tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient tepihtan vti hear s.t. in the distance Ed tepihtaw vta hear s.o. in the distance of tepinaahk pc carelessly cu lty tepwe pc true, for sure tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) rs ity tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o. 1 go ahead with something (what someone says to do) ni ve tetako pc extremely, totally, very tetipaa pc around d U tetlpaahi pc around something ea tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard eh tihtlpanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair tihtipihse vailli roll La k ( Fa tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tlhtiplpanlhoo tlhtlpwepishkikan -ak ni bicycle tll ni tea tiihke vai make tea tlihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill 263 �ANIHSHININI™OWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY tiihtipaantawe vai climb down a ladder, climb downstairs (E). Also: tiihtipaatawe (W) 0 tllwahkihk -wak -ook na kettle, teakettle tlpaaclmo vai tell news, narrate vta tell s.o. news, tell a story about someone uc at io n tipaaclmohtaw tlpaacimowln -an ni story, narration tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. Ed tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) vta tipentan vti own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. Fa tipenim cu lty tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family of tipahlkaneyaa vii be so many hours 0 rs tlpihkl-piihslm -ook na moon ity tipihkaa vii be night ni ve tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tiplhkok (W) U toohaan -ak na ball d toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowlnlhkaan ea tootaaso vai do so to oneself La k eh tootam vai2 do in a certain way tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so twaahlkan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice 0 waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwaaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 264 �ANIHSlllNINIIMOWIN · ENGLISH GLOSSARY waac1ye vai shake hands waahkaahl pc around something waahkaahikan -an ni house uc at io n waahkaahike vai build a house waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour waahkamisl vai behave Ed waahklkan -an ni chest of waahsa pc far, distant cu lty waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear Fa waahtepakllwl-pllhslm na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihslm waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) na fox. Also: mahkehshl -wak ity waakohsh -ak ni ve rs waanipilyaa vii pond, be an area of water waapaa vii be white U waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair ea d waapam vta see s.o. eh waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow waapank vii tomorrow (E). [conjunct form of: waapan]. Also: waapak (W) La k ( waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) waapantan vti see s.t (E). Also: waapatan (W) waaplhsahaa vii be grey waapihsahlsi vai be grey waaplkoshiihsh -ak na mouse (E). Also: aapikoshiihsh (W) 265 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY waaplsl vai be white 0 waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan waashahaa vii be a bay waashtenikan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan Ed waaw -an ni egg of waawaahte vii northern lights cu lty waawaashkehshl -wak na deer waawikan -an ni uc at io n waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) back Fa wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankohsh -ak (E) ity wacashk -wak na muskrat 0 rs wacll -n ni mountain ni ve wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] U wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko d wakic pc on top of something eh ea wakici- pren on top of La k wakiciyahii pc on top of something wanankohsh •ak na star. Also: wacahkohsh wanlhi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanlhikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihilkan wanihikanaahtlk -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik wanihike vai trap. Also: wanlhlike 0 wanlhtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 266 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wanllhkenotan vti forget s.t. wanllhkenotaw vta forget s.o. wanishkaa vai get up uc at io n washkil vai tum washklnan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. watakaml- pv easily Ed waweshahitaapaanewikamlk -oon ni garage of waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ cu lty waweshlhtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ wawlyatlsllke vai do funny things Fa wawiyaslnaakosl vai look cute, look funny rs wehwe -k na snow goose ni ve wehwew -ak na white goose U wemihtlkooshl -wak na whiteman d wemihtikooshlihkwe -k na white woman ea wemihtikooshilmo vai speak English eh wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (W). IC< onci- Also: weci- (W). IC< ocl- La k ( ity wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) wenlpan pc be gone, disappear wenootlsl vai be rich wepahaakone vai shovel snow wepahikan -an ni broom wepahlke vai sweep the floor weshkac pc long ago, in the past 267 �ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY weshkacl- pv long ago, in the past weshkacl-anlhshininl na 0 old-timer, old Indian person, elder wetl pc there, that way, yonder, over there wiiclhl vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ wiicllw vta go with, accompany s.o. spouse, companion Ed na wiicllwaakan -ak wllhkwehplcikan ni bundle, package wllhkwepahlke vai use a vacuum cleaner cu lty of wllhkaa pc ever taste bitter (liquid) Fa wilhsakaakamin -oon vii uc at io n wli- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] ity wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain 0 rs wiihslnl vai eat ni ve wilhsinliwikamlk -oon ni restaurant U wllhslniiwlnaahtlk -oon ni table d wlikito vai be married, marry eh ea wllkwaahs -an ni birchbark La k wllkwemot -an ni birchbark basket wiin pc [contrastive]. Also: =iin wiin pr he, she, him, her. [third person singular personal pronoun) wiinashk -wak na groundhog wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun) wiincilklsl vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) 0 wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only 268 �ANIHSHININIIMOWIN - ENGLISH GLOSSARY wilnehtawaa pr they alone, them only wllnishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wilnihtam wilntamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wiltamaw (W) wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry, early Ed wliskwehokaan -an ni tent uc at io n wlintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiltamaake (W) wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na co-worker Fa cu lty of wllyaahs ni meat La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity ( 269 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ALOT mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi 0 ABLE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ ABOUT uc at io n papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there ABOVE ishpimink pc up above (E). Also: ishpimik (W) ABROAD akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad Ed ABSENT inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) of ACCEPT cu lty otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked ACCIDENTALLY pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ wiiciiw vta go with, accompany s.o. ACROSS Fa ACCOMPANY 0 ni ve rs ity akaami- pren across, right across akaamink pc across the lake or river (E). Also: akaamink (W) akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean akaamihkana pc across the road or trail ADDRESS kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. U ADHERE ea AFRAID d akohke vai stick on, adhere eh kohsi vta be afraid of s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared AFTER La k ishkwaa- prev after, completed AFTER ALL shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all AFTERNOON anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon AGAIN miina pc and, again AGREE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) 270 0 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n AIRPLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane AIRPORT pakiciiwin -an ni airport. Also: pooniiwin ALIKE taapishkooc pc alike, even, at the same time ALIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive ALL kahkina pc all, every ALL OF A SUDDEN ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly ALLOVER mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole ALL THE TIME kape- pre all the time, all the way, through mooshak pc always, all the time nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently ALMOST kekaat pc nearly, almost ALONE peshiko vai be alone, single peshikwan vii be alone, single kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only ALONG pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ALSO kaye pc and, also, too, as for. ALTHOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although ALWAYS mooshak pc always, all the time AMAZING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AND ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please kaye pc and, also, too, as for. miina pc and, again tahsh pc and, but 271 �ENGLISH -ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ANGRY kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad ANIMAL awiyaashiihsh -ak na animal. Also: awiiyaashiihsh awiyaashiihshiwi vai be an animal. Also: awiiyaashiihshiwi ANNOUNCE wiintamaake vai announce to people (E). Also: wiitamaake (W) ANYHOW aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although ANYONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ANYTIME ahpii piko pc anytime ANYWAY aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) ANYWAYS eniwehk pc anyways, effort, at least, anyhow ANYWHERE aanti piko pc anywhere APPRECIATE minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated APRIL nihki-piihsim na goose month, April ARGUMENTATIVE aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky ARISE pasikwii vai stand up, arise ARM minihk -an nid arm AROUND tetipaahi pc around something waahkaahi pc around something waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour ARRANGE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ARRIVE takohse vii arrive takohshin vii arrive takoosh vta arrive with s.o. Stem: /takooN-/ takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ARROW opihkwahko vai have arrows pihkwahk -con ni arrow AS FOR ke pc as for. See: keniin, keniinawint, kekiin, kekiinawint, kekiinawaa, kewiin, kewiinawaa 272 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us(E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun] .Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personalpronoun] . Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] ASK kakwecim vta ask s.o. ASTOUNDING maamahkaac pc amazing, astounding, that is so amazing AT THAT TIME ahpii pc when, at that time ATTEMPT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow koci- pv try to do, to attempt ATTEND ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii AUGUST atihtemini-piihsim na ripe berry month, August AUNT nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ nitoosihs -ak nad my (parallel-)aunt. Stem: /-toosihs-/ AWAKE koshkosi vai be awake, wake up AWAKEN koshkosi vai awaken AWAY ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time AX ciikahikan -an ni ax (W). Also: waakaahkwat (E) waakaahkwat -oon ni ax (E). Also: ciikahikan (W) BACK awahsite pc beyond, back otaanaak pc back, behind. Also: otaanaank waawikan -an ni back pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back BAD maci-pre bad maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong BAD LOOKING maci-naakosi vai be bad looking BAD TASTE macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ 273 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY BAIT miicimihkancikan -an ni bait (E). Also: miicimihkancikan (W) BALL toohaan -ak na ball BAND OFFICE 0 masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office uc at io n BANNOCK aanahkonaa -k na bannock BARELY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly BAT opihkwanaaciihsh -ak na bat vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath BATHE kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath cu lty BAY vii be a bay waashahaa of kisiipiikii Ed BATH BE BEADED ARTICLE beaded article 0 rs miikihsikwaahson -an ni ity Fa ahte vii be in a certain place api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home ayaa vai be, be there takwan vii be there, exist BEAR ni ve mahkwa -k na bear mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) BEARD vai have a beard U miihshitoone BEAVER La k BED eh ea d amihk -wak na beaver amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat amihkohkonim ni beaver dam nipewin -an kawihshimo ni bed vai lie down, go to bed BEE aamoo -k na bee BEER shinkopiiwaapoo ni beer (E). Also: shikopiiwaapoo (W) BEFORE mwaye- prev before. Usually e-mwaye- BEGIN 0 maacii- prev start, begin 274 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n BEHAVE waahkamisi vai behave BEHIND otaanaank pc back. behind (E). Also: otaanaak (W) BEING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa BELIEVE tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) BELONGINGS tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family BELT kihcipison -an ni belt BENEATH shiipaa- prsn beneath shiipaahi pc beneath something BESIDE naaniyahii pc beside something BETTER mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better BEYOND awahsite pc beyond, back BICYCLE tihtipwepishkikan -ak na bicycle BIG ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini kihci- pre big, great, very mintito vai be big (E). Also: mitito (W) maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves mihshikamaa vii be a big lake BIRCH BARK wiikwaahs -an ni birchbark BIRCHBARK BASKET wiikwemot -an ni birchbark basket BIRD pinehshiinsh -ak na bird (E). Also: pinehshiish (W) BLACK mahkatewaa vii be black mahkatewisi vai be black BLACK HAIR mahkatewaanihkwe vai have black hair BLAME anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. 275 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY BLANKET waapoyaan -an ni blanket. Also: waapiyaan 0 BLANKET CRADLE memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle BLOUSE pihkwan -an ni blouse uc at io n BLOW kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back oncinowe vii the wind blows from a certain direction (E). Also: ocinowe (W) pootaanitiso vai blow on oneself BLUE Ed oshaawashkosi vai be blue oshaawashkwaa vii be blue BODY miyaw -an nid cu lty ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat of BOAT body. Stem: /-yaw-/. Also: miiyaw. Stem: /-iiyaw-/ BOG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp Fa BOILED iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry ity BOOK 0 rs masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper BORED ni ve shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad BORING macentaakwan U BORROW vii be dull, boring ea BOSS d masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. okimaa -k na boss, manager eh BOTHER La k maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble BOW ahcaap -iik na bow BOX mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container BOY naapenhs -ak na boy (E). Also: naapehs (W) BRAVE soonkitehe vai be brave (E). Also: sookitehe (W) BREAD pahkweshikan na flour, bread 276 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n piihswe-aanahkonaa -k na bread (loaf) BREAK piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ BREAKDOWN piikohse vii get broken, break down, break by itself BREAKOUT piikohse vai break out in a rash or pimples, have a blow out BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up BREAKFAST kekishepaanehkwe vai have breakfast BREAST coocoohsh -ak na breast BRIDGE aashokan -ak na bridge BRING piiciwish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiciwiN-/. Also: piish piish vta bring s.o. Stem: /piiN-/. Also: piiciwish piitoon vti2 bring s.t. Stem: /pitoo-/ BROKEN piikoshkaa vaVii be broken BROOM wepahikan -an ni broom BROTHER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nishtehs -ak nad my older brother.Stem: /-shtehs-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niicihkiwesi -wak nad my (man's) brother. Stem: /-iicihkiwesiw-/ BROTHER-IN-LAW niihtaawahs -ak nad my (man's) brother-in-law. Stem: /-iihtaawahs-/. Also: niihtaawihs BROWN osaawisi vai be brown, yellow BROWN HAIR osaawaanihkwe vai have brown hair BUG manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect BUILD waahkaahike vai build the house pootawe vai make or build up a fire BUILT oshihcikaate vii be made, be built, be processed BURN caakisan vti burn s.t. caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up caakiso vta bum s.o. up. Stem: /caakisw-/ L 277 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIM:OWIN GLOSSARY caakite vii bum up, be burned up BUSH 0 noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) BUSY ontamiihke vai be busy (E). Also: otamiihke (W) ontamihse vai get busy (E). Also: otamihse (W) BUSY AT uc at io n ontami- prev busy at (E). Also: otami- (W) BUT tahsh pc and, but BUTTER pwatan ni butter Ed BUTTERFLY memenkwe -k na buttertly (E). Also: memekwe (W) BY naani- pren near, by pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of ciikic pc by, close to, near to Fa CALENDAR cu lty ataawe vai to buy (s.t.) maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a new house of BUY piihsimoo-masinahikan -an ni calendar ity CALL 0 ni ve rs kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. CALM U anwaahtin vii be calm (not windy) anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water d CAMERA CAMP ea cahkaahtehsicikan -an ni camera eh kapehshiwin -an ni camp, campsite, hotel room CAMPFIRE La k pootawaan -an ni campfire, fire CANDO kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how CANOE ciimaan -an ni canoe, boat CAPTURE kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAR 0 otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car CAREFULLY 278 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n pehkaac pc slowly, carefully payahtak pc very carefully CARELESSLY tepinaahk pc carelessly CARIBOU atihk -wak na caribou atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat CARROT ohkaataahk -wak na carrot CARRY piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back pimiwitoon vti2 carry s.t. along, carry s.t. by. Stem: /pimiwitoo-/ pimoocike vai carry things CARRY AWAY maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves CARRY FROM onciwitoon vti2 carry s.t. from a certain place. Stem: /onciwitoo-/ (E). Also: ociwitoon (W) Stem: /ociwitoo-/ CATCH kaahcitin vta catch s.o., capture s.o. CAUSE onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W) IC: weciCAUSE PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems CEASE pooni- prev stop, cease, quit CENTER nenaawi- pren center of, middle of CERTAINLY kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure CHAIR tehsapiwin -an ni chair. Also: tehsapowin CHANCE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute CHARGE tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. CHECK naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane naatakwe vai go to check snares naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net CHECKUP memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. {by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) 279 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n CHEEK manoway -ak nad cheek. Stem: /-anoway-/ CHEST waahkikan -an ni chest CHIEF okimaahkaan -ak na chief CHILD awaashihsh -ak na child awaashihshiiwi vai be a child CHIN mitaamihkan -an nid chin. Stem: /-taamihkan-/ CHISEL eshkan -an ni ice chisel CHOOSE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked CHURCH ayamihewikamik -oon ni church CLEAN kaahsiinitiso vai clean oneself payahkinan vti clean s.t. kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. payehkinike vai clean things CLEAR SKY waahshehkwan vii the sky is clear CLEAR-CUT AREA pashkwatahikan -an ni clear-cut area CLIMB naashaantawe -wak vai climb down a tree (E). Also: naashaatawe (W) tiihtipaantawe -wak vai climb down a ladder or stairs (E). Also:tiihtipaatwe (W) ihkwaantawe vai climb up a ladder or stairs (E). Also: ihkwaatawe (W) CLIMB A HILL ihkwaamaciwe vai climb a hill CLOCK piihsimohkaan -ak na clock CLOSE pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) ciikic pc by, close to, near to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation CLOSED kipihsin vii be closed CLOUD wahkwi -in ni cloud. Also: wahko CLOUDY papiikwaanahkwan ni cloudy 280 0 �ENGLISH .. ANIHSfilNINI™OWIN GLOSSARY CO-WORKER wiitanohkiimaakan •ak na co•worker COAT makoot -an or •ayan ni coat, dress, skirt, jacket COFFIN ciipayi•mihtikowash -an ni coffin uc at io n COLD kawaci vai be cold (of a person) tahkaayaa vii be cold (weather) COMB pinaahkwaan -an ni comb COMB HAIR comb one's hair Ed pinaahkweho vai COME of naakosi vai be visible, show up (pi•naakosi be seen coming this way) piishaa vai come here. Also: pi•ishaa Fa cu lty COME FROM oncii vai come from a certain place (E). IC: wencii=. Also: ocii (W) IC: wecii= COME IN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) COMPANION wiiciiwaakan •ak na spouse, companion ity ni ve rs ( - COMPLETED ishkwaa- prev after, completed COMPLICATED aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated CONCERNED CONSIDER U mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. ea d maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. eh CONTEST mawinehike vai compete, take part in a contest La k COOK kiishitepo vai cook kiishisan vti cook s.t., done kiishite vii be cooked, done COOKED DONE kiishiso vai be cooked done CORPSE ciipay •ak na ghost, corpse CORRECT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) 281 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY COST SO MUCH inankiso vai cost so much, have such a price, be such a date of the month (E). Also: inakiso (W) inankite vii cost so much, have such a price (E). Also: inakite (W) 0 COUGH osohsotam vai2 cough uc at io n COULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] ci-kii- prev could. ci- + kii- 'potential' ke- prev will, should, should, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] COUSIN cu lty of Ed nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-) niece (E). Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ . Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) niicimohsh -ak nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex). Stem: /-iicimohsh-/ niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex), my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ niicimohsh -ak nad my cousin (cross cousin of opposite sex). Stem:/iicimohsh-/ Fa COVER ity akwanahan vti cover s.t. akwanaho vta cover s.o. Stem: /akwanahw-/ nihkaakone vailii be covered with snow 0 rs CRADLE BOARD tihkinaakan -an ni cradleboard aanimisi ni ve CRANKY vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky CRAWL vai crawl along, crawl by U pimitaacimo CREDIT CUB d vai cry eh mawi vai write, borrow, get credit ea masinahike CRY La k mahkoonhs -ak na bear cub (E). Also: mahkoohs (W) CUP minihkwaakan -an ni cup CUPBOARD kapat -an ni cupboard CURLY HAIR tihtipanaweyaanihkwe vai have curly hair CURRENT pimaapoote vii drift along on the current CUT maacisho vta cut s.o. Stem: /maacishw-/ pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. 282 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n kiishkipoocike vai saw things, cut things with the saw CUTE wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny DAM ohkonim ni dam DANCE niimi vai dance naaniimi vai keep on dancing. Reduplication of: niimi DARK kashkii-tipihkaa vii be pitch dark kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) DAUGHTER nitaanihs -ak nad my daughter. Stem: /-taanihs-/ DAUGHTER-IN-LAW ninahaankanihkwem -ak nad my daughter-in-law, my (cross-)niece. Stem: /-nahaankanihkwem-/ (E). Also: ninahaakanihkwem (W) DAWN waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good or badweather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset DAY kiishikaa vii be day mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day kiishik ni sky, day DAY AFTER TOMORROW awahsiwaapank pc day after tomorrow (E). Also: awahsiwaapak(W) DAY BEFORE YESTERDAY awahsinaako pc day before yesterday DEAD nipo vai die, be dead DECEMBER makohshe-kiishikani-piihsim na feast day month, December DEEP kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water DEER waawaashkehshi -wak na deer DELAY pwaatawi- pv delayed, late DESIRABLE nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). DIE nipo vai die, be dead pooni-pimaatisi vai die DIFFERENT pahkaan pc different DIFFICULT aaniman vii be difficult, be hard 283 �ENGLISH -ANIHSWNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky DIFFICULTY aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated DIRECTION aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction inehke pc in direction of DIRTY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy DISAPPEAR aahte- pv fade away, disappear wenipan pc be gone, disappear DISH onaakan -an ni dish, plate DISOBEY maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble DISTANT waahsa pc far, distant DIVE kookii vai dive DO ayintootam vai2 do something (E). Reduplication of: tootam. Also: ayitootam (W) tootam vai2 do in a certain way aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) koci- pv try to do, to attempt tashiiwihtoo vai do things in a certain location tootaaso vai do so to oneself tootan vti do s.t. so, do so to s.t., treat s.t. so tootaw vta do so to s.o., treat s.o. so DO BAD macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble mamaani vai do something bad, make mistakes DOCTOR mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor DOCUMENT masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper DOG animohsh -ak na dog nitayihsh -ak nad my dog. Stem: /-tayihsh-/ DON'T ikaawin pc don't. Also: ekaawin DON'T KNOW nahke piko pc I don't know DONE kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ DOOR ishkwaantem -an ni door (E). Also: ishkwaatem (W) 284 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY Ed of naanew pc down the shore, on the shore DRESS pihtaahpiso vai get dressed. Also: pohtaahpiso DRIFT pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves pimaapoote vii drift along on the current DRINK minihkwe vai drink, drink s.t. minihkwewin -an ni drink, booze DRIVE patotepiso vai drive off the road pimipiso vai drive along, drive by DRIVE OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off uc at io n DOWN THE SHORE rs ni ve U DUCK ea DUCKS d shiihshiip -ak na duck eh nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) DURING mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now EAR mihtawak -an nid ear. Stem: /-htawak-/ EASILY watakami- pv easily EAST waapanonk pc east (E). Also: waapanok (W) EAT amo vta eat s.o. Stem: /amw-/ miicin vti3 eat s.t. Stem: /miici-/ tepi-wiihsini vai have enough to eat wiihsini vai eat La k ( ity Fa cu lty DROP paninan vtl drop s.t. from hand piikohsitoon vti2 break s.t. by dropping. Stem: /piikohsitoo-/ DROWN nihsaapaawe vai drown DRUG mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug DRUM matwehikan -ak na drum DRUMMING matwehike vai be drumming DRY paahso vta dry s.o. (by heat). Stem: /paahsw-/ iskaaciwaso vai be boiled dry iskaaciwate vii be boiled dry 285 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed EFFORT aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow enikohk pc with more effort, harder EGG waaw -an ni egg EIGHT ayinaanew nu eight. Also: enaanew ayinaanewinoon vii be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewin-/ ayinaanewiwak vai be eight. Stem: /ayinaanewi-/ EIGHT DOLLARS ayinaanewaapihk na eight dollars EIGHTEEN ayinaanewishaap nu eighteen EIGHTEEN DOLLARS ayinaanewishaap tahsiwaapihk na eighteen dollars EIGHTY ayinaanemitana nu eighty ELBOW mitooskwan -an nid elbow. Stem: /-tooskwan-/ ELDER kihci-ayaa na elder niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder ELEVEN peshikoshaap nu eleven, (decade number) plus one ELEVEN DOLLARS peshikoshaap tahsiwaapihk na eleven dollars ELSE maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else EMBARK poosi vai get on, embark EMPHATIC hsa pc emphatic ota pc emphatic iko pc emphatic EMPLOYMENT anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work END ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate ENGINE pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine ENGLISH wemihtikooshiimo vai speak English ENJOY EATING minwancike vai eat well, enjoy eating (E). Also: minwacike (W) ENJOYABLE minwentaakwan vii be enjoyable, be liked, fun, be a good time 286 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ENOUGH tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient ENTER piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) ENTIRELY mitoni pc really, entirely so, completely. Also: tetako ENTIRELY SO mitoni pc really, entirely so EQUIPMENT aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment EUROPE akaamahkiink pc in Europe, abroad EVEN mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although EVENING eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa EVENT IS OVER ishkwaahkamikan vii event is over EVENTUALLY keka pc finally, eventually EVER wiihkaa pc ever EVERGREEN shinkop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shikop (W) EVERY kahkina pc all, every tahso- pre every, a certain number EVERY SUMMER tahso-niipin pc every summer EVERYTHING mamisiwe- prev all over, everything misiwe pc all over, everything, whole EVIDENTLY ohsha pc [emphatic particle) Also: hsha EX-SPOUSE nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ EXACTLY mayaam pc exactly EXAMINE memecikaahcike vai examine things, check up on things memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) EXCESSIVE onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive (E). Also: osaam (W) EXCHANGE miishkoc pc in exchange, instead of, in turn L 287 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n EXHAUSTED caakihse vailii get used up, run out, be exhausted EXIST takwan vii be there, exist EXIT saakaham vai2 go out, exit EXPECTED kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably EXTENSIVELV naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively EXTENT ahpiihci- prev to a certain extent. Also: apiihciawahshime pc to greater extent, more and more EXTREME osaam pc too much, extreme, excessive wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EXTREMELY tetako pc extremely, totally, very wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain EYE micaap -an nid eye. Stem: /-caap-/ FADE aahte- pv fade away, disappear FALL pankihsin vii fall (E). Also: pakihsin (W) FALUAUTUMN takwaakin vii be fall, be autumn FAR waahsa pc far, distant ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length FARAWAY niikate pc a ways off, far away FAST kinipi- pv fast kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast FAT aancipo vai be fat, be chubby (E). Also: aacipo (W) FATHER nitaataa -mak nad my father. Stem: /-taataa(m)-/ FATHER-IN-LAW nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ FEAR kohsi vta fear s.o. Stem: /kohs-/ FEAST makohshe vai feast, give a feast makohshewin -an ni feast 288 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY FEATHER miinkwan -ak na feather. Also: miikwan FEBRUARY kaa-tahkwekisoc piihsim na-pt shorter month, February FEEL FELLOW niici-kihcihaa -k nad my fellow elder. Stem:/-iici-kihcihaa-/ niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ FEMALE Ed ihkwe -wak na woman, female uc at io n mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain FETCH of naasihkan vti fetch s.t., get s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for cu lty FEW aanta pc some, few FIFTEEN niyaananoshaap nu fifteen. Also: niyaanoshaap Fa FIFTEEN DOLLARS niyaananoshaap tahsiwaapihk na fifteen dollars FIFTY ity niyaananomitana nu fifty. Also: niyaanomitana FIGHT ni ve rs mikaash vta fight s.o. Stem: /miikaaN-/ miikaaso vai fight miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin miikaatan vti fight s.t. U FILLED UP FINALLY be filled up, be full. Also: mooshkine d shaakashkine vii ea keka pc finally, eventually eh FINALLY WHEN ahpii ahpin pc finally when FIND La k ( mihkaw mihkan vta find s.o. vti find s.t. FINGER niihsiikinincaan -an ni finger FINGERNAIL mashkash -iik nad fingernail/toenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ FINISH kiishihi vta finish s.o. Stem: /kiishih-/ kiishihtoon vti2 finish s.t., be done with s.t. Stem: /kiishihtoo-/ FIRE pootawe vai make or build up a fire 289 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n caakiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire, burn up, be burned up sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire FIREWOOD mihsan ni firewood. Plural of: mihsi mihsi ni stick of firewood. Plural: mihsan 'firewood' manihse vai get firewood FIRST kiinishtarn pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first. [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next. [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam FISH kinooshe -k na fish pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net FISH WITH HOOK kwaashkwepicike vai fish with a hook and a line kwaashkwepine vai fish with a hook and a line FISHHOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook FISHING GEAR nooci-kinooshewi-aapacihcikan ni fishing gear FIVE niyaanan nu five niyaananiwak vai be five. Stem: /niyaanani-/ niyaananoon vii be five. Stem: /niyaanan-/ FIVE CENTS niyaanan piiwaapihkohsh -ak na five cents. Also: niyaanan piiwaapihkoonhsh FIVE DOLLAR BILL niyaananoopiihikan -ak na five dollar bill FIVE DOLLARS niyaananwaapihk na five dollars. Also: niyaananwaapihk FIVE TIMES niyaananwaa pc five times FIVE YEARS niyaanowahki or niyaanino-ahki pc five years FIX waweshihi vta fix s.o. Stem: /waweshih-/ waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ FLASH waawaahte vii flash (light), Northern Lights FLOAT akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) FLOOD mooshkahan vii flood, be high water 290 0 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY FLOOR wepahike vai sweep the floor FLOUR pahkweshikan na flour FLOW ishiciwan vii flow in a certain direction, flow so FLOW SWIFTLY flow swiftly uc at io n kishiiciwan -oon vii ishihse vai fly in a certain direction maaciihse vaVii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) pimakoote vii fly along, fly by pimihse vai fly along, fly by (of a bird) FLY (INSECT) Ed FLY of nanaantawi-oociiwe vai go about looking for flies (E). Also: nanaatawi-oociiwe (W) oocii -k na fly FLY BACK cu lty kiiwekoote vii fly back FOGGED IN kashkawan vii be misted over, be fogged in Fa FOOD miicim ni food ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) ity FOOT misit -an nid FOREST pihkwatahkamik ni forest, wilderness U FORGET vti forget s.t. vta forget s.o. ea d waniihkenotan waniihkenotaw FORK forehead. Stem: /-kanakaap-/ ni ve mikanakaap -an nid rs foot. Stem: /-sit-/ FOREHEAD ciishtahikan -an ni fork. Also: ciishtahipon eh FORMER kayaash pc originally, long ago, former La k ( FORTY niimitana nu forty FOUR niiwin nu four niiwinoon vii be four. Stem: /niiwin-/ niiwiwak vai be four. Stem: /niiwi-/ FOUR DOLLARS niiwaapihk na four dollars FOUR TIMES niiwaa pc four times 291 �ENGLISH - ANIHSfilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY uc at io n 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed FOURTEEN niiwishaap nu fourteen, (decade number) plus four FOURTEEN DOLLARS niiwishaap tahsiwaapihk na fourteen dollars FOX mahkehshi -wak na fox. Also: waakohsh waakohsh -ak na fox. Also: mahkehshi -wak FREEZE kashkatin vii freeze up FREQUENT nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently FRIDAY pahkweshikani-kiishikaa vii flour day, be Friday FROG omakahkii -k na frog FROM onci pc from (E). Also: ocl (W) onci- prev from, cause (E). IC: wenci-. Also: oci- (W)IC: weciFROZEN aahkwatin vii be frozen up, be frozen over FROZEN SOLID mashkwaakwatin vii be frozen solid FRYING PAN paanahkihk -wak na frying pan FUMBLE papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems FUN minwentaakwan vii be fun, be liked, be appreciated FUNNY wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny wawiyatisiike vai do funny things FUR ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade FUTURE ta- prev will [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] GARAGE waweshahitaapaanewikamik -oon ni garage GAS pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GAS STATION kaahsaniiwikamik -oon ni gas station GASOLINE kaahsanii ni gasoline GATHER maawatoonan vti gather s.t. GATHERING maawacihitowin ni gathering, meeting 292 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n GET naasihkan vti get s.t., fetch s.t. naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GET BY BOAT naataham vai2 go to get by boat naatahan vti go to get s.t. by boat GET NET naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net GET OFF kapaa vai get off, disembark GETON poosi vai get on, embark poosihi vta get on board Stem: /poosih-/ GET READY kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) GETUP wanishkaa vai get up in the morning GET WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water GHOST ciipay -ak na ghost, corpse GIRL ihkwesenhs -ak na girl (E). Also: ihkwesehs (W) GIVE miish vta give (s.t.) to s.o. Stem: /miiN-/ ahshanke vai give food to people (E). Also: ahshake (W) GO aacaan pc go! ishaa vai go to a certain place maacaa vai go, leave papaami-ishaamakan vii go about, go there pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour GO AHEAD tepwehtam vai2 believe, agree, go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtan vti believe s.t., agree with s.t., go ahead with something (what someone says to do) tepwehtaw vta believe in s.o., agree with s.o., go ahead with something (what some one says to do) GO AROUND nanaantawi- prev seek, go around for (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) GO AWAY ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) niikateshkaa vai go away GO BACK kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back 293 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n GO BACKWARDS ashepite vii go backwards GO DOWNHILL tiihtipaamaciwe vai go downhill GO FOR naaci- pv get, fetch, go for GO FOR FOOD naacimiicime vai go for food GO HOME kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back GOIN piintike vai enter, go in, come in (E). Also: piitike (W) GO OUT saakaham vai2 go out, exit GOTO DO nintawi- prev go to do (E). Also: nantawi-, ntawi- (E). Also: nitawi-, natawi-, ntawi- (W) GOTO SHORE naasipii vai go to the shore, go to the water GOUP ompipaniho vai go up in a hurry (E). Also: opipanihoo, opipaniho (W) GO WITH ity wiiciiw vta go with s.o., accompany s.o. GOING AWAY 0 rs maacaamakan -oon vii go away, leave GONE ni ve inenti vai be gone so long, be absent so long (E). Also: ineti (W) ontenti vai be absent, be gone (E). Also: oteti (W) wenipan pc be gone, disappear U GOOD d mino- pre nice, good nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker ea GOOD LOOKING eh takahkinaakosi vai be good looking, handsome GOOD TASTE La k minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ GOOSE nihka -k na Canada goose wehwe -k na snow goose wehwew -ak na white goose GRAB manipahi vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ GRANDCHILD noosihs -ak nad my grandchild. Stem: /-oosihs-/ GRANDFATHER nimohshoom -ak nad my grandfather. Stem: /-mohshoom-/. Also: nimihshoom 294 Q �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY GRANDMOTHER noohkom -ak nad my grandmother. Stem: /-oohkom-/ GREASE pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas GREAT kihci- pre big, great, very GREATER uc at io n awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more GREEN aniipiiwaa vii be green aniipiiwisi vai be green GREETING Ed waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) GREY of waapisahaa vii be grey waapisahisi vai be grey GROUNDHOG cu lty wiinashk -wak na groundhog GUN paashkisikan -an ni gun HAIR HALF-DOLLAR Fa ni ve aapihta pc half aapihtaa- prev half aapihtawaapihk -ook HALL ity HALF na half-dollar U metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall HAND HANG ea d mininc -iin ni my hand (E). Stem: /-nine-/. Also: minic (W). Stem: /-nic-/ waaciye vai shake hands eh akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) akoote vii hang HANG AROUND La k ( nid hair. Stem: /-piiway-/ rs mipiiway -an piiway ni hair tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play HAPPEN ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC: eshiwepa= iti vai have such things happen to one ihkin vii happen a certain way, be a certain problem macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) HAPPY minwentam vai2 be happy, be glad 295 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HARD aanimisi vai be difficult, be argumentative, be hard to get along with, be cranky HARDER enikohk pc with more effort, harder 0 HARDLY HARE waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) HAT HAVE A BOAT ociimaani vai have a boat, have s.t. as one's boat cu lty HAVE ARROWS of ayaan vti have s.t. ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. Ed ashtotin -an ni hat, cap HAVE uc at io n akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly opihkwahko vai have arrows HE HEAD head. Stem: /-shtikwaan-/ ni ve mishtikwaan -an nid Q rs ity Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only HEAL natawihiwe -wak vai heal people (W). Also: antawihiwe (E) U HEAR d noontaw vta hear s.o.(E). Also: nontaw (W) tanihtaakwan vii be heard there ea HEAR S.O. vta hear s.o. in the distance vti hear s.t. in the distance eh tepihtaw tepihtan La k HEARD taniwewitam vai2 be heard from a certain place HEART mitehi -in nid heart. Stem: /-tehi-/ HEATER kishisikanaapihk -oon ni heater HEEL mitoontan -an nid heel (E). Stem: /-toontan-/. Also: mitootan (W). Stem: /-tootan-/ HELLO pooshoo pc hello waaciye pc hello! greeting! (also used by some speakers as a farewell) 296 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HELP wiicihi vta help s.o. Stem: /wiicih-/ HER uc at io n kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only HERE ohomaa pc here. Also: homaa pi- prev here, hither, towards kaash vta hide s.o., hide s.t. animate. Stem: /kaaN-/ kaatoon vti2 hide it HIGH of mooshkahan vii flood, be high water HILL cu lty pihkwaamatinaa -n ni hill Ed HIDE HIM HIP rs mishiikan -an nid hip. Stem: /-shiikan-/ ni ve HIT U pahkihteho vta hit s.o. /pahkihtehw-/ pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. pihtaho vta hit s.o. accidentally using s.t. Stem: /pihtahw-/ HITHER ea HOCKEY d pi- prev here, hither, towards eh pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey pimaahkwepahikewin ni hockey HOLE IN ICE La k ( ity Fa kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only twaahikan -an ni hole in ice twaahike vai make a hole in the ice HOME api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home kiiwe vai go home, return HOMESICK shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad HOOK kwaashkwepicikan -ak na fishhook kwaashkwepish vta hook s.o. Stem: /kwaashkwepiN-/ 297 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY HOOKED kwaashkwepiso vai be hooked 0 HOPE kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope HOT uc at io n kishite vii be hot (atmosphere) kishaakamite vii be hot (liquid) HOUR waahkaahse vii go around, be an hour HOUSE HOW Fa cu lty of aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin HOW MANY aan tahsin pc how many HOWEVER shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all HOWL wawoono vai howl (of dog, wolf etc.) HUNDRED Ed maniwaahkaahikane vai buy a house waahkaahikan -an ni house mitaahsomitana nu hundred. niishwaa mitaahsomitana 'two hundred', etc. ity HUNGRY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry Q rs HUNT U ni ve nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E). Also:nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawaapantan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawaapatan (W) nanaantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: nanaatawencike (W) nantawencike vai hunt (E). Also: natawencike (W) nooncihshipe vai hunt ducks (E). Also: noocihshipe (W) HURRY d kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast La k eh ea HURRY ABOARD poosipaniho vai hurry aboard. Also: poosipanihoo HURT wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain keniin pr me too, as for me [first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me [first person singular personal pronoun) niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only ICE mihkwam -iik na ice maacihtan vii be ice breaking up maacihtan vii ice break up 0 ICE BREAKUP maacihtan vii be ice breaking up 298 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maacihtan vii ice break up IF La k eh ea d U ni ve rs C. ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n kiishpin pc if ILLNESS aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness IN ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshilN PROCESS pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of IN PROGRESS ani- prev away from, in progress toward, gradual onset, from that time IN THE WATER nipiihkaank pc in the water (E). Also: nipiihkaak (W) INDIAN anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe INDIAN weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder INDOORS piintikamik pc indoors (E). Also: piitikamik (W) INFORM kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ INLAND noohpimink pc in the bush, inland (E). Also: noohpimik (W) INSECT manicoohsh -ak na bug, insect INSIDE piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piici- (W) piinciyahii pc inside something (E). Also: piiciyahii (W) INTO piinci- pren inside, into (E). Also: piinci- (W) INVESTIGATE memecikaayaapantan vti examine s.t., investigate s.t., check up on s.t. (by looking) (E). Also: memecikaayaapatan (W) naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ IRON shooshkwahikan -ak na iron ISLAND minihtik -oon ni island JACKFISH cwaapiihsh -ak na jackfish. Also: nicwaapiihsh JAIL kipaahkwahitiiwikamik -oon ni jail JAM caam ni jam L 299 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY JANUARY ociimitoo-piihsim na kiss month, January. Also: ociimi-kiishikaawi-piihsim JAY kwiikwiihs -ak na Canada jay. Also: kwiihwiihshi -wak 0 JOB uc at io n anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working JOKINGLY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) JUDGE Ed tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) JULY kiishipakaawi-piihsim na leaves are fully grown month, July of JUMP cu lty kwaashkoni vai jump poosikwaashkoni vai jump aboard kicikwaashkoni vai jump out JUNE na saakipaakaawi-piihsim leaves are out month, June Fa JUST piko pc just. Also: poko naapihkaakan -ak na ity KERCHIEF kerchief, scarf 0 rs KETTLE ni ve ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle tiiwahkihk -wak -oak na kettle, teakettle KEY aapihsakahikan -an ni key U KILL KIND ea d nihsi vta kill s.o. Stem: /nihs-/ nipahtoon vti2 kill s.t. Stem: /nipahtoo-/ eh toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort La k KITCHEN TABLE wiihsiniiwinaahtik -oon ni kitchen table KNEE mikitik -oon ni knee KNIFE moohkomaan -an ni knife naacihkomaane vai get a knife KNOW kihkenim vta know s.o. kihkentan vti know s.t. nahke piko pc I don't know kihkentam vai2 know 0 300 �rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed KNOWHOW nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk KNOWN kihkentaakwan vii known LADLE emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle LAKE saakahikan -an -iin ni lake akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake mihshikamaa vii be a big lake LAKE TROUT namekohs -ak na lake trout LAMP waashtenikan -an ni lamp. Also: waahtenikan, waastenikan LARD pimite ni lard, grease, fuel oil, gas LAST anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute eni-tipihkaak vii last evening. IC < ani-tipihkaa ishkwaayaac pc end, last, ultimate LATE anoonaakohshin vii be late in the afternoon pwaatawi- pv delayed, late LATER paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while naake pc later LAUGH paahpi vai laugh paahpihi vta laugh at s.o. Stem: /paahpih-/ LAUGH AT paahpihtoon vti2 laugh at s.t. Stem: /kaatoo-/ LAUNDROMAT kisiipiikinikewikamik -oon ni laundromat LAZV kihtimi vai be lazy LEAST kanake pc at least LEAVE maacaa vai go, leave LEAVE BEHIND nakash vta leave s.o. behind. Stem: /nakaN-/ nakatan vti leave s.t. behind LEFT namancinihkiink pc on the left. Also: namacinihkiik (W) LEG mihkaat -an nid leg. Stem: /-hkaat-/ uc at io n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 301 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n LEGEND aatisoohkaan -an ni legend aatisoohke vai tell legends LENGTH ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length LET GOOF pakitin vta let go of s.o. pakitinan vti let go of s.t. LET KNOW kihkentamoosh vta inform s.o., let s.o. know. Stem: /kihkentamooN-/ LETTER masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper LIBRARY masinahikanikamik -oon ni library LIE ahshawaapam vta lie in wait for s.o. ahshawaapantan vti lie in wait for s.t., look out for s.t. (E). Also: ahshawaapantan (W) LIE DOWN kawihshimo vai lie down, go to bed pimihshin vai lie down LIFE pimaatisiwin -an ni life LIGHT sahkiso vai be lit, be on fire, have one's house on fire sahkite vii be lit, be on fire LIKE minwenim vta like s.o. minwentan vti like s.t., enjoy s.t. LIKE TASTE minohpitan vti like taste of s.t. minohpo vta like taste of s.o. Stem: /minohpw-/ LIKED minwentaakwan vii be fun, liked, appreciated LIKELY maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably LIPS mitoon -an nid mouth (especially outer part of mouth; lips) LISTEN nantohtaw vta listen to s.o. (E). Also: natohtaw (W) nantohtan vti listen to s.t. (E). Also: natohtan (W) LISTEN! mah! pc listen! LITTLE pankii pc a little (E). Also: pakii (W) LIVE pimaatisi vai live, be alive 302 0 �ENGLISH - ANIBSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ishi-taa vai live there, reside there LOCATION amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location LONELY shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad LONESOME shikatentan vti be lonesome for s.t. LONG ahko- prev as far as, as long as, a certain length kinwaakaash pc for a long time LONG AGO weshkac pc long ago, in the past kayaash pc originally, long ago, former weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past LONG HAIR kinwaanihkwe vai have long hair LONG TIME kinwensh pc for a long time (E). Also: kinwesh (W) LOOK inaapi vai take a look wawiyasinaakosi vai look cute, look funny LOOK AFTER kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. LOOK AROUND ayinaapi vai look around. Reduplication of: inaapi nanaantawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawaapam (W) nanaantawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaatawenim (W) nanaantawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaatawentan(W) nanaatawaapam vta look around for s.o., hunt for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawaapam (W) nanaatawaapatan vti look around for s.t., hunt for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawaapantan (W) nanaatawenim vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E) Also: nanaantawenim (W) nanaatawentan vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E) Also: nanaantawentan (W) LOOK AT kanawaapam vta look at s.o. kanawaapantan vti look at s.t. (E). Also: kanawaapatan (W) LOOK FOR nantonaw vta look for s.o. LOOK NICE mino-naakosi vai looks nice, good looking. Also: minonaakosi LOOKI nah! pc look! look out! LOOKOUT ahshawaapi vai be on the lookout, lie in wait LOON maank -wak na loon (E). Also: maak (W) 303 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY LOSE wanihi vta lose s.o., miss s.o., mislay s.o. Stem: /wanih-/ wanihtoon vti2 lose s.t. Stem: /wanihtoo-/ 0 LOT mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ LOUD uc at io n kishiiwemakan vii be loud LOVE saakihi vta like, love s.o. Stem: /saakih-/ LOW Ed capashiihsh pc low, lower level LOW SOUND OR VOICE pitikohtaakosi vai have a muffled or low sound, have a muffled or low voice LYNX MACHINE cu lty pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MAD kishiwaasi vai be angry, be mad pootawe vai make or build up a fire Fa MAKE FIRE MAKE FUN of pishiw -ak na lynx ity nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MAN 0 rs naape -wak na man niici-naape -wak nad my fellow man. Stem: /-iici-naapew-/ ni ve MANAGE kashkihi vta be able to manage, can do to s.o.; let s.o. go. Stem: /kashkih-/ MANAGER U okimaa -k na boss, manager MANY La k eh ea d aan tahsin pc how many mihshiin pc many, much, a lot mihshiinowak vai be many. Stem: /mihshiino-/ minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ mihshiinatinoon vii be a lot of, be many of. Stem: /mihshiinatin-/ MANY TIMES mihshiiniwaa pc many times, often. Also: mihshiinwaa MARCH mikisiwi-piihsim na bald eagle month, March MARRIED wiikito vai be married, marry 0 MARRY wiikito vai be married, marry 304 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n MATCH maaciihs -ak na match MAY mahko-piihsim na bear month, May MAYBE iitok pc maybe, must be maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta ME keniin pr me too, as for me (first person singular personal pronoun] niin pr I, me (first person singular personal pronoun] niinishtam pr me next, me first (first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam niinehta pr I alone, me only MEAN nanaatihkosii vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people MEASURE tipaahkonike vai judge things/people, measure things (as something stick-like) MEAT wiiyaahs ni meat amihko-wiiyaahs ni beaver meat atihko-wiiyaahs ni caribou meat mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MEDICINE mashkihki -in ni medicine, drug mashkihkiiwinini -wak na medicine person, doctor MELT ninkiso -wak vai be melted (E). Also: nikiso (W) MIDDLE nahsaw pc middle of MIGHT AS WELL nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac MILK coocoohshaapoo ni milk MINNOW kinooshenhs -ak na minnow (E). Also: kinooshehs (W) MINUTE anihshaa pc by chance, at the last minute MIRACULOUSLY natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise MISERABLE WEATHER niiskaatan vii be miserable weather MISTAKE mamaanii vai do something bad, make mistakes MITTEN mincihkaawan -ak na mitten (E). Also: micihkaawan (W) L 305 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n MIX kinika pc mix MOCCASIN mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin MONDAY anohkiiwi-kiishikaa vii work day, be Monday MONEY shooniyaan -ak na money. Also: shooniyaa MONTH piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom MOON akoocin vai hang, be in the sky (as sun, moon, and stars) piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom tipihki-piihsim -ook na moon MOONLIGHT kiishikaahte vii be moonlight MOOSE moos -ook na moose mooso-wiiyaahs ni moose meat MORE kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic awahshime pc to greater extent, more and more enikohk pc with more effort, harder nawac pc more, quite (-er) MORNING kekishepaayaa vii be morning waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow kekishep pc this morning (past). Also: kekishepaa MOSQUITO sakime -k na mosquito MOSQUITO NET sakimewayaan -ak na mosquito net MOST maawac pc most, most of all MOTHER nimaamaa -mak nad my mother. Stem: /-maamaa(m)-/ MOTHER-IN-LAW nisikohs -ak nad my (cross-)aunt; my mother-in-law. Stem: /-sikohs-/ MOTOR pimipanihcikan -an ni engine, motor, machine MOTOR OIL apaakaminikan na motor oil MOUNTAIN wacii -n ni mountain MOUSE aapikoshiihsh -ak na mouse. Also: waapikoshiihsh 306 0 �ENGLISH . ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY MOUTH mikonew ni mouth, inside mouth. Stem: /-konew-/ MOVE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E}. Also: aaci-taa (W) MUCH uc at io n mihshiin pc many, much, a lot minikohk pc much, many. Also: minikwahk mishtahi pc much, a lot. Also: mistahi MUSIC kitohcike vai play a musical instrument MUSKEG mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp na muskrat MUST maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be MUST BE cu lty iitok pc maybe, must be of wacashk -wak Ed MUSKRAT MUSTACHE miihsaweshkishii vai have a mustache NAME-SAKE Fa niici-toohkan -ak nad my name-sake. Stem: /-iici-toohkan-/ NAMED ity ishinihkaaso vai be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaaso= ishinihkaate vii be called or named a certain way. IC> eshinihkaate= rs NARRATE tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate ni ve NARRATION tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration NARROW U akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river NATIVE ea d anihshininiimo vai speak the native language anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshiniihkwe eh NATURAL nato- pre real, natural, plain NAVEL La k ( mitihs -iin ni navel. Stem: /-tihs-/ NEAR naani- pren near, by naaniyahii pc near something pehshonc pc close, near (E). Also: pehshoc (W) NEAR ciikic pc by, close to, near to NEARLY kekaat pc nearly, almost 307 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY NECK mikwayaw -an nid neck. Stem: /kwayaw-/ NEIGHBOUR onci-wiici-taamaakan na neighbour (E). Also: oci-wiici-taamaakan (W) 0 NEPHEW uc at io n ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaakihshiim (W) nitooshim -ak nad my (parallel-)nephew. Stem: /-tooshim-/ NET ahsap -iik na net naatahsapii vai get one's net, check one's net pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net Ed NEVER kaawin wiihkaa pc never shaakooc pc however, nevertheless, after all NEWS vta tell s.o. news or a story cu lty tipaacimohtaw of NEVERTHELESS NEXT ity Fa kiinishtam pr you next, you first [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihtam nishtam pc first, next niinishtam pr me next, me first [first person singular pronoun]. Also: niinihtam wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next {third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam NICE Q ni ve rs mino- pre nice, good minwaahshin vii be nice, look nice anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water NICE DAY U mino-kiishikaa vii be a nice day NIECE ea NIGHT d nitooshimihkwem -ak nad my (parallel-)niece. Stem: /-tooshimihkwem-/ La k eh kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) tipihkaa vii be night niipaa- pv at night, happening at night, nocturnal tipihkonk pc last night (E). Also: tipihkok (W) NINE saankahso nu nine (E). Also: shaakahso, saakahso (W) NINE DOLLARS saankahswaapihk na nine dollars (E). Also: saakahsowaapihk. Also: saakahswaapihk (W) NINETEEN saankahsohshaap nu nineteen, (decade number) plus nine (E). Also: shaankahsoshaap (W) NINETEEN DOLLARS saankahsoshaap tahswaapihk na nineteen dollars (E). Also: saakahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk( ' "-t NINETY saankahsomitana nu ninety (E). Also: shaakahsomitana, saankahsomitana (W) 308 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY NO ekaa pc no, not [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. NO REASON kwanta pc tor no reason or purpose NORTH kiiwetinonk pc north (E). Also: kiiwetinok (W) waawaahte uc at io n NORTHERN LIGHTS vii flash (light), Northern Lights NOSE mikot -an nid nose. Stem: /-kot-/ ekaa pc no, not. [conjunct negative word] kaawin pc no, not. Also: kwaan. nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit of NOT YET kaawin mahshi pc not yet na cu lty NOVEMBER kashkatinoo-piihsim Ed NOT freeze up month, November NOW Fa aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) NUMBER ni ve rs ity tahsin pc a certain number tahsinoon vii be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsin-/ tahsiwak vai be a certain number of. Stem: /tahsi-/ tahso- pre every, a certain number NURSING STATION mashkihkiiwikamik -oon ni nursing station U OAR na paddle, oar. d ashepoyaan -ak OCEAN ea akaami-kihcikam pc across the ocean OCTOBER eh pinaahkwiiwi-piihsim na leaves are falling month, October OFFICE La k ( masinahikewikamik -oon ni office, band office OFTEN nahshine pc often, all the time, frequently OH MY! kooshta pc oopsl oh my! Also: ooshta ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OLD weshkaci-anihshinini na old-timer, old Indian person, elder na old-timer, old Indian person, elder OLD-TIMER weshkaci-anihshinini 309 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n ONCE peshikwaa pc once, one time ONE peshik nu one peshiko- pre one, single pehpeshik pc one by one ONE CENT peshik piiwaapihkohsh -ak na one cent. Also: peshik piiwaapihkoonhsh ONE DOLLAR peshikwaapihk na one dollar ONE DOLLAR BILL peshikoopiihikan -ak na one dollar bill ONE THAT kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONE TIME peshikwaa pc once, one time ONE WHO kaa- prev one who, one that [conjunct relativizer] ONLY ehta pc only kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehta pr I alone, me only niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) wiinehta pr him/her alone, him/her only wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only OOPS! ooshta pc oops! oh my! Also: kooshta OPEN paahkihsin -oon vii be open ORDER onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ORGANIZE onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ ORIGINALLY kayaash pc originally, long ago, former OTHER kotak -iyak pr the other. [animate alternative] kotak -iyan pr the other. [inanimate alternative] OTTER nikik -wak na otter. Also: ninkik nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan OUGHT taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] OUT saakici- prev out 310 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY OUTSIDE akwaciink pc outside (E). Also: akwaciik (W) OVER THERE ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti OVERCAST ninkwahkwan vii overcast (E). Also: nikwahkwan (W) OWE uc at io n masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. OWL koohkoohkohoo -k na owl OWN Ed tipenim vta own s.o., keep s.o., control s.o. tipentan vti own s.t., keep s.t., control s.t. PACK cu lty of pashkwewash -an ni pack piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /pinahw-/ pimiwane vai carry a pack along on one's back PADDLE ity PAIL ahkihk -wak -ook na pail, kettle rs PAIN ni ve wiihsakentam vai2 be extremely hurt, feel extreme pain PANTS mitaahs -ak nad pants. Stem: /-taahs-/ U PAPER d masinahikan -an ni book, document, paper, letter, newspaper PARENT PAST ea niniikihik -ook nad my parent. Stem: /-niikihikw•/ eh pimi- prev by, past, along, in process of weshkac pc long ago, in the past weshkaci- pv long ago, in the past La k ( Fa apwi -yak -wak na paddle, oar. Also: apoy -yak pimahkwashiwaake vai paddle something pimahkwashiwe vai paddle, paddle by maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off PAST TENSE kii- prev [past tense] Also: kiih-. IC> kaaoci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oncionci- prev [negative past tense]. Also: oci- PATH miihkana -n ni trail, path, road PAUL Powaan -ak na Paul (person's name) PELT ahtay -ak na pelt, fur for trade 311 �ENGLISH • ANIHSmNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY PEN masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen 0 PENCIL masinahikanaahtik -oon ni pencil, pen PENINSULA neyaahsh ni be a peninsula or point of land in the lake pepaa uc at io n PEPPER ni pepper PERHAPS ayaaw vta have s.o., have permission to use s.o. PERSON of PERMANENTLY nehpici- pv permanently, not knowing when to quit PERMISSION Ed maashkooc pc perhaps, maybe, or else maawin pc likely, perhaps, maybe, must be naanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta Fa cu lty anihshinaape -k na Indian, person anihshinini -wak na Indian, person awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa PICK ity otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked PICKUP vta grab s.o., pick s.o. up quickly. Stem: /manipah-/ rs manipahi 0 ni ve PICKEREL okaahs -ak na pickerel PILLOW ni pillow U ahpihkwehshimon -an PLAIN ea d nato- pre real, natural, plain PLANE pimihsewin -an ni airplane, plane eh PLATE La k onaakan -an ni dish, plate PLAY metawe vai play tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play pimaahkwepahike vai play hockey PLAY INSTRUMENT kitohcike vai play a musical instrument PLAYTHING metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything PLEASE aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let me! Also: maahti ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please 312 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n PLOW tawehkonehike vai plow snow POLICE STATION shimaakanihshiiwikamik -oon ni police station POND waanipiiyaa vii pond, be an area of water POORLY siitawaac pc barely, hardly, poorly POP/JUICE shiiwaapoo ni pop, soft drink, juice PORCUPINE kaak -wak na porcupine PORRIDGE anoominaapoo na porridge PORTAGE kahkiiwe vai to portage onikam -iin ni portage POSSESSION ayaan vti my possession, it belongs to me POSSIBLE kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps POSSIBLY kehcin pc probably possibly POTATO ashkipwaaw -an ni potato POUR siikinan vti pour s.t., pump s.t. out POURED siikinikaate -wan vii be poured (liquid) PRAY ayamihaa vai pray PREPARE kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) PROBABLY nitiko pc probably. Also: ntiko kaye piko pc likely, to be expected, probably kehcin pc probably possibly PROBABLY NOT kamaawin pc think not so, probably not so. <kaawin maawin PROBLEM aanimihse vaVii have difficulties, run into problems, get complicated PROBLEMS papiikonike vai fumble things, cause problems PROPERTY tipencikewin -an ni property, belongings, family PROVISIONS BOX niimaawiniwash -an ni provisions box or container 313 �ENGLISH - ANIHSIDNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n PUNISH tipaahkon vta judge s.o. punish s.o., charge s.o. PURPOSE kwanta pc for no reason or purpose PURPOSELY oncita pc purposely, jokingly (E). Also: ocita (W) PURSE piinahikan -an ni purse PUT ahsi vta put s.o. in a certain place. Stem: /ahs-/ ahtoon vti2 put s.t. in a certain place. Stem: /ahtoo-/ onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ PUT CLOTHES ON pihtaahpiso vai put clothes on, get dressed PUT IN CONTAINER piinahike vai put something in a container, pack something piinaho vta put s.o. in a container, pack s.o. Stem: /piinahw-/ PUT ON BOARD poosihi vta put on board s.o. Stem: /poosih-/ poosihtoon vti2 put s.t. on board. Stem: /poosihtoo-/ QUARTER peshishooniyaahsh -ak na twenty-five cents, (quarter). Also: peshik shooniyaahsh QUESTION ina pc [yes-no question marker] also na. QUICK kinipihse vaVii be quick, be fast, be used up quickly (money or time) kinipii vai hurry, be quick, be fast QUICKLY wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry kashkii-tipihkanihse vii get dark quickly (at night) QUIETLY sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly QUIT pooni- prev stop, cease, quit poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working QUITE nawac pc more, quite (-er) RABBIT waapoos -ook na snowshoe hare (rabbit) waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) RADIO nantohtamowin ni radio RADIO STATION natohtamoowikamik -oon ni radio station RAIN kimiwan vii rain. Also: kimowan 314 0 �ENGLISH - ANillSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n RAISIN shoominihsh -ak na raisin RAPIDS paawihtik -oon ni rapids RATHER nitawaac pc might as well, rather. Also: ntawaac RAVEN kaakaaki -wak na raven READY kwayaancii vai get ready, prepare (E). Also: kwayaacii (W) kwayaantahcike vai be ready or available things (E). Also: kwayaatahcike (W) REAL nato- pre real, natural, plain REALIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. REALLY mitoni pc really, entirely so naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively RECOGNIZE nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. RECREATION HALL metawewikamik -oon ni recreation hall RED miskosi vai be red miskwaa vii be red maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset REGARDLESS aanciko pc to do anyway regardless of... (E). Also: aaciko (W) REGRETFUL mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) REGURGITATE pakitanemo vta regurgitate s.o. Stem: /pakitanemw-/ RELATION inaakoomaakan -ak na relation, person one is related to pehshotaahkoomaakan -ak na close relation REMEMBER kanoohkentaw vta remember s.o. kanoohke vai+o remember REMIND kanoohkem vta remind s.o. REPAIR waweshihtoon vti2 fix s.t., repair s.t. Stem: /waweshihtoo-/ RESIDE ishi-taa vai live there, reside there 315 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n RESIDENCE aanci-taa vai move one's residence (E). Also: aaci-taa (W) RESTAURANT wiihsiniiwikamik -oon ni restaurant RESTROOM/WASHROOM anwepiiwikamik -oon ni restroom/washroom RETURN kiiwe vai go home, return kiiwe- prev returning, going home, going back kiiwenotan vti return to s.t. RETURN THROUGH AIR kiiweyaahsin vii return through air, blow back RETURN TO pi-kiiwenotaw vta return to s.o., come back to s.o. pi-kiiwenotan vti return to s.t., come back to s.t. RICH wenootisi vai be rich RIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) kihcinihkiink pc on the right (E). Also: kihcinihkiik (W) RING ahcanihsh -ak na ring RIVER siipi -in ni river akaahsihtikweyaa vii be a narrow river mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) ROAD miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail patotepiso vai drive off the road ROCK ahsin -iik na stone, rock ROCKY ahsiniiwan vii be rocky ROCKY ISLAND minihtikwaapihk -oon ni rocky island ROLL tihtipihse vaVii roll ROLL FAST tihtipipaniho vai roll fast. Also: tihtipipanihoo RUN pimipahtoo vai run along, run by maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running ihpahiwe -wak vai run to a certain place (for cover) RUN AWAY FROM maaciipahiwe vai run away from maaciipahiwaash vta run away from s.o. Stem: /maaciipahiwaaN-/ 316 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY maaciipahiwaatan vti run away from s.t. RUN OUT caakihse vaVii get used up, run out, be exhausted SAD shikatentam vai2 be bored, be lonely, be homesick, be sad SALT shiiwihtaakan ni salt uc at io n SAME peshikwan pc same pehkihsh pc at the same time, while SAME TIME maatinawe-kiishikaa vii distribution day, be Saturday SAW vai saw things, cut things with the saw of kiishkipoocike Ed mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now SATURDAY ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way ishi vta say to s.o. Stem: /iN-/ SCARCELY akaawaac pc hardly, scarcely Fa SCARED cu lty SAY kohtaaci vai be afraid, get scared ity SCHOOL rs ishkooniwikamik -oon ni school ishkoonoo vai attend school. Also: ishoonoowi, ishkoonii ni ve SCISSORS maacishikan -an SCRAPE vta scrape s.o. Stem: /maatahw-/ U maataho SEAGULL na ea d kiyaashk -wak SEARCH ni scissors eh nanaantawenim nanaantawentan seagull. Also: kiiyaashk vta look around for s.o., search for s.o. (E). Also: nanaatawenim (W) vti look around for s.t., search for s.t. (E). Also: nanaatawentan (W) SEATED namatapi vai sit down, be seated La k ( SEE ishinan vti look at s.t. which looks so, see s.t. a certain way waapam vta see s.o. waapantan vti see s.t. Also: waapatan ani-naakosi vai be seen going away (from the speaker) SEEK nanaantawi- prev seek (E). Reduplication of: nantawi-, ntawi-. Also: nanaatawi- (W) SEPTEMBER waahtepakiiwi-piihsim na leaves are changing colour month, September. Also: waahtepakaawi-piihsim 317 �ENGLISH - ANIHSfilNINIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n SET pakitahwe vai fish with a net, set a net SET OUT maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SEVEN niishwaahsinoon vii be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsin-/ niishwaahsiwak vai be seven. Stem: /niishwaahsi-/ niishwaahso nu seven SEVEN DOLLARS niishwaahswaapihk na na seven dollars SEVENTEEN niishwaahsoshaap nu seventeen, (decade number) plus seven SEVENTEEN DOLLARS niishwaahsoshaap tahsiwaapihk na seventeen dollars SEVENTY niishwaahsomitana nu seventy SHAKE HANDS waaciye vai shake hands SHALLOW paakwaa vii be shallow water SHARP kaahshaa vii be sharp SHE kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiin pr he, she, him, her [third person singular personal pronoun] wiinishtam pr him first, her first, him next, her next [third person singular personal pronoun]. Also: wiinihtam SHIRT pakwaan -an ni shirt SHOE mahkisin -an ni shoe, moccasin SHOOT paashkiso vta shoot s.o. Stem: /paashkisw-/ SHOOT WITH ARROW pimo vta shoot s.o. with an arrow. Stem: /pimw-/ SHOP maaham vai2 go on a shopping trip, shop SHORE naanew pc down the shore, on the shore naanewi- pren on shore SHORT tahkokaapawi vai stand short, be short SHORTHAIR tahkwaanihkwe vai have short hair SHOULD ci- prev to, that, will, would, could, should [conjunct future and modal] 318 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY ke- prev will, should, would, could [Changed future and modal] taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can [modal] SHOULDER mitihtiman -an nid shoulder. Stem: /-tihtiman-/ piminike vai carry things along on one's shoulder SHOVEL wepahaakone vai shovel snow uc at io n SHOW UP naakosi vai be visible, show up naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) SHOWER take a shower SHUTTLE ahsapaahtik -ook na shuttle (with twine) for net making SIBLING Ed kisiisihpaso vai of niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ cu lty SIBLING-IN-LAW niinim -ook nad my (cross-)cousin of opposite sex, my sibling-in-law of opposite sex. Stem: /-iinimw-/ Fa SICK aahkosi vai be sick SICKNESS ity aahkosiwin -an ni sickness, illness SIGHT nihsitawinan vti recognize s.t. by sight, realize s.t. ni ve SILENT rs ( ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound SINCE U ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently SING ea SINGLE d nikamo vai sing La k eh peshiko vai be alone, single peshiko- pre one, single peshikwan vii be alone, single SISTER niciimic -ak nad my younger brother or sister, my younger sibling. Stem: /-ciimic-/ nimihses -ak nad my older sister. Stem: /-mihses-/ nitawemaa -k nad my (man's) sister, my (woman's) brother. Stem: /-tawemaa-/ niitihkwe -wak nad my (woman's) sister. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ SISTER-IN-LAW nicaahkohsh -ak nad my (woman's) (female cross-)cousin, my (woman's) sister-in-law. Stem: /-caahkohsh-/ L SIT api vai be in a certain place, sit, be at home namatapi vai sit down, be seated 319 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n IT ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly SIX ninkotwaahsinoon vii be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsin-/. Also: nikotwaahsinoon (W) ninkotwaahsiwak vai be six (E). Stem: /ninkotwaahsi-/. Also: nikotwaahsiwak (W) ninkotwaahso nu six (E). Also: nikotwaahso (W) SIX DOLLARS ninkotwaahsowaapihk na six dollars (E). Also: ninkotwaahswaapihk (W) SIXTEEN ninkotwaahsoshaap nu sixteen (E). Also: ninkotwaahsoshaap (W) SIXTEEN DOLLARS ninkotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk na sixteen dollars (E). Also: nikotwaahsoshaap tahswaapihk (W) SIXTY ninkotwaahsomitana nu sixty (E). Also: nikotwaahsomitana (W) SIZE ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini SKIDOO otaapaan -ak na skidoo, car SKILLED nihtaa- prev can do, skilled at, know how SKIN pahkon vta skin s.o., cut pelt off s.o. SKINNY paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry SKUNK shikaak -wak na skunk SKY kiishik ni sky. kiishik ni sky, day maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SLED pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLEEP nipaa vai sleep SLEIGH pimitaapii vai go along by sled or sleigh SLIMY nipaaciyaa vii be dirty, slimy SLOWLY pehkaac pc slowly, carefully SMALL ahpiihcikini vai be a certain size. Also: apiihcikini akaahshenshi vai be small (E). Also: akaahsheshi (W) 320 0 �Ed rs ni ve U so eh ea d amiicikahi pc that is so amiinahi pc is that so, is that right ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then SO IS THAT amihiwe pc so is that SOAK akoncin vai float, soak (E). Also: akocin (W) akontin vii float, soak (E). Also: akotin (W) SOAP shoohp na soap SOCK ashikan -ak na sock SOME aanta pc some, few SOMEONE awiya -k pr person, someone, somebody, anyone, anybody. Also: awiiya La k ( ity Fa cu lty of akaahsikamaa vii be a small lake SMELL NICE minomaakosi vai smells nice, smells good minomaakwan vii smells nice, smells good SMOKE COMES OUT saakaapahte vii smoke comes out SMOKE FISH manehtek -wak na smoke fish SNAKE kinepik -ook na snake SNARE nakwaakan -an ni snare nakwaakanaahtik -oon ni snare stick (wooden frame) nakwaakaniyaap -iin ni snare wire nakwaaso vai be snared nakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /nakwaaN-/ naapakwaash vta snare s.o. Stem: /naapakwaaN-/ naapakwe vai set snares naatakwe vai go to check snares SNEEZE caahcaamohki vai sneeze a lot SNOW koon -ak na snow sookihpwan vii be snowing. Also: sookohpwan anaamaakonak pc under the snow nihkaakone vaVii be covered with snow tawehkonehike vai plow snow wepahaakone vai shovel snow SNOWSHOE aakim -ak na snowshoe uc at io n ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 321 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n SOMETIMES eshkam pc sometimes SON nikosihs -ak nad my son. Stem: /-kosihs-/ SON-IN-LAW ninahaankihshiim -ak nad my son-in-law, my (cross-)nephew (E). Stem: /-nahaankihshiim-/. Also: ninahaankihshiim (W) SONG nikamowin -an ni song SOON wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry SORRY mincinawesi vai be sorry, be regretful (E). Also: micinawesi (W) SORT toohkaan pc sort, kind. Also: tinoohkaan, toowinihkaan SORT keko pc what kind or sort, which one or sort SOUND ciiweyaa vii be silent, be no sound inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so SOUTH shaawanonk pc south (E). Also: shaawanok (W) SPEAK ihkito vai say, speak in a certain way kanoosh vta call, address, speak to s.o. Stem: /kanooN-/ anihshininiimo vai speak the native language ayami vai speak, talk ayamiihtamaw vta speak for s.o. ayamiihtan vti speak for s.t. SPEAK TO kanootan vti call s.t., address s.t., speak to s.t. SPEED OFF maaciipiso vai set out by vehicle, speed off, drive off SPLIT taashkisho vta split s.o. by cutting. Stem: /taashkishw-/ SPLIT WOOD taashkikahike vai split wood SPOILED nihshiwanaatan vii be spoiled SPOON emihkwaan -ak na spoon, ladle SPOUSE wiiciiwaakan -ak na spouse, companion niiciihaa -k nad my spouse. Stem: /-iiciihaa-/ nikayaashim -ak nad my ex-spouse. Stem: /-kayaashim-/ SPRING siikwan vii spring 322 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n SPRUCE shikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce. Also: shinkop -iik SPRUCE HEN pine -wak na spruce hen STACK onahtoon vti2 arrange s.t., organize s.t., put s.t. in order, stack s.t. Stem: /onahtoo-/ STAND niipawi vai stand, be standing STAND UP pasikwii vai stand up, arise STAR wacahkohsh -ak na star (W). Also: wanankosh (E) START maacii- prev start, begin maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk maaciciwan -oon vii start to flow maaciipahtoo vai set out running, start running maaciihkwashiwe vai start to paddle, paddle off maaciihse vai/ii fly off (as a bird), starts (as a motor) maatanohkii vai start to work STARVE paawanii vai be skinny, starving, hungry STAY tashiihke vai stay there, hang around, live there, play ayapi vai sit around, stay around. Reduplication of: api sakamaatapi vai stay in place, sit quietly STEAL kimooti vai+o steal s.t. STEER washkinan vti tum s.t., steer s.t. STICK mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) STICK ON akohke vai stick on, adhere STILL kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic STINK wiinciikisi vai stink (E). Also: wiiciikisi (W) STOCKY pitikosi vai be stocky, be chubby STOMACH mihsat -an ni stomach STONE ahsin -iik na stone, rock STOP kipihcii vai stop pooni- prev stop, cease, quit 323 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY kipiht1nan vti (in an action) stop s.t., block s.t. poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working 0 STORE ataawikamik -oon ni store, trading post STORY tipaacimowin -an ni story, narration ishkotehkaanaapihk -ook na uc at io n STOVE stove, heater STRAIGHT kwayahk pc right, straight, correct(ly), proper(ly) STRANGER na stranger STRETCH of shiipiikii vai stretch one's body tashopish vta stretch s.o. (as a pelt). Stem: /tashopiN-/ STRIKE cu lty pahkihtehan vti hit s.t., strike s.t. STRONG mashkawii vai be strong STURGEON na sturgeon Fa name -wak Ed piiwite -k SUDDENLY ity ketahtawen pc all of a sudden, suddenly natok pc suddenly, miraculously, as a suprise 0 rs SUFFICIENT ni ve tepi- prev enough, sufficient tepihse vaVii be enough of s.t., be sufficient SUGAR shookaa na sugar U SUITCASE mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. d SUMMER SUN eh ea niipin vii summer tahso-niipin pc every summer La k piihsim -ook na sun, moon, month. Also: piihsom SUN RISE saakaahte vii the sun is rising, the sun comes up SUN SET pankihshimon vii the sun sets (E). Also: pakihshimon (W) SUNDAY ayamihe-kiishikaa vii pray day, be Sunday SUNSET mino-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts good weather miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky at dawn or after sunset SURE aaw pc well, well then, sure 324 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n r cike. cikema pc tor sure kehcinaac pc certainly, for sure tepwe pc true, for sure SUSPECT anaamenim vta suspect s.o., blame s.o. anaamentan vti suspect s.t., blame s.t. SWALLOW koncipanihi vta swallow s.o. (E). Stem: /kocipanih-/. Also kocipanihi (W) SWALLOWED koncipanihcikaate vii be swallowed (E). Also: kocipanihcikaate (W) SWAMP mashkiik -oon ni muskeg, bog, swamp SWEATER shiipiikwaan -an ni seater SWEEP wepahike vai sweep the floor SWEET shiiwaa vii be sweet shiiwaakamin vii be sweet (liquid) SWEETHEART nimoosom -ak nad my sweetheart. Stem: /-moosom-/ SWIM AROUND papaamaatake vai swim around SWING memepiso vai swing oneself memepison -an ni swing, blanket cradle TABLE ahcikanaahtik -oon ni table, also ahcikan wiihsiniiwinaantik -oon . ni kitchen table TAKE otaahpinan vti choose s.t., accept s.t., take s.t., pick s.t. otaahpinikaate vii be chosen, be taken, be accepted, be picked TAKE ALONG maaciiwish vta take along with s.o. Stem: /maaciiwiN-/ maaciiwitoon vti take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ TAKEAWAY maaciiwitoon vti2 take along with s.t., take s.t. away. Stem: /maaciiwitoo-/ maaciiwicikaate vii be taken away, be carried away TAKE CARE kanawenim vta look after, take care of s.o. kanawentan vti look after, take care of s.t. TAKE S.O. /S.T. HOME kiiwewish vta take s.o. home. Stem: /kiiwewiN-/ kiiwewitoon vti take s.t. home. Stem: /kiiwewitoo-/ TALK ayami vai speak, talk nihtaawe vai know how to talk, can talk 325 �ENGLISH • ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TALL vai stand tall, be tall kinokaapawi 0 TASTE BAD macihpo vta taste s.o. who tastes bad. Stem: /macihpw-/ macihpikwan vti taste bad TASTE BITTER uc at io n wiihsakaakamin -oon vii tastes bitter (liquid) TASTE GOOD minohpakosi vai taste good. Also: minohpikosi minohpakwan vii taste good kocihpitan vti take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. inanimate kocihpo vta take a taste of, try a taste of s.t. animate TEA TEACH kihkinoohamaw kihkinoohamaw vta teach s.o. vta teach someting to s.o., give direction to s.o. TEAKETTLE na kettle, teakettle Fa tiiwahkihk -wak -ook TEASE vai do mean things, tease, make fun of people ity nanaatihkosii cu lty of tii ni tea tiihke vai make tea Ed TASTE OF TELEPHONE 0 rs maaciikitowin -an ni telephone TELEVISION ni ve masinaahtehsicikan -an ni television TELL wiintamaw vta tell something to s.o. (E). Also: wiitamaw (W) tashim U TELL ABOUT vta tell about, talk about s.o. vai tell legends ea aatisoohke d TELL LEGENDS eh TELL NEWS La k tipaacimo vai tell news, narrate tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TELL ON mamihshim vta tell on s.o. mamihshintan vta tell on s.t. (E). Also: mamihshitan (W) TELL STORY tipaacimohtaw vta tell s.o. news or a story about someone TEN mitaahsinoon vii be ten. Stem: /mitaahsin-/ mitaahsiwak vai be ten. Stem: /mitaahsi-/ mitaahso nu ten TEN CENTS mitaahso piiwaapihkohsh -ak na ten cents. Also: mitaahso piiwaapihkoonhsh 326 0 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n TEN DOLLAR BILL mitaahsoopiihikan -ak na ten dollar bill TEN DOLLARS mitaahswaapihk na ten dollars TENT wiiskwehokaan -an ni tent THANK nanaahkom vta thank s.o. THANKS miikwehc pc thanks THAT aha pr that. Also: ahawe. [animate singular demonstrative] ahawe pr that. Also: aha. [animate singular demonstrative] ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] ihi pr that. Also: ihiwe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] ihiwe pr that. Also: ihi, ihiwe, hi. [inanimate singular demonstrative] THATWAY ihiweti pc over there, that way. Also: hiweti weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there THAT'S amihi pc that's THEM kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THEN ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently aasha pc now, then, yet. Also: aashay ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please THEN ekwa tahsh pc and so, and then, but then THERE ihimaa pc there. Also: himaa weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there THESE okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] THEY kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinawaa pr they, them. [third person plural personal pronoun] wiinehtawaa pr they alone, them only THIGH mipwaam -an nid thigh. Stem: /-pwaam-/ THING ayahaa -k na that being, person, or animate thing. Also: ehaa, ahaa THINK inentam vai2 think so L 327 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY inentan vti think so of s.t., to be so maamitonentam vai be thinking inentan vti think so of s.t., think s.t. to be so 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n tanenim vta think s.o. to be there THINK ABOUT maamitonenim vta think about s.o., consider s.o. maamitonentan vti think about s.t., consider s.t. THIRTEEN nihsoshaap nu thirteen THIRTEEN DOLLARS nihsoshaap tahswaapihk na thirteen dollars THIRTY nihsomitana nu thirty THIS oho pr this. [inanimate singular demonstrative]. Also: ohowe, howe. ohowe pr this. Also: oho, howe. [inanimate singular demonstrative] okoweniwan pr this, these. Also: okweniwan. [inanimate obviative demonstrative] wahawe pr this. Also: wahwawe. [animate singular demonstrative] THOSE ahaweniwan pr that, those. [animate obviative demonstrative] ikiweniwak pr those. Also: ikiweniwak. [animate plural demonstrative] iniweniwan pr those. Also: inweniwan. [inanimate plural demonstrative] THOUGH mihsawaac pc even though, anyhow, although THOUSAND kihci-mitaahsomitana nu thousand. niishwaa kihci-mitahsomitana 'two thousand', etc. THREAD sheshtak -ook na thread THREE nihsin nu three nihsinoon vii be three. Stem: /nihsin-/ nihsiwak vai be three. Stem: /nihsi-/ THREE DOLLARS nihsowaapihk ni three dollars. Also: nihswaapihk THREE TIMES nihswaa pc three times, thrice THRICE nihswaa pc three times, thrice THROAT mikotashkway -an nid throat. Stem: /kotashkway-/ THUNDER pinehsiiwan vii be thunder THURSDAY niiwi-kiishikaa vii fourth day, be Thursday TIDY nanahacike vai tidy things 328 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININI™OWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n r TIME kinwaakaash pc for a long time oncihcihse vii be the time of, come to happen, the time has come (E). Also: ocihcihse (W) pehkihsh pc at the same time, while TIMES tahswaa pc so many times, every time TIPI matokwaan -an ni tipi. Also: matokaan, matikwaan TIRED caakii vai be too tired to do anything, have no more energy ishkii vai be tired of doing something TO ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshiTOBACCO nahsemaa -k na tobacco TOBACCO PIPE ohpwaakan -ak na tobacco pipe TOBOGGAN otaapaanaahk -wak na toboggan TODAY noonkom pc now, today (E). Also: nookom (W) noonkom kaa-kiishikaak vii today (E). Also: nookom kaa-kiishikaak (W) TOE niihsiikisitaan -an ni toe TOENAIL mashkash -iik nad fingemaiVtoenail. Stem: /-ashkash-/ TOGETHER maamaw pc all together, in total naapi- prev together TOMATOE okin -iik ni tomatoe TOMORROW waapank vii tomorrow (E). Also: waapak (W) waapan vii be morning, be dawn, be tomorrow TONGUE mitenan -iin nid tongue. Stem: /-tenan-/ TOO kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniin pr me too, as for me. [first person singular personal pronoun] keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kewiin pr him too, her too, as for him, as for her. [third person singular personal pronoun] kewiinawaa pr them too, as for them. [third person plural personal pronoun] L 329 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TOO MUCH 0 Q La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n onsaam pc too much, extreme, excessive. (E). Also: osaam (W) TOO,AS FOR kaye pc and. Also:, too, as for. TOOL aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment TOP wakic pc on top of something wakici- pren on top of wakiciyahii pc on top of something TOTAL maamaw pc all together, in total TOWARDS pi- prev here, hither, towards TOWN taawin na town. Also: taawinink (locative) TOY metawaakan -an ni toy, plaything TRAIL miihkana -n ni trail, path, road akaamihkana pc across the road or trail TRAP amihko-wanihikan -an ni trap for beaver. Also: amihko-wanihiikan naaciwanihikane vai go to check traps. Also: naaciwanihiikane nikiko-wanihikan -an ni trap for otter. Also: nikiko-wanihiikan, ninkiko-wanohikan tahsoosh vta trap s.o. Stem: /tahsooN-/ wanihikan -an ni trap. Also: wanihiikan wanihike vai trap. Also: wanihiike TRAP HARE waapooso-wanihikan -an ni trap for snowshoe hare (rabbit) TRAP STAKE wanihikanaahtik -oon ni trap stake. Also: wanihiikanaahtik TREE mihtik -ook na tree (deciduous) shnikop -iik na evergreen tree, spruce (E). Also: shinkop (W) TROUBLE macihcike vai do something bad, get into trouble maanencike vai disobey, bother things, get into trouble TRUE tepwe pc true, for sure TRY koci- pv try to do, to attempt kocihcikaate vii be tried kocihtoon vti2 try s.t. Stem: /kocihtoo-/ TUESDAY niisho-kiishikaa vii second day, it is Tuesday 330 0 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY TURN washkii vai tum washkinan vti turn s.t., steer s.t. TWELVE niishoshaap nu twelve, (decade number) plus two TWELVE DOLLARS niishoshaap tahswaapihk na twelve dollars niishitana nu uc at io n TWENTY twenty TWENTY DOLLAR BILL niishitanawepiihikan -ak na twenty dollar bill TWENTY DOLLARS na twenty dollars Ed niishitana tahswaapihk TWICE niishwaa pc twice TWO DOLLAR BILL na two dollar bill TWO DOLLARS niishwaapihk na two dollars ity UNDER ni ve rs nishihsesh -ak nad my (cross-)uncle, my father-in-law. Stem: /-shihsesh-/ noohkomihs -ak nad my (parallel-)uncle. Stem: /-oohkomihs-/ anaamink pc under something (E). Also anaamik (W) anaamaakonak pc under the snow U UNDERSTAND ea d nihsitohtam vai2 understand nihsitohtan vti understand s.t. inihtaakwan vii sound so, be understood so UNDERWATER eh anaamipiik pc underwater us La k ( UNCLE Fa niishoopiihikan -ak cu lty niishin nu two niishinoon vii be two. Stem: /niishin-/ niishiwak vai be two. Stem: /niishi-/ of TWO kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun}. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us {E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawint (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) {E). Also: kiinehtawit {W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit {W) USE aapacihtoon vti2 use it. Stem: /aapacihtoo-/ 331 �ENGLISH -ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY USE UP caakin vta use s.o. up caakinan vti use s.t. up 0 USEABLE aapatan vii be useful, be useable USED TO uc at io n ami ahko pc used to, usually USED UP caakihse vailii get used up, run out, be exhausted USEFUL aapatan vii be useful, be useable aapatisi vai be useful Ed USEFUL THING aapacihcikan -an ni tool, useful thing, equipment ahko pc usually ami ahko pc used to, usually VACUUM CLEANER wiihkwepahike vai use a vacuum cleaner VAIN cu lty of USUALLY Fa aana- pv in vain, to attempt, effort, anyway, anyhow VARIED VEHICLE VERY ni ve kihci- pre big, great, very 0 rs takopisi vai arrive by vehicle ity piko tooho pc any kind, varied, anything, all sort of VERY naahpic pc really, very, to a high degree, extensively U VILLAGE VIOLENCE d tashiihkewin -an ni village, settlement, community eh ea miikaasowin -an ni fight, violence. Also: miikaatiwin nootinikewin -an ni war, violence VISIBLE La k mate- prev visible (at a distance) naakosi vai be visible, show up. pi-naakosi 'come' tepi-naakosi vai be visible at a distance naakwan vii be visible, show up. (pi-naakwan be seen coming this way) VISIT kiiwite vai visit (especially outside one's own community) kiiwike vai visit (especially in one's own community) WAIT ekwa pc and, and so, then, and then, wait! please piihi vta wait for s.o. Stem: /piih-/ piiho vai wait 332 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY rs ni ve U d ea eh La k (_ ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n WAITA WHILE pinamaa pc wait a while, for a short while, in a while WAKEUP amacihi vta wake s.o. up. Stem: /amacih-/ WALK pimohse vai walk along, walk by maaciihatoo vai start off on a trail, go for a walk pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past pimohse vai walk, walk by, walk past nihtaawihse vai know how to walk, can walk, walks well papaamohse vai walk about, take a walk WALLET shooniyaawash -an ni wallet WANT nantawenim vta want s.o. (E). Also: natawenim (W) nantawentan vti want s.t.(E). Also: natawentan (W) nantawentaakosi vai be wanted, be desirable (E). Also: natawentaakosi (W). WANTTO waa- prev will, want to. IC> wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] WANT TO/NEED TO noonte- prev want to, need to (be usual time) (E). Also noote- (W) WAR nootinikewin -an ni war, violence WAREHOUSE ahtaahsonikamik -oon ni warehouse WARM awaso vai warm oneself kiishowaayaa vii be warm weather WARM WEATHER kiishiwaayaa vii be warm weather WASH kihsaapaawanitiso vai wash oneself kisiipiikii vai wash oneself, bathe, take a bath kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. WASH CLOTHES kisiipiikinike vai wash clothes WASH DISHES kaahsiininaakane -wak vai wash dishes WASH FACE kaahsiinkwe vai wash one's face (E). Also: koohsiikwe (W) WATCH FOR naanaakacihi vta investigate s.o., watch for s.o. Stem: /naamaakacih-/ WATER naatahipii vai get water, go for water nipi ni water 333 �ENGLISH · ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY 0 0 La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n anwaahtinikamin vii be a nice and calm body of water kiishkaayawaa vii be deep water mooshkahan vii flood, be high water paakwaa vii be shallow water WAVES maaciiyaahoote vii be carried away on the waves maamihcaashkaa vii be big waves pimaahoote vii drift along on the waves WAY ishi- prev to or in a certain place, in a certain way. Also: shi-. IC> eshinaanita pc maybe, perhaps, in some way. Also: naanta WAYS OFF niikate pc a ways off, far away WE kekiinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun]. Also: kekiinawit (W) keniinawint pr us too, as for us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: keniinawit (W) kiinawint pr we, us (E). [first person inclusive personal pronoun). Also: kiinawit (W) niinawint pr we, us (E). [first person exclusive personal pronoun]. Also: niinawit (W) kiinehtawint pr we alone, us only (inclusive) (E). Also: kiinehtawit (W) niinehtawint pr we alone, us only (exclusive) (E). Also: niinehtawit (W) WEAK niinamii vai be weak WEASEL sikohsi -wak na weasel WEATHER ishiwepan vii be certain weather, happen in a certain way. IC> eshiwepakiishowaayaa vii be warm weather maci-miskwaawaa vii be a red-coloured sky that predicts bad weather WEDNESDAY aapihtawan vii be half, be Wednesday WEEK pimikonaakaa vii be a week WELL aaw pc well, well then, sure mino-ayaawamaciho vai feel well, feel better nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker WEST nekaapiihanonk pc west (E). Also: nekaapiihanok (W) WHAT aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan aaniin pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aan, aani kekonen -an pr what WHAT PURPOSE wenci- prev what purpose, why is it so (E). IC< onci-. Also: wenci- (W) 334 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY La k eh ea d U ni ve rs ( ity Fa cu lty of Ed uc at io n WHEN ahpin pc when, since, then, subsequently ahpii pc when, at that time aanahpii pc when? WHERE aanti pc where amihimaa pc that is where, there in a certain location WHEREABOUTS aanti nehke pc whereabouts, which direction WHILE mekwaac pc while, during, at the (same) time, now paanimaa pc later, later on, after a long while wiipac pc soon, in a little while, quick, hurry mekwaa pc while, during, at the time noomake pc for a while pehkihsh pc at the same time, while WHISKEY ishkotewaapoo ni fire water, whiskey, liquor WHITE waapaa vii be white waapisi vai be white WHITE WOMAN wemihtikooshiihkwe na white woman WHITE/GREY HAIR waapaanihkwe vai have white/grey hair WHITEFISH atihkamek -wak ni whitefish WHITEMAN wemihtikooshi -wak na whiteman WHO awanen -ak pr who. Also: awenen WHOLE misiwe pc all over, everything, whole WHY aan pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aani, aaniin aani pc how, in what manner, why, what. Also: aaniin, aan WHY DON'T YOU aahti pc please, why don't you, why not, let mel. Also: maahti WIDE mankihtikweyaa vii be a wide river (E). Also: makihtikweyaa (W) WILL ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. {conjunct future and modal] ka- prev will. {future tense in independent verbs with personal prefix.] ke- prev will, should, should, could. [Changed future and modal] ta- prev will. [future tense in independent with no personal prefix] waa- prev will, want to. IC< wiiwii- prev will, want to. [desiderative, voluntative] L 335 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY WIN pahkinaake vai win, beat someone (in a competition) 0 WINDOW pahpaapiwin -an ni window. Also: pahpaapowin WINDY nootin vii be windy, be a wind uc at io n WINE shoominaapoo ni wine WINTER pipoon vii winter WIPE Ed kaahsiin vta wipe s.o., clean s.o., wash s.o. kaahsiinan vti wipe s.t., clean s.t., wash s.t. kaahsiinike vai wipe things for cleaning of WISH cu lty pakohsenimo vai wish, hope kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope WOLF mahiinkan -ak na wolf (E). Also: mahiikan (W) WOMAN ity Fa anihshininiiwihkwe na native woman, Indian woman. Also: anihshininiihkwe ihkwe -wak na woman, female nootihkwewe vai womanize, chase women niitihkwe -wak nad my fellow woman. Stem: /-iitihkwew-/ 0 rs WONDER ni ve kaanika pc I wonder, I wish, I hope mikoshkaatentam vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder WOOD WOODEN BOX U mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard (measurement) mihtikowash -an ni suitcase, wooden box. d WORK La k eh ea anohkii vai work anohkiiwin -an ni job, employment, work maatanohkii vai start to work nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker poonanohkii vai quit a job, stop working WORKER anohkiinaakan -ak na worker nihtaawanohkii vai work well, be a good worker wiitanohkiimaakan -ak na my co-worker WORRY mikoshkaatenim vta worry about s.o., be concerned about s.o. mikoshkaatentarn vai2 worry, be concerned, wonder mikoshkaatentan vti worry about s.t., be concerned about s.t. WOULD ci- prev that, will, would, could, should. [conjunct future and modal] 336 0 �ENGLISH - ANIHSHININIIMOWIN GLOSSARY taa- prev would, could, should, ought, can. [modal] WOULD YOU kaana pc is it possible that, would you, perhaps WRITE masinahike vai write, borrow, get credit masinahamaw vta write to or for s.o., owe to s.o., borrow from s.o. WRONG macihse vai have something bad happen, have things go wrong YARD mihtik -oon ni stick, piece of wood, yard {measurement) uc at io n YAWN naanipaawe -wak vai yawn. Also: naanipaayawe YELLOW osaawaa vii be yellow/brown osaawisi vai be yellow/brown Ed YES ehe pc yes. Also: eha YESTERDAY of onaako pc yesterday VET cu lty Fa YONDER weti pc there, that way, yonder, over there ity YOU U ni ve rs kekiin pr you too, as for you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kekiinawaa pr you too, as for you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiin pr you. [second person singular personal pronoun] kiinawaa pr you. [second person plural personal pronoun] kiinishtam pr you next, you first. [second person personal pronoun]. Also: niinihta kiinehta pr you alone, you only kiinehtawaa pr you alone, you only (plural) d YUCK eh ea ehshay pc oh yuck! La k ( aasha pc already, now, then, yet. Also: aashay kaawin mahshi pc not yet kiiyaapic pc still, yet, more. Also: kiyaapic mahshi pc yet 337 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Faculty of Education, Native Language Instructors Program Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Introductory Ojibwe Parts One and Two in Severn Dialect Subject The topic of the resource Universities Description An account of the resource The Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Text for Introductory Ojibwe (Severn Dialect) course. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Lakehead University Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1996-07-01 Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource Native Language Instructors Program, Faculty of Education, Lakehead University. The print version of this text and accompanying audio files are available at Lakehead University Libraries (Chancellor Paterson and Education Libraries) library.lakeheadu.ca This text has been scanned as part of the Anishinaabemowik - Indigenous Languages Program Historical Documents Digitization Project, Faculty of Education, Education Library (Thunder Bay Campus), Lakehead University. This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercialNoDerivatives 4.0 International License. To view a copy of this license, visit https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Please contact the Faculty of Education, Office of the Dean, Lakehead University, Thunder Bay, Ontario Canada for additional information or permissions. 807-343-8010 (ext. 8520) Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource PDF Language A language of the resource English https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/7c25f6b03b8aad357f3f03528c5613cc.jpg 2ba691943ee656fbca8b50a76a57e633 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Moving Image A series of visual representations imparting an impression of motion when shown in succession. Examples include animations, movies, television programs, videos, zoetropes, or visual output from a simulation. Player HTML embed code <iframe width="480" height="360" src="//www.youtube.com/embed/7FToZZzH6sE" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe> Imported Thumbnail If a thumbnail images was imported for an embedded video, its id is recorded here and the thumbnail is hidden on pages displaying the embedded video itself. https://i.ytimg.com/vi/7FToZZzH6sE/default.jpg Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Titanic Burials and Paleo DNA, Today Show Description An account of the resource A short video produced by NBC / The Today Show regarding the efforts to identify burials of Titanic victims, including the work of Lakehead's Paleo DNA lab, and El Molto. Circa 2001. Digitized from VHS August 2022. Length: 2:54. Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 2022-12-19T15:51:16Z Source A related resource from which the described resource is derived http://youtu.be/7FToZZzH6sE Rights Information about rights held in and over the resource <a href="https://www.youtube.com/static?template=terms">Standard YouTube License</a> Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University<br />published via YouTube.com Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource NBC 2001 A Truly Canadian Experience archival video archives burial Canada College dna forensics grave higher education Lakehead Lakeheadu MyLakehead Ontario Orillia paleo dna Post-secondary Research University school Study in Canada Thunder Bay titanic titanic victims Top University University vh https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/6/516/260708-006.jpg d51e2002ac926a612d4fb1eb01589bf5 https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/6/516/260708-006.jpg d51e2002ac926a612d4fb1eb01589bf5 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Silver Islet Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs of Silver Islet and the Silver Islet Mine, between 1870 and 1884. Collection General-38. Still Image A static visual representation. Examples include paintings, drawings, graphic designs, plans and maps. Recommended best practice is to assign the type Text to images of textual materials. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Silver Islet - Jail Subject The topic of the resource Mining Description An account of the resource Interior Old Jail, Silver Islet, circa 1890 Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1890 Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context A0014 #38c (10) Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead College, Port Arthur, ON. 1890 Jail Silver Islet Silver Islet Mine https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/c6d066bdcc3fcc5c59d398e2f7a285ec.jpg e9eb622e6d3fce6b865f84e02177474d Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-L-II-1 Title A name given to the resource Convocation 1966 Subject The topic of the resource University Life People Description An account of the resource Convocation 1966. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield, Port Arthur Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/52065e0790e218246645f0ab3970a218.jpg 73765de92a05d2aead09db61abe9ec52 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-L-II-2 Title A name given to the resource Convocation 1966 Subject The topic of the resource University Life People Description An account of the resource Convocation 1966. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield, Port Arthur Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/773e55c61e681ec5b7ddb710c80c6f05.jpg 511e27a60a0b55276d346fb52114b505 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-L-II-3, UG6-L-II-16, UG6-L-II-17, UG6-L-II-18 Title A name given to the resource Convocation 1966 Subject The topic of the resource University Life People Description An account of the resource Convocation 1966. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield, Port Arthur Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/b0b14a5d5584128b1dd7d8589ca2c9db.jpg b877ffe9110e295b96fb3b94d654a919 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-L-II-4 Title A name given to the resource Convocation 1966 Subject The topic of the resource University Life People Description An account of the resource Convocation 1966. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield, Port Arthur Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/c27404be507379c9e1c845dd3a939c5d.jpg 3b287ff727222b076db11795f8c75bb7 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-L-II-5 Title A name given to the resource Convocation 1966 Subject The topic of the resource University Life People Description An account of the resource Convocation 1966. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield, Port Arthur Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/62b34cea424a41fe1a8fbb432af03ed2.jpg 91f21e3f23c6eb9d12fee0d2b7a0f111 Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-L-II-6 Title A name given to the resource Convocation 1966 Subject The topic of the resource University Life People Description An account of the resource Convocation 1966. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield, Port Arthur Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur https://digitalcollections.lakeheadu.ca/files/original/01e6f5096194f237822095b3ab9906a7.jpg 70ed7b1a01de7a8c4cfd2e7ccab7cb8d Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Lakehead University Collection Description An account of the resource Photographs from Lakehead University's history: people, events, and campus. Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Identifier An unambiguous reference to the resource within a given context UG6-L-II-7 Title A name given to the resource Convocation 1966 Subject The topic of the resource University Life People Description An account of the resource Convocation 1966. Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Nelson Merrifield, Port Arthur Publisher An entity responsible for making the resource available Lakehead University Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966 Format The file format, physical medium, or dimensions of the resource JPG Type The nature or genre of the resource Still image Coverage The spatial or temporal topic of the resource, the spatial applicability of the resource, or the jurisdiction under which the resource is relevant Canada - Ontario - Thunder Bay Canada - Ontario - Port Arthur